0001213900-20-006093.txt : 20200312 0001213900-20-006093.hdr.sgml : 20200312 20200312144714 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001213900-20-006093 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 1-A POS PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 26 FILED AS OF DATE: 20200312 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20200312 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0001762825 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: REAL ESTATE [6500] IRS NUMBER: 832684731 STATE OF INCORPORATION: ID FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 1-A POS SEC ACT: 1933 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 024-10948 FILM NUMBER: 20708383 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 701 E. FRONT AVENUE, FLOOR 2 CITY: COEUR D'ALENE STATE: ID ZIP: 83814 BUSINESS PHONE: 800-971-5988 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 701 E. FRONT AVENUE, FLOOR 2 CITY: COEUR D'ALENE STATE: ID ZIP: 83814 1-A POS 1 primary_doc.xml 1-A POS LIVE 0001762825 XXXXXXXX 024-10948 Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC ID 2018 0001762825 6199 83-2684731 0 0 701 East Front Street, 2nd Floor Coeur D'Alene ID 83814 800-971-5988 Kevin Kim, Tae Kim Other 179641.00 0.00 461034.00 0.00 640675.00 23891.00 0.00 23891.00 616784.00 640675.00 17419.00 25635.00 0.00 -8216.00 0.00 0.00 Armanino LLP Membership Interests 49375 000000000 N/A N/A 0 000000000 N/A N/A 0 000000000 N/A true true true Tier2 Audited Equity (common or preferred stock) Other(describe) Membership Interests Y Y N Y N N 50000 49375 1000.0000 49375000.00 0.00 625000.00 0.00 50000000.00 Armanino LPP 10000.00 Geraci Law Firm 0.00 true AL AZ AR CA CO FL GA ID IL MT NJ NM NC OH OK PA TN TX UT VA WI Secured Investment High Yield Fund II, LLC Membership Interests 6646997 0 6,646,997 Book Value of the Membership Interests Membership Interests offered by Secured Investment High Yield Fund II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. Offering exempt from registration under Regulation D Rule 506(c). PART II AND III 2 ea119537-1aposa2_circle3.htm POST OFFERING CIRCULAR

 

AN OFFERING CIRCULAR PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATION A RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PRELIMINARY OFFERING CIRCULAR IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED BEFORE THE OFFERING STATEMENT FILED WITH THE COMMISSION IS QUALIFIED. THIS PRELIMINARY OFFERING CIRCULAR SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR ANY SALES OF THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL BEFORE REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE. WE ELECT TO SATISFY OUR OBLIGATION TO DELIVER A FINAL OFFERING CIRCULAR BY SENDING INVESTORS A NOTICE WITHIN TWO BUSINESS DAYS AFTER THE COMPLETION OF OUR SALE TO YOU THAT CONTAINS THE URL WHERE THE FINAL OFFERING CIRCULAR OR THE OFFERING STATEMENT IN WHICH SUCH FINAL OFFERING CIRCULAR WAS FILED MAY BE OBTAINED.

 

As filed with the Securities & Exchange Commission on March 12, 2020

 

OFFERING CIRCULAR

 

For

 

CIRCLE OF WEALTH FUND III LLC

an Idaho Limited Liability Company

 

SECURITIES OFFERED : 50,000 Membership Interests
MAXIMUM OFFERING AMOUNT : $49,375,000  
MINIMUM INVESTMENT AMOUNT : $1,000
CONTACT INFORMATION : 701 E. Front Avenue, Floor 2
    Coeur d’Alene, ID 83814
    800-971-5988

 

CIRCLE OF WEALTH FUND III LLC (the “Fund” or “Company”) is an Idaho limited liability company. The Company is offering (the “Offering”) by means of this offering circular (the “Offering Circular”) to repurchase __ units of limited liability company membership interests (“Membership Interests”) and further offer Membership Interests on a “best efforts” and ongoing basis to investors who meet the Investor Suitability standards as set forth herein. (See “Investor Suitability” below.) The Company will offer Membership Interests through a third party online platform https://invest.securedinvestmentcorp.com (“Platform”), without any brokers or selling commissions. (See “Terms of the Offering” below.)

 

The Fund is offering to repurchase 625 units of Membership Interests from members (“Members”) who purchased Membership Interests between August 30, 2019 and December 20, 2019 (the “Purchase Period”). The repurchase price is $1,000 per unit, plus interest at the current statutory rate, which varies from state to state as is set out below. The rescission offer will expire on December 20, 2020. The initial offering of Membership Interests in the Fund was made after the Offering was qualified by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on August 30, 2019. However, the Offering Circular submitted to the SEC omitted the Consent Order (as described below), thereby causing the Offering to be ineligible for an exemption from registration under Regulation A Tier 2. This may be a violation of the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, if a violation, gives rise to rescission rights under Section 12(a)(1) of the Securities Act. We are offering Members the opportunity to rescind, the transactions that occurred during the Purchase Period. Members who accept the rescission offer must also return the Membership Interests purchased. Interest will accrue on a monthly basis. We intend to use the legal rates of interest based on the state in which a Member resides on the date that the Member completed the subscription agreement (“Subscription Agreement”). If your state of residence has changed since you completed the award transaction, the applicable interest rate will be the legal rate of interest for your current state of residence. These interest rates are set forth under “Rescission Offer – Rescission Offer and Price.”

 

1

 

 

The minimum investment amount per Investor is One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) for a total of Fifty Thousand (50,000) units of Membership Interests. The units of Membership Interests offered by the Company may also be purchased by the Members pursuant to the reinvestment plan provided herein. The Offering price for reinvestment will be One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) per Membership Interests. The Member may purchase additional Membership Interests on a fractional basis. (See “Terms of the Offering – Election to Reinvest” below). Although the Company does not intend to list the Membership Interests for trading on a stock exchange or other trading market, the Company has adopted a redemption plan designed to provide Members with limited liquidity for their investment in the Company’s Membership Interests. (See “Terms of the Offering – Withdrawal / Redemptions” below.)

 

The Company will be managed by Secured Investment Corp., a Wyoming corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “Manager”). As further described in the Offering Circular, the Company has been organized to: (i) make, fund, originate, refinance, purchase, sell and/or otherwise acquire loans (“Loans”) secured by first or junior position deeds of trust or mortgages on non-owner occupied residential and commercial properties located throughout the United States; and (ii) acquire, develop, rehabilitate, and/or hold and/or sell non-owner occupied residential real estate located throughout the United States. (See “Lending Standards and Policies” and “General Standards for Purchasing Properties” below).

 

The Offering will commence immediately upon qualification of the Offering by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Effective Date”) and will terminate at the discretion of the Manager. The maximum amount of the Offering shall not exceed $49,375,000 in any Twelve (12) month period (“Maximum Offering Amount”) in accordance with Tier II of Regulation A as set forth under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (“Reg A Tier II”). The Company intends to offer the Membership Interests described herein on a continuous and ongoing basis pursuant to Rule 251(d)(3)(i)(f).  Further, the acceptance of Investor subscriptions, may be briefly paused at times to allow the Company to effectively and accurately process and settle subscriptions that have been received.  (See “Terms of the Offering” below.) The Company may increase the Maximum Offering Amount at its sole and absolute discretion, subject to qualification by the SEC of a post-qualification amendment.

 

Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for the Membership Interests, and none is expected to develop. The Offering price is arbitrary and does not bear any relationship to the value of the assets of the Company. The Company does not currently have plans to list any Membership Interests on any securities market. Investing in the Membership Interests involves risk, some of which are set forth below. See the section titled “Risk Factors” to read about the factors an investor should consider prior to purchasing any Membership Interests.

 

Prospective investors (“Investors”) who execute a subscription agreement (“Subscription Agreement”) to invest in the Company will become a member of the Company (“Member”) once the Manager deposits the investor’s investment into the Company’s main operating bank account and subject to terms and conditions in the Offering Circular and Subscription Agreement.

 

Generally, no sale may be made in this Offering if the aggregate purchase price paid is more than Ten Percent (10%) of the greater of the investor’s annual income or net worth. Different rules apply to accredited investors and non-natural persons. Before making any representation that the investment does not exceed applicable thresholds, Investors are encouraged to review rule 251(d)(2)(i)(c) of Regulation A. For general information on investing, Investors are encouraged to refer to www.investor.gov.

 

2

 

 

In addition, an investment in the Company is subject to restrictions on withdrawal (See “Summary of the Operating Agreement – Withdrawal / Redemption” below.) Subject to the terms and conditions provided herein, Members will have the option to either receive income distributions from the Company or reinvest their distributable share of Company earnings back into the Company. As stated above, the Offering price for reinvestment will be One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) per Membership Interests. The Member may purchase fractional interests of Membership Interests provided that the Member has already purchased a minimum of One (1) Membership Interest and has elected to reinvest distributions received from the Company at the time of subscription. For example, if the Company allocated One Hundred Dollars ($100) to a Member for distribution, and the Member had elected to reinvest its shares at the time of subscription, such Member may reinvest to purchase One-Tenth of One (1/10th of 1) Membership Interests. (See “Preferred Return, Cash Distributions; Election to Reinvest” below.) Reinvestments of distributions will be allowed to the extent that the Offering remains ongoing. Members will be allowed to withdraw and redeem their Membership Interests as set forth below. (See “Terms of the Offering – Withdrawal / Redemptions” below.)

 

The Manager will receive compensation and income from the Company and is subject to certain conflicts of interest. (See “Risk Factors”, “Manager’s Compensation” and “Conflicts of Interest” below.) Investing in the Membership Interests is speculative and involves substantial risks. Prospective Investors should purchase these securities only if they can afford a complete loss of their investment. (See “Risk Factors” below.) There are material income tax risks associated with investing in the Company that prospective investors should consider. (See “Income Tax Considerations” below.)

 

As of the date of this Offering Circular, the Company has not engaged a transfer agent, and does not intend to engage a transfer agent until such time as the Company is required to do so in order to satisfy the conditional exemption contained in Rule 12g5-1(a)(7) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as applicable, or the Exchange Act.

 

The Offering is being conducted on a “best-efforts” basis, which means the principals and officers of the Company will use commercially reasonable best efforts in an attempt to sell the Membership Interests. Such officers will not receive any commission or any other remuneration for these sales. In offering the Membership Interests on behalf of the Company, the principals and officers will rely on the safe harbor from broker-dealer registration set forth in Rule 3a4-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (“SEC”) DOES NOT PASS UPON THE MERITS OF OR GIVE ITS APPROVAL TO ANY SECURITIES OFFERED OR THE TERMS OF THE OFFERING, NOR DOES IT PASS UPON THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF ANY OFFERING CIRCULAR OR OTHER SELLING LITERATURE. THESE SECURITIES ARE OFFERED PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION WITH THE COMMISSION; HOWEVER, THE COMMISSION HAS NOT MADE AN INDEPENDENT DETERMINATION THAT THIS INVESTMENT INVOLVES A DEGREE OF RISK THAT MAY NOT BE SUITABLE FOR ALL PERSONS. ONLY THOSE INVESTORS WHO CAN BEAR THE LOSS OF A SIGNIFICANT PORTION OF THEIR INVESTMENT SHOULD PARTICIPATE IN THE INVESTMENT. (SEE “RISK FACTORS” BELOW.)

 

THE SECURITIES OFFERED HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY ANY STATE REGULATORY AUTHORITY NOR HAS ANY STATE REGULATORY AUTHORITY PASSED UPON OR ENDORSED THE MERITS OF THE OFFERING OR THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS OFFERING CIRCULAR. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS UNLAWFUL.

 

3

 

 

THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREUNDER ARE EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION. THIS OFFERING CIRCULAR CONTAINS INFORMATION AND DISCLOSURES IN ACCORDANCE TO THE FORMAT SET FORTH IN SEC FORM S-11.

 

GENERALLY, NO SALE MAY BE MADE TO INVESTORS IF THE AGGREGATE PURCHASE PRICE BY INVESTORS EXCEEDS $49,375,000 ANNUALLY, PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF RULE 251 OF REGULATION A TIER II SET FORTH UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”).

 

NO PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THAT INFORMATION AND THOSE REPRESENTATIONS SPECIFICALLY CONTAINED IN THIS OFFERING CIRCULAR; ANY OTHER INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS SHOULD NOT BE RELIED UPON. ANY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASER OF THE SECURITIES WHO RECEIVES ANY OTHER INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS SHOULD CONTACT THE COMPANY IMMEDIATELY TO DETERMINE THE ACCURACY OF SUCH INFORMATION AND REPRESENTATIONS. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS OFFERING CIRCULAR NOR ANY SALES HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE AN IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY OR IN THE INFORMATION SET FORTH HEREIN SINCE THE DATE OF THIS OFFERING CIRCULAR SET FORTH ABOVE.

 

PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS SHOULD NOT REGARD THE CONTENTS OF THIS OFFERING CIRCULAR OR ANY OTHER COMMUNICATION FROM THE COMPANY AS A SUBSTITUTE FOR CAREFUL AND INDEPENDENT TAX AND FINANCIAL PLANNING. EACH POTENTIAL INVESTOR IS ENCOURAGED TO CONSULT WITH HIS, HER OR ITS OWN INDEPENDENT LEGAL COUNSEL, ACCOUNTANT AND OTHER PROFESSIONALS WITH RESPECT TO THE LEGAL AND TAX ASPECTS OF THIS INVESTMENT AND WITH SPECIFIC REFERENCE TO HIS, HER OR ITS OWN TAX SITUATION, PRIOR TO SUBSCRIBING FOR THE MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS. THE PURCHASE OF MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS BY AN INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT, KEOGH PLAN OR OTHER QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLAN INVOLVES SPECIAL TAX RISKS AND OTHER CONSIDERATIONS THAT SHOULD BE CAREFULLY CONSIDERED. INCOME EARNED BY QUALIFIED PLANS AS A RESULT OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE COMPANY MAY BE SUBJECT TO FEDERAL INCOME TAXES, EVEN THOUGH SUCH PLANS ARE OTHERWISE TAX EXEMPT. (SEE “INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS” AND “ERISA CONSIDERATIONS.”)

 

THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS OFFERING CIRCULAR HAS BEEN SUPPLIED BY THE COMPANY. THIS OFFERING CIRCULAR CONTAINS SUMMARIES OF DOCUMENTS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS OFFERING CIRCULAR, BUT ALL SUCH SUMMARIES ARE QUALIFIED IN THEIR ENTIRETY BY REFERENCES TO THE ACTUAL DOCUMENTS. COPIES OF DOCUMENTS REFERRED TO IN THIS OFFERING CIRCULAR, BUT NOT INCLUDED AS AN EXHIBIT, WILL BE MADE AVAILABLE TO QUALIFIED PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS UPON REQUEST.

 

RULE 251(D)(3)(I)(F) DISCLOSURE. RULE 251(D)(3)(I)((F) PERMITS REGULATION A OFFERINGS TO CONDUCT ONGOING CONTINUOUS OFFERINGS OF SECURITIES FOR MORE THAN THIRTY (30) DAYS AFTER THE QUALIFICATION DATE IF: (1) THE OFFERING WILL COMMENCE WITHIN TWO (2) DAYS AFTER THE QUALIFICATION DATE; (2) THE OFFERING WILL BE MADE ON A CONTINUOUS AND ONGOING BASIS FOR A PERIOD THAT MAY BE IN EXCESS OF THIRTY (30) DAYS OF THE INITIAL QUALIFICATION DATE; (3) THE OFFERING WILL BE IN AN AMOUNT THAT, AT THE TIME THE OFFERING CIRCULAR IS QUALIFIED, IS REASONABLY EXPECTED TO BE OFFERED AND SOLD WITHIN TWO (2) YEARS FROM THE INITIAL QUALIFICATION DATE; AND (4) THE SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED AND SOLD ONLY IF NOT MORE THAN THREE (3) YEARS HAVE ELAPSED SINCE THE INITIAL QUALIFICATION DATE OF THE OFFERING, UNLESS A NEW OFFERING CIRCULAR IS SUBMITTED AND FILED BY THE COMPANY PURSUANT TO RULE 251(D)(3)(I)((F) WITH THE SEC COVERING THE REMAINING SECURITIES OFFERED UNDER THE PREVIOUS OFFERING; THEN THE SECURITIES MAY CONTINUE TO BE OFFERED AND SOLD UNTIL THE EARLIER OF THE QUALIFICATION DATE OF THE NEW OFFERING CIRCULAR OR THE ONE HUNDRED EIGHTY (180) CALENDAR DAYS AFTER THE THIRD ANNIVERSARY OF THE INITIAL QUALIFICATION DATE OF THE PRIOR OFFERING CIRCULAR.

 

THE COMPANY INTENDS TO OFFER THE MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS DESCRIBED HEREIN ON A CONTINUOUS AND ONGOING BASIS PURSUANT TO RULE 251(D)(3)(I)(F). PURSUANT TO RULE 251(D)(3)(I)(F), THE COMPANY INTENDS TO COMMENCE THE OFFERING IMMEDIATELY AND NO LATER THAN TWO (2) DAYS FROM THE INITIAL QUALIFICATION DATE. THE COMPANY REASONABLY EXPECTS TO OFFER AND SELL THE SECURITIES STATED IN THIS OFFERING CIRCULAR WITHIN TWO (2) YEARS FROM THE INITIAL QUALIFICATION DATE.

 

ANY REMAINING SECURITIES THAT ARE NOT SOLD IN THIS OFFERING SHALL BE INCORPORATED INTO A FUTURE OFFERING CIRCULAR AFTER TWO (2) YEARS FROM THE INITIAL QUALIFICATION DATE TO “INCLUDE AS PART OF SUCH NEW OFFERING CIRCULAR ANY UNSOLD SECURITIES COVERED BY THE EARLIER OFFERING CIRCULAR BY IDENTIFYING ON THE COVER PAGE OF THE NEW OFFERING CIRCULAR OF THE LATEST AMENDMENT, THE AMOUNT OF SUCH UNSOLD SECURITIES BEING INCLUDED.”

 

4

 

 

CERTAIN TERMS OF THE OFFERING

 

  Price to Public 1 Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions 2
Proceeds to
the Company 4
Proceeds to
other Persons 3
Amount to be Raised Per Membership Interest $1,000 $0 $1,000 $0
Minimum Investment Amount $1,000 $0 $1,000 $0
Minimum Offering Amount $1,000 $0 $1,000 $0
Maximum Offering Amount 7 $49,375,000 $0 $49,375,000 $0

 

1. The Offering price to investors was arbitrarily determined by the Manager.

 

2. The Company will not use an underwriter for the sale of any Membership Interests.

 

3. Membership Interests will be offered and sold directly by the Company, the Manager and the Company’s and Manager’s respective officers and employees. No commissions for selling Membership Interests will be paid to the Company, the Manager or the Company’s or Manager’s respective officers or employees. While most Membership Interests are expected to be offered and sold directly by the Company, the Manager and their respective officers and employees, the Company or Manager has reserved the right to offer and sell Membership Interests through the services of independent broker/dealers who are member firms of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”). As of the date of this Offering Circular, the Company or Manager has not engaged any broker-dealer, and has no agreement for paying a broker-dealer commissions or fees. In the event the Company enters into an agreement with a licensed broker-dealer, the Company will amend the Offering Circular and other necessary documents, and notify Investors of such engagement. It is anticipated that the customary and standard commissions of a licensed broker-dealer may be up to Eight Percent (8%) of the proceeds received for the sale of Membership Interests. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount and nature of commissions payable to broker/dealers is expected to vary in specific instances and may be lower than the one listed herein. The Investor who is admitted to the Company through such broker/dealer (and not the Company nor the Manager) will be responsible for all such commissions payable to broker/dealers (and such payments may reduce the Investor’s invested capital).

 

5

 

 

4. Net proceeds to the Company do not reflect the deduction of organization and offering expenses. The Company intends to reimburse the Manager of organization and Offering costs and expenses. As of the date of this Offering Circular, the Company or Manager has not engaged any broker-dealer, and has no agreement for paying a broker-dealer commissions or fees. In the event the Company enters into an agreement with a licensed broker-dealer, the Company will amend the Offering Circular and other necessary documents, and notify Investors of such engagement. It is anticipated that the customary and standard commissions of up to Eight Percent (8%) of the value of Membership Interests may be sold by FINRA broker/dealers, which may be paid by Investors who are in admitted to the Company through such broker/dealer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an investor seeks to purchase Membership Interests via an individual retirement account, 401(k), Keogh plans, or other similar tax exempt vehicles for a purchase price of less than Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) the Company will charge an additional processing fee of Two Hundred Fifty Dollars ($250). Such investors will be responsible to pay this in addition to their purchase of Membership Interests.

 

5. The Maximum Offering Amount for the Company is $49,375,000 in any Twelve (12) month period. The Company may increase the Maximum Offering Amount at its sole and absolute discretion, subject to qualification by the SEC of a post-qualification amendment.

 

FOR RESIDENTS OF ALL STATES. THE PRESENCE OF A LEGEND FOR ANY GIVEN STATE REFLECTS ONLY THAT A LEGEND MAY BE REQUIRED BY THAT STATE AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED TO MEAN AN OFFER OR SALE MAY BE MADE IN ANY PARTICULAR STATE. THIS OFFERING CIRCULAR MAY BE SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDITIONAL STATE LEGENDS. IF YOU ARE UNCERTAIN AS TO WHETHER OR NOT OFFERS OR SALES MAY BE LAWFULLY MADE IN ANY GIVEN STATE, YOU ARE ADVISED TO CONTACT THE COMPANY FOR A CURRENT LIST OF STATES IN WHICH OFFERS OR SALES MAY BE LAWFULLY MADE. AN INVESTMENT IN THIS OFFERING IS SPECULATIVE AND INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF FINANCIAL RISK. ACCORDINGLY, PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSIDER ALL OF THE RISK FACTORS DESCRIBED BELOW.

 

UNITED STATES TERRITORIES AND POSSESSIONS. THESE SECURITIES ARE NOT AUTHORIZED FOR OFFERING OR SALE IN ANY TERRITORY OR POSSESSION OF THE UNITED STATES IN LIEU OF APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS TO THE CONTRARY. SECURITIES AND/OR CAPITAL GUARDIANSHIPS ARE NOT AUTHORIZED FOR SALE IN SUCH TERRITORIES OR POSSESSIONS.

 

6

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

CERTAIN TERMS OF THE OFFERING 5
STATE LAW EXEMPTION AND PURCHASE RESTRICTIONS 8
FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS 8
RESCISSION OFFER 8
SUMMARY OF THE OFFERING 11
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION 18
USE OF PROCEEDS 18
TERMS OF THE OFFERING 19
INVESTOR SUITABILITY AND LIMITATIONS 24
DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY 26
LENDING STANDARDS AND POLICIES 26
GENERAL STANDARDS FOR PURCHASING PROPERTIES 33
MANAGER’S ANALYSIS AND DISCUSSION OF THE FINANCIAL CONDITION AND PLAN OF OPERATIONS 34
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT AND CERTAIN SECURITYHOLDERS 35
KEY PERSONNEL 35
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS 36
MANAGER’S COMPENSATION 47
FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY OF THE MANAGEMENT COMPANY 53
RISK FACTORS 53
INVESTMENT RISKS 54
INTEREST OF MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS IN CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS 68
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST 68
CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE COMPANY LOANS 70
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 73
INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS 73
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS 76
SUMMARY OF THE OPERATING AGREEMENT 78
LEGAL MATTERS 82
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND UNDERTAKINGS 83
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS F-1

 

EXHIBITS

 

EXHIBIT A-1 CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION
EXHIBIT A-2 LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT B SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT C OPINION OF COUNSEL RE: LEGALITY OF THE SECURITIES BEING QUALIFIED
EXHIBIT D NON-OWNER-OCCUPIED RESIDENTIAL LOAN UNDERWRITING GUIDELINES
EXHIBIT E MASTER SERVICE AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT F ESCROW SERVICES AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT G RESCISSION OFFER FORM

 

7

 

 

STATE LAW EXEMPTION AND PURCHASE RESTRICTIONS

 

The Membership Interests are being offered and sold only to “qualified purchasers” (as defined in Regulation A under the Act). As a Tier 2 Offering pursuant to Regulation A under the Act, this Offering is exempt from state law “Blue Sky” review, subject to meeting certain state filing requirements and complying with certain anti-fraud provisions, to the extent that the Membership Interests offered hereby are offered and sold only to “qualified purchasers” or at a time when the Membership Interests are listed on a national securities exchange, if at all.

 

“Qualified purchasers” include: (i) “accredited investors” under Rule 501(a) of Regulation D; and (ii) all other non-accredited Investors so long as their investment in the Membership Interests does not represent more than Ten Percent (10%) of the greater of the Investor’s, alone or together with a spouse, annual income or net worth (excluding the value of the Investor’s primary residence and any loans secured by the residence (up to the value of the residence)), or Ten Percent (10% ) of the greater of annual revenue or net assets at fiscal year-end (for non-natural persons).

 

The Membership Interests are offered hereby and sold to Investors that are within the both categories (i.e., Accredited Investors and non-accredited Investors whose investment in the Membership Interests does not represent more than Ten Percent (10%) of the applicable amount). Accordingly, the Company reserves the right to reject any Investor’s subscription in whole or in part for any reason, including if the Company determines in its sole and absolute discretion that such Investor is not a “qualified purchaser” for purposes of Regulation A.

 

For purposes of determining whether a potential Investor is a “Qualified purchaser” (who is not an Accredited Investor), annual income and net worth should be calculated as provided in the “accredited investor” definition under Rule 501 of Regulation D. In particular, net worth in all cases should be calculated excluding the value of an Investor’s home, home furnishings and automobiles.

 

Forward Looking Statements

 

Investors should not rely on forward-looking statements because they are inherently uncertain. Investors should not rely on forward-looking statements in this Offering Circular. This Offering Circular contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. We use words such as “anticipated,” “projected”, “forecasted”, “estimated”, “prospective”, “believes,” “expects,” “plans” “future” “intends,”, “should,” “can”, “could”, “might”, “potential,” “continue,” “may,” “will,” and similar expressions to identify these forward-looking statements. Investors should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which may apply only as of the date of this Offering Circular.

 

RESCISSION OFFER

 

Background

 

Under Commission rules, an issuer that is offering securities on a continuous basis under Rule 262(d) of Regulation A must include a description of any matters that would have triggered disqualification under Rule 262 (a)(3) and (5) but occurred before June 19, 2015. The company did not include in its offering statement that was qualified by the Commission on August 30, 2019 that a Washington Department of Financial Institutions (“DFI”) consent order (“Consent Order”) would have disqualified the Fund as a bad actor but for the consent order being issued prior to June 19, 2015. As a result, that offering statement omitted a material statement of fact. As soon as the omission was discovered, sale of the Membership Interests was suspended and efforts were made to amend the Offering Circular to include this disclosure and permit Members who purchased Membership Interests between August 30, 2019 and December 20, 2019 to accept a rescission offer from the Fund. Membership Interests purchased during that period may not have been exempt from the registration or qualification requirements under federal securities laws and may be subject to rescission. In order to address this issue, we are making this rescission offer to all customers who purchased Membership Interests from August 30, 2019 and December 20, 2019 inclusive, whether or not they subsequently transferred those shares.

 

8

 

 

Rescission Offer and Price

 

As of February 1, 2020, we are making the rescission offer to 60 persons who purchased Membership Interest during that period. If the rescission offer is accepted by all offerees, the Company could be required to make an aggregate payment to the Members of up to $625,000, plus statutory interest.  The Company believes this amount represents our aggregate exposure under federal securities laws. We expect to use a portion of the net proceeds from our primary offering, in addition to proceeds from business operations, to fund the costs of the rescission offer (See “Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources).

 

The rescission offer is open until 5:00 p.m. PST on December 20, 2020. 

 

The company is offering to rescind the entire purchase of Membership Interests on behalf of Members who made purchases through the Fund. For a Member eligible to participate in the rescission offer to accept the rescission offer, we must first establish the Member’s eligibility for issuance of Membership Interest under the Offering. That means the member must:

 

provide name, address, and social security number as part of executing a subscription agreement, and

 

needs to have complied with our terms and conditions.

 

We will be conducting KYC due diligence on Members who participate in this rescission offer. As a participant in the rescission offer, you are required to complete and sign the election form that will be sent to those who qualify for the rescission offer. If you accept the rescission offer, then you must accept the rescission offer with respect to all of the Membership Interests you purchased from August 30, 2019 and December 20, 2019.

 

If you complete those steps, we will repurchase the Membership Interests that are subject to the rescission offer at the price of your initial capital contribution, plus interest at the current statutory rate per year, from the date they were purchased through the date the rescission offer expires.

 

Federal law does not provide a specific interest rate to be used in the calculation of the consideration to be received in connection with the repurchases of securities by an issuer in a rescission offer. We intend to use the legal rates of interest for the repurchase of shares based on the state in which a member resides on the date that the member completed or completes the award transaction. If your state of residence has changed since you completed the award transaction, the applicable interest rate will be the legal rate of interest for your current state of residence. These interest rates are as follows:

 

Acceptance

 

The Fund will inform affected members by email twice, once within seven days of the qualification of the rescission offer, and once halfway through the offer period. It will use the last known good email address as recorded by the member on the Fund’s records. The Fund will ignore any email preferences or membership preferences in informing qualified members of this offer.

 

9

 

 

The email will include the FORM OF RESCISSION OFFER ELECTION FORM, an outline of the offer, and the details specific to that member. That acceptance process will be a duplicate of the process used to purchase Membership Interests (“Subscription Process”). First, the end result will be the issuance of a check to the member, rather than issuance of Membership Interests. Second, the entire sale will be reversed. Third, the Member will need to execute a form specific to his or her agreement with the rescission offer. Finally, a statement will be issued informing the Member that there may be Federal or State income tax consequences as a result of accepting the rescission offer, along with a 1099 if appropriate.

 

As with the Subscription Process, if the Member fails to complete any step, the process will be suspended until the Member completes that step. If the rescission process is suspended because the Member failed to complete a step, the Fund will inform the Member by email of the suspension of the process one day prior to the expiration of the rescission offer.

 

We will deliver the cash representing the repurchase price for the Membership Interests in U.S. dollars by check sent via U.S. mail.

 

Statutory Interest Rates

 

State: Interest Rate: State: Interest Rate:
Alabama 6% North Carolina 8%
Arizona 10% Ohio 8%
Arkansas 6% Oklahoma 6%
California 7% Pennsylvania 6%
Florida 6.77% Tennessee 10%
Georgia 7% Texas 6%
Idaho 7.125% Utah 10%
Illinois 10% Virginia 6%
Montana 10% Washington 8%
New Jersey 2% Wisconsin 5%
New Mexico 8.75% North Carolina 8%

 

Solicitation

 

We have not retained, nor do we intend to retain, any person to make solicitations or recommendations to you in connection with the rescission offer. 

 

Neither we nor our principals make any recommendations with respect to the rescission offer. Members covered by the rescission offer are urged to read this Offering Circular carefully and to make an independent evaluation with respect to its terms when it is available.

 

10

 

 

Effect of Rescission Offer

 

Our making the rescission offer may not terminate a purchaser’s right to rescind a sale of securities that was not registered or qualified under the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws and was not otherwise exempt from registration or qualification. If a court were to impose a greater remedy, our exposure as a result of the rescission offer could be higher.

 

SUMMARY OF THE OFFERING

 

The following information is only a brief summary of, and is qualified in its entirety by, the detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Offering. This Offering Circular, together with the exhibits attached including, but not limited to, the Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of the Company (the “Operating Agreement”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A-2, should be carefully read in its entirety before any investment decision is made. If there is a conflict between the terms contained in this Offering Circular and the Operating Agreement, the Operating Agreement shall prevail, and control and no Investor should rely on any reference herein to the Articles or Operating Agreement without consulting the actual underlying documents.

 

THE COMPANY AND ITS BUSINESS

Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC is an Idaho limited liability company located at 701 E. Front Avenue, Floor 2, Coeur d’Alene, ID 83814. The Company is offering by means of this Offering Circular limited liability company Membership Interests on a “best efforts” basis to qualified Investors who meet the Investor Suitability standards as set forth herein. (See “Investor Suitability” below.)

 

As further described in the Offering Circular, the Company has been organized to: (i) make, fund, originate, refinance, purchase, sell and/or otherwise acquire Loans secured by first or junior position deeds of trust or mortgages on non-owner occupied residential and commercial properties located throughout the United States; and (ii) acquire, develop, rehabilitate, and/or hold and/or sell non-owner occupied residential real estate located throughout the United States. (See “Lending Standards and Policies” and “General Standards for Purchasing Properties” below).

MANAGEMENT

The Company will be managed by Secured Investment Corp., a Wyoming corporation, whose office is located at 701 E. Front Avenue, Floor 2, Coeur d’Alene, ID 83814.

 

The Manager is operating under various fictitious business names. These fictitious business names are not separate or distinct legal entities. Rather, they were established for purposes of operations and marketing efficiencies within the same management company. There are risks associated with operating under fictitious business names as set forth under “Risk Factors – Business Risks” below.

THE OFFERING

The Company is hereby offering Membership Interests in the maximum aggregate amount of $49,375,000 (the “Maximum Offering Amount”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company reserves the right to increase the Maximum Offering Amount in its sole and absolute discretion, subject to qualification by the SEC of a post-qualification amendment.

 

The Minimum Investment Amount per Investor is One Thousand Dollars ($1,000).

 

The Company’s Operating Agreement allows the Company issue Membership Interests on an ongoing basis. As of the date of this Offering Circular the Company has issued Membership Interests to the Manager.

 

11

 

 

VOTING RIGHTS Members will have substantially limited control, voting rights or involvement in the business, affairs or governance of the Company. . (See “Exhibit A-2 – Operating Agreement”.)
COMPENSATION TO MANAGER The Manager and its affiliates will receive fees for managing the Company. (See “Manager’s Compensation” below.)
PRIOR EXPERIENCE The Manager has prior experience in real estate, mortgage industry and securities transactions. (See “The Manager” below.)
CAPITALIZATION

The Company’s Operating Agreement does not restrict the number of Membership Interests that the Company may issue. As of the date of this Offering Circular the Company has issued Membership Interests to the Manager. The Company shall limit the Offering to $49,375,000 in any Twelve (12) month period, subject to qualification by the SEC of a post-qualification amendment. The Company may, at its sole and absolute discretion, at any time during the period of the Offering, increase or decrease the Minimum Investment Amount and/or the Maximum Offering Amount.

INVESTOR SUITABILITY STANDARDS Membership Interests are offered to “Qualified purchasers”. “Qualified purchasers” include: (i) “accredited investors”, as defined under Rule 501(a) of Regulation D and (ii) all other Investors who meet the investment limitations set forth in Rule 251(d)(2)(C) of Regulation A. Each Investor must execute a Subscription Agreement making certain representations and warranties to the Company, including, but not limited to, such purchaser’s qualifications as an “Accredited Investor”, or as a non-accredited investor who meets the investment limitations set forth in Rule 251(d)(2)(i)(C) of Regulation A. (See “Investor Suitability” below.)
LIMITATIONS ON INVESTMENT AMOUNT This Offering is open to all Accredited and non-Accredited investors. Generally, no sale may be made to any non-Accredited Investors in this Offering if the aggregate purchase price purchased by the Investor is more than Ten Percent (10%) of the greater of the Investor’s, alone or together with a spouse, annual income or net worth. Different rules apply to accredited investors and non-natural persons. Each Investor should review to review Rule 251(d)(2)(i)(C) of Regulation A before purchasing the Membership Interests. (See “Investor Suitability” below.)

 

12

 

 

COMMISSIONS FOR SELLING MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS Membership Interests will be offered and sold directly by the Company, the Manager and the Company’s and Manager’s respective officers and employees. No commissions for selling Membership Interests will be paid to the Company, the Manager or the Company’s or Manager’s respective officers or employees. While most Membership Interests are expected to be offered and sold directly by the Company, the Manager and their respective officers and employees, the Company or Manager may also, in limited instances, offer and sell Membership Interests through the services of independent broker/dealers who are member firms of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”). As of the date of this Offering Circular, the Company or Manager has not engaged any broker-dealer, and has no agreement for paying a broker-dealer commissions or fees. In the event the Company enters into an agreement with a licensed broker-dealer, the Company will amend the Offering Circular and other necessary documents, and notify Investors of such engagement. It is anticipated that the customary and standard commissions may be up to Eight Percent (8%) of the gross proceeds received for the sale of Membership Interests. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount and nature of commissions payable to broker/dealers is expected to vary in specific instances and may be lower than the one listed herein. The Investor who is admitted to the Company through such broker/dealer (and not the Company nor the Manager) will be responsible for all such commissions payable to broker/dealers (and such payments may reduce the Investor’s invested capital). 
NO LIQUIDITY There is no public market for the Membership Interests, and none is expected to develop. Additionally, the Membership Interests will be non-transferable, except as may be required by law, and will not be listed for trading on any exchange or automated quotation system. (See “Risk Factors” below.)  The Company will not facilitate or otherwise participate in the secondary transfer of any Membership Interests. However, Members will be allowed to withdraw their investments in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Operating Agreement. Prospective investors are urged to consult their own legal advisors with respect to secondary trading of the Membership Interests. (See “Risk Factors” below.)
LOAN ORIGINATION AND SERVICING

Loans funded and/or otherwise acquired by the Company will be originated by the Manager, operating under the fictitious business name of Cogo Capital, in its capacity as originator. In addition, the Manager will also service the Loans (i.e., loan payments collected and other services relating to the loan), operating under the fictious business name of Lake City Servicing, in its capacity as Servicer.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Manager may, in its sole and absolute discretion, appoint an Affiliate or third-party loan servicer to service the Loans. The servicer, whether a third party or the Manager or its Affiliate, shall be herein referred to as the “Servicer.” The Servicer will be compensated by the Company and/or borrowers for such loan servicing activities, as is agreed upon by the Manager and Servicer. To the extent applicable, the Manager will oversee the activities and performance of the Servicer. (See “The Manager’s Compensation” below.)

RECOVERY OF DEFERRED COMPENSATION If the Manager or Servicer defers or assigns to the Company any of their respective compensation, the Manager and/or Servicer may elect, in the sole and absolute discretion of the Manager, to recover the same at a later time within the same calendar year only.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Manager and/or Servicer have no obligation to waive, defer, or assign to the Company any portion of such compensation at any time.

 

13

 

 

LEVERAGING THE PORTFOLIO

The Company may borrow funds from financiers, other lenders, or banks for the purpose of funding the Company’s investments in Loans and properties. In order to obtain such additional capital, the Company may assign part or its entire asset portfolio to the lender or investor. Such a transaction involves certain elements of risk and also entails possible adverse tax consequence as detailed later in this Offering Circular. (See “Risk Factors – Business Risks, Risks of leveraging the Company’s asset portfolio include assigning a portion of or the entire Company’s asset portfolio as security for obtaining additional capital.”, “Income Tax Considerations”, and “ERISA Considerations” below.) The terms and conditions of any credit obtained by the Company shall be negotiated by the Manager in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

In addition, any debt incurred by the Company will be senior in payment to the Members. (See “Lending Standards and Policies”, “Property Acquisition Guidelines and Policies”, “Risk Factors – Business Risks, Risks of leveraging the Company’s asset portfolio include assigning a portion of or the entire Company’s asset portfolio as security for obtaining additional capital.”, “Income Tax Considerations”, and “ERISA Considerations” below.)

PREFERRED RETURN

Members will generally be entitled to receive an annualized preferred return (the “Preferred Return”) on their investment, payable monthly (and prorated as applicable for the amount of time that a Member was a member of the Company). This Preferred Return will be payable prior to any profit participation by the Manager (however, all expenses and fees other than profit participation will be paid to the Manager prior to the Preferred Return).

 

The Preferred Return for any Member shall be equal to a non-cumulative annualized rate of Six Percent (6%), calculated and payable on a monthly basis. (See “Terms of the Offering – Preferred Return; Cash Distributions; Election to Reinvest” below.)

DISTRIBUTION OF NET PROFITS TO MEMBERS Members will also be eligible for monthly distributions of the Company’s Net Profits (as defined below). (See “Terms of the Offering – Preferred Return, Cash Distributions; Election to Reinvest” below.)
REINVESTMENT

So long as the Offering is ongoing, Members will have the option of receiving their monthly income distributions or having their share of distributions credited to their capital accounts and reinvested in the Company to purchase additional Membership Interests, at One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) per Membership Interests. Fractional interests of Membership Interests may be purchased by the Member for reinvestment purposes. (See “Terms of the Offering – Preferred Return, Cash Distributions; Election to Reinvest” below.) Any Membership Interests purchased through reinvestment will be counted towards the Maximum Offering Amount.

 

Notwithstanding the forgoing, the Manager reserves the right to commence making cash distributions at any time to any Member(s) in order for the Company to remain exempt from the ERISA plan asset regulations. (See “ERISA Considerations” and “Summary of the Operating Agreement” below.)

 

14

 

 

RETURN OF CAPITAL The Manager reserves the right to return part or all of the Member’s capital investment to the Member at any time during the investment and to expel any Member for cause. (See “Summary of the Operating Agreement – Redemption Policy and Other Events of Disassociation” below.)
LOSS RESERVE A loss reserve may be maintained by the Company, as determined by the Manager, in its sole and absolute discretion. The loss reserve is intended to protect Members from potential unrecoverable losses on loans. (See “Risk Factors” below.)
RISK FACTORS

There are a number of risks associated with the purchase of Membership Interests. The risk factors set forth in this Offering Circular, including those in the “Risk Factors” section below, identify important factors that an Investor should consider before investing in the Company. A summary of the some of the risk factors is included below:

 

1.    The Company depends on the Manager to select its investments and conducts its operations. The fees and expenses payable to the Manager were not determined on an arm’s length basis, therefore, there is no benefit of an arm’s length transactions typically conducted between unrelated parties.

 

2.    The Company does not have an operating history. The prior performance for the Manager or its affiliated entities do not predict future results for the Company. Therefore, no assurance can be given that the Company will achieve its investment objectives;

 

3.   National, international and local economic and business conditions that could affect the Company’s business;

 

4.    Industry developments affecting the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations;

 

5.    Governmental approvals, actions and initiatives and changes in laws and regulations or the interpretation thereof, including without limitation tax laws, regulations and interpretations.

 

In making an investment decision Investors must rely on their own examination of the Company and the terms of the Offering, including the risks involved. The investment in Membership Interests involves a high degree of risk and Investors should purchase Membership Interests only if they can afford a complete loss of their investment. See the section “Risk Factors” below.

 

15

 

 

COMPANY EXPENSES

Except as otherwise provided herein, the Company shall bear all costs and expenses associated with the organization of the Company, costs associated with the Offering, operation of the Company, including, but not limited to, the annual tax preparation of the Company’s tax returns, any state and federal income tax due, accounting fees, filing fees, independent audit reports, foreclosure costs and expenses associated with the foreclosing on any Loans, costs associated with force placed insurance, costs and expenses associated with the acquisition, rehabilitation, holding and management of real estate and costs and expenses associated with the disposition of real estate.

 

The actual amount of the Company expenses may not be determined at this time, as these expenses will be dependent upon the operation of the Company.

FUND ADMINISTRATION

The Company intends to engage CrowdEngine, Inc., PrimeTrust LLC, and other third party service providers (collectively referred to as the “Fund Administrator”) to perform various investor-related services, including, without limitation, onboarding capital contributions from Investors, managing the Member’s investment accounts with the Company, administer distributions of Preferred Return (and/or Net Profits), record keeping, back-office accounting and administrative services for the Company and will pay the Fund Administrator market-rate fees for such services. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company reserves the right to retain the services of different Fund administration firms, at its sole and absolute discretion. (See “Exhibit E – Master Servicing Agreement” and “Exhibit F – Escrow Services Agreement”).

 

In addition, the Fund Administrator will establish an investor online portal where Members will be required to create an account in order to subscribe and access information concerning the financial performance of the Company, their investment, and any other communication directed to the Member.

WITHDRAWALS/REDEMPTIONS

Members will be required to hold their Membership Interests for a minimum of Twelve (12) months before they may request to withdraw from the Company and have their Membership Interests redeemed. Thereafter, a Member may request withdrawal from the Company and give at least Ninety (90) days’ prior written notice prior to the Manager. The Company will use its best efforts to return capital subject to, among other things, the Company’s then cash flow, financial condition, and prospective investments in assets. Furthermore, any Member requesting redemption will be responsible for any third-party costs incurred in effecting such redemption, including but not limited to, bank transaction charges, custody fees, and/or transfer agent charges (as applicable).

 

A Member’s redemption amount shall be based on the capital account balance with the Company. (See “Summary of the Operating Agreement – Membership Interest” below). In requesting for redemption, the Member shall specify the amount the Member requests to withdraw and shall be subject to the Manager’s approval. While the Company intends to allow Members to request redemptions on an ongoing basis, the Company has imposed limitations on the amount of individual redemption requests per calendar quarter in order to maintain liquidity to satisfy redemption requests without impacting the Company’s ability to invest in Loans and properties. Accordingly, each request for withdrawal or redemption shall be limited to Twenty-Five Percent (25%) of such Member’s withdrawal request such that it will take at least Four (4) quarters for a Member to withdraw the requested amount; provided, however, that the maximum aggregate amount of capital that the Company will return to the Members each fiscal year is limited to Ten Percent (10%) of the total outstanding capital of the Company. Withdrawal requests will be processed by the Company on a first-come, first-served basis.

 

The above requirements regarding the withdrawal amount and the timing of any specific withdrawal may be modified by the Manager, in its sole and absolute discretion, based on, amongst other things, the Company’s current cash flow, the amount of the Company’s reserves, and the Company’s then-current financial condition. However, in the event that the Company amends, suspends or terminates withdrawals, the Company will file an offering circular supplement and/or Form 1-U, as necessary, and inform Members of such amendment.

 

The Manager may at any time suspend the withdrawal of funds from the Company, upon the occurrence of any of the following circumstances: (i) whenever, as a result of events, conditions or circumstances beyond the control or responsibility of the Manager or the Company, disposal of the assets of the Company is not reasonably practicable without being detrimental to the interests of the Company or its Members, determined in the sole and absolute discretion of the Manager; or (ii) if the Manager has determined to dissolve the Company. Notice of any suspension will be given within Ten (10) business days from the time the decision was made to suspend distributions to any Member who has submitted a withdrawal request and to whom full payment of the redemption proceeds has not yet been remitted. If a redemption request is not rescinded by a Member following notification of a suspension, the redemption will be effected as of the last day of the calendar month in which the suspension is lifted.

 

16

 

 

SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The statements of operations data set forth below with respect to the period from December 3, 2018 to December 31, 2018, are derived from, and are qualified by reference to, the audited financial statements included in this Offering Circular and should be read in conjunction with those financial statements and notes thereto.

 

   For the Period of
December 3,
2018
through
December 31,
2018
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents  $25,000 
Prepaid Expenses:  $3,000 
Total Assets  $28,000 

 

17

 

 

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

 

The Offering will be made to Investors through general solicitation, direct solicitation, and marketing efforts. The Company will not utilize an underwriter for the sale of the Membership Interests. The Offering is being conducted on a “best-efforts” basis, which means the principals and officers of the Company will use commercially reasonable best efforts in an attempt to sell the Membership Interests. Such officers will not receive any commission or any other remuneration for these sales. In offering the Membership Interests on behalf of the Company, the principals and officers will rely on the safe harbor from broker-dealer registration set forth in Rule 3a4-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Currently, the Company or Manager has not engaged any broker-dealer, and has no agreement for paying a broker-dealer commissions or fees. However, the Company may sell the Membership Interests through the services of an independent broker-dealers who are members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. In the event the Company engages a licensed broker-dealer, the Company will amend the Offering Circular and notify Investors of such engagement. It is anticipated that the customary and standard commissions for FINRA member broker-dealers may be up to Eight percent (8%) of gross proceeds for the sale of the Membership Interests. These commissions will be paid by the Investor. Investors understand that these commissions may reduce their capital contribution and reduce the total Membership Interests purchased from the Company. The Membership Interests will be offered on an on-going basis and on an as-needed basis based on the demand of Loans and/or opportunities to purchase real property.

 

The Minimum Investment Amount is One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) and the Maximum Offering Amount is $49,375,000, subject to an increase of the Maximum Offering Amount through a qualification by the SEC of a post-qualification amendment.

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

The Company intends to raise Offering proceeds to engage in the following: (i) make, fund, originate, refinance, purchase, sell and/or otherwise acquire Loans secured by first or junior position deeds of trust or mortgages on non-owner occupied residential and commercial properties located throughout the United States; and (ii) acquire, develop, rehabilitate, and/or hold and/or sell non-owner occupied real estate located throughout the United States. (See “Lending Standards and Policies” and “General Standards for Purchasing Properties” below).

 

The net proceeds from this Offering will not be used to compensate or otherwise make payments to officers, directors or Members of the Company, unless and to the extent it is as otherwise stated below. All Offering proceeds raised by the Company and the Manager will be sourced from business conducted per the Operational Plan set forth below.

 

  MAXIMUM OFFERING AMOUNT PERCENTAGE OF PROCEEDS
Gross Offering Proceeds $49,375,000 100%
Estimated Commissions 1 $0 0
Initial Offering Expenses 2 $78,000

>1%

Deployable Proceeds $49,297,000 99%

 

1. Membership Interests will be offered and sold directly by the Company, the Manager and the Company’s and Manager’s respective officers and employees. No commissions for selling Membership Interests will be paid to the Company, the Manager or the Company’s or Manager’s respective officers or employees. While most Membership Interests are expected to be offered and sold directly by the Company, the Manager and their respective officers and employees, the Company or Manager may also, in limited instances, offer and sell Membership Interests through the services of independent broker/dealers who are member firms of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”). As of the date of this Offering Circular, the Company or Manager has not engaged any broker-dealer, and has no agreement for paying a broker-dealer commissions or fees. In the event the Company enters into an agreement with a licensed broker-dealer, the Company will amend the Offering Circular and other necessary documents, and notify Investors of such engagement. It is anticipated that the customary and standard commissions may be up to Eight Percent (8%) of the gross proceeds received for the sale of Membership Interests. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount and nature of commissions payable to broker/dealers is expected to vary in specific instances and may be lower than the one listed herein. The Investor who is admitted to the Company through such broker/dealer (and not the Company nor the Manager) will be responsible for all such commissions payable to broker/dealers (and such payments may reduce the Investor’s invested capital).

 

18

 

 

2. The initial expenses associated with this Offering, including legal and accounting expenses, total approximately Seventy Eight Thousand Dollars ($78,000). The Manager has agreed to pay for all legal costs associated with the organization of the Fund. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company intends to reimburse the Manager for any non-legal organization and Offering costs and expenses incurred on behalf of the Company, which are approximately Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000)

 

3. Net proceeds to the Company only reflect an approximation of the deduction of organization and offering expenses that may be reimbursed to the Manager. Any expenses associated with the Membership Interests, Loans and/or other investments of the Company shall be paid by the Company in accordance with the terms set forth herein and in the Operating Agreement.

 

The foregoing represents the Company’s best estimate of the allocation of the proceeds of this Offering based on planned use of funds for the Company’s operations and current objectives. The Company will not raise funds from other sources in order to achieve its investments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may borrow money from financiers, other lenders, or banks to fund its investments, who are not identified at this moment as the Company does not have any agreements with any financers, lender, or banks to borrow money from.

 

TERMS OF THE OFFERING

 

This Offering is made to Qualified purchasers to purchase Membership Interests in the Company. The Minimum Investment Amount per Investor is One Thousand Dollars ($1,000). (See “Investor Suitability” below.) While the Offering is still open, Members that have subscribed for at least the Minimum Investment Amount may purchase additional Membership Interests in increments of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000), provided that such additional purchase of Membership Interests complies with Regulation A, Tier II requirements. The Company generally shall not offer fractional Membership Interests for sale, except for Members who seek to reinvest their distributions. The Manager currently does not intend to adjust the price of the Membership Interests. However, in the event the Manager adjust the purchase price of the Membership Interests, the Manager shall update and amend the Offering Circular and other necessary documents to indicate such adjustments.

 

The Offering will continue until the Company has raised the Maximum Offering Amount or is terminated by the Company, in its sole and absolute discretion. At such time, the Offering will be deemed closed. The Company may, at its sole and absolute discretion, at any time during the period of the Offering, increase or decrease the Minimum Investment Amount or the Maximum Offering Amount.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing in “Terms of the Offering”, the Company reserves the right, in its sole and absolute discretion to, at any time, and for any reason or no reason, accept subscriptions in a lesser amount or to require a higher amount or to reject any subscription(s) in whole or in part.

 

The Platform

 

The Platform will be hosted by CrowdEngine and operated by the Company. The following information shall be available to each Member on the Company’s website and Platform: (i) the Subscription Agreement, Offering Circular, and Operating Agreement. Investors will be required to visit the Company’s online Platform in order to receive, review, execute and deliver the Subscription Agreement electronically.

 

Investors will be able to transact entirely online, including executing and reviewing digital legal documentation, funds transfer, and ownership recordation. Once accepted by the Company, a Member will be able to manage and view his, her or its account, receive distributions and Company reports (such as a Member’s K-1 Form).

 

19

 

 

Subscription Agreements; Admission to the Company; Investor Rights prior to Admission

 

To subscribe with the Company and purchase any Membership Interests, an Investor must meet certain eligibility and suitability standards, some of which are set forth below. (See “Investor Suitability” below.) Additionally, an Investor who wishes to become a Member of the Company must sign and execute a subscription agreement (“Subscription Agreement”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (together with a check, or a payment via Automated Clearing House (“ACH”), wire transfer, or a payment card (i.e., credit or debit card), in the amount of the purchase price payable to the Company), which shall be accepted or rejected by the Manager in its sole and absolute discretion. By executing the Subscription Agreement, an Investor makes certain representations and warranties upon which the Manager will rely on in accepting the Investor’s subscription funds. Investors are encouraged to read the Subscription Agreement carefully and in its entirety. INVESTORS SHOULD CAREFULLY READ AND COMPLETE THE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (WITH POWER OF ATTORNEY AND INVESTOR QUESTIONNAIRE).

 

Investors will be required to complete a Subscription Agreement on the Company’s Platform, after creating a user account. The Company reserves the sole and absolute right to reject any subscription tendered for any reason or no reason, or to accept it in part only. (See “Use of Proceeds” below.) Investors will be required to fund and receive their Membership Interests through the Platform.

 

Investors will be required to fund their Platform account via Automated Clearing House system (“ACH”), wire transfer, and card payment. If authorized by the Investor, the Company may also initiate an ACH transaction and draw money from the Investor’s bank account upon admission as a Member, provided the Investor has agreed to such transaction. Investors will need to indicate on the Platform the amount they would like to invest in the Company.

 

In order to asses each prospective Investor’s suitability as a Member, each Investor’s Subscription Agreement will be accepted or rejected by the Company within Fifteen (15) days or sooner of its receipt. In addition, Subscription Agreements are non-cancelable and irrevocable by the Investor and subscription funds are non-refundable, except with the express written consent of the Company and/or as expressly set forth herein or in the Subscription Agreement. If accepted by the Company, an Investor shall become a Member only when the Company deposits the Investor’s contribution into the Company’s Operating Account.

 

The Manager may reject an Investor’s Subscription Agreement for any reason or no reason at all. If accepted by the Manager, an Investor shall become a Member when the Manager deposits the Investor’s contribution into the Company’s main operating bank account (“Operating Account”). Until then, an Investor’s subscription agreement is non-revocable, and subscription funds shall be held by the Manager and may, at the sole discretion of the Manager, be deposited in a call account (the “Subscription Account”).

 

After funding the Platform account but prior to admission as a Member of the Company, the Investor has the right to seek (and receive) his, her, or its funds subject to the procedure provided herein. Specifically, should the process from depositing an Investor’s funds into the Operating Account and admission as a Member take longer than Fifteen (15) days, the Investor may request in writing to recover his, her or its investment funds. If, upon receipt of such request in writing, the Manager has not yet admitted the Investor as a Member, then Manager will return the Investor’s funds to the investor and revoke the Subscription Agreement within Ten (10) business days of receipt of such request from the Investor.

 

Subscription Agreements are non-cancelable and irrevocable by the Investor and subscription funds are non-refundable for any reason, except with the express written consent of the Manager or as expressly set forth herein or in the Subscription Agreement.

 

20

 

 

Preferred Return; Cash Distributions; Election to Reinvest

 

Preferred Return

 

Members will generally be entitled to receive an annualized Preferred Return on their investment, payable after the end of each month (and prorated as applicable for the amount of time that a Member was a member of the Company during such month). This Preferred Return will be payable prior to any other distributions to Members or profit participation by the Manager (however, all expenses and fees other than profit participation will be paid to the Manager and any allocation of income for a loan loss reserve will be made prior to the distribution of the Preferred Return). The Preferred Return for any Member shall be equal to a non-cumulative annualized rate of Six Percent (6%), calculated and payable on a monthly basis.

 

For purposes of illustration only, assume that a Member received the full annualized amount of the Preferred Return for the first monthly distribution of a fiscal year. In the remaining monthly period of such fiscal year, if the Company was unable to return to the Member the full annualized amount of the Preferred Return, such amount would not cumulate and compound into the following fiscal year as a Preferred Return distribution owing or required to be distributed to the Member in the succeeding fiscal year. In addition, in this example, if the Company had posted a substantial loss in the second monthly period, the loss may be large enough such that Members may have received too large a distribution of Preferred Return during the first monthly distribution period of the fiscal year; in such a case, there is no mechanism for the Company to necessarily claw-back or recall excess distributions already made to Members during the earlier part of the fiscal year. All investors should understand that due to differences in timing and amounts of distributions and actual income/losses and profits of the Company, there may be a significant disparity between amounts distributed to Members and their distributable share of income and losses; such amounts and disparities may fluctuate and change from year to year.

 

Investors should understand that Preferred Returns may necessarily fluctuate in accordance with the business and operations of the Company. At the end of the fiscal year, the Company will review all Preferred Returns paid during the year just ended and make ratable adjustments to the Preferred Return distributions paid or payable to Members in order to ensure that Members receive accurate Preferred Return distributions for the annual year in accordance with the intent and provisions of the Operating Agreement and the Offering Circular.

 

DISTRIBUTIONS OF THE PREFERRED RETURN ARE NOT A GUARANTEED DISTRIBUTION AND ARE SUBJECT TO THE CASH AVAILABILITY OF THE COMPANY. THE MANAGER AND THE COMPANY MAKE NO GUARANTEES, ASSURANCES OR COMMITMENTS TO THE DISTRIBUTION OF ANY RETURNS. THE MANAGER WILL ONLY MAKE DISTRIBUTIONS TO THE EXTENT CASH IS AVAILABLE AND, IN THE SOLE AND ABSOLUTE DISCRETION OF THE MANAGER, AND TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY DISTRIBUTIONS WILL NOT IMPACT THE CONTINUING OPERATIONS OF THE COMPANY.

 

Cash Distributions

 

Net Profits in excess of the Preferred Return shall be distributed to the Members on a monthly basis as follows: Fifty Percent (50%) of the Net Profits of the Company shall be distributed to the Members on a pro-rata basis, and the remaining Fifty Percent (50%) of the Net Profits shall be distributed to the Manager.

 

21

 

 

“Net Profits” means the Company’s monthly gross income less (1) the Company’s monthly operating expenses (including payment of outstanding debt (if any), administrative costs, legal expenses and accounting fees) (2) an allocation of income for a loan loss reserve; and (3) payment of the Asset Management Fee and any other fees to the Manager.

 

All distributions of Net Profits will be made on a monthly basis, in arrears, and distributions to Members shall be prorated as applicable for the amount of time that a Member was a member of the Company during such accounting period.

 

DISTRIBUTION OF NET PROFITS IS NOT GUARANTEED. NET PROFITS SHALL ONLY BE DISTRIBUTED TO THE EXTENT CASH IS AVAILABLE AND PROVIDED THAT THE MONTHLY NET PROFIT DISTRIBUTIONS WILL NOT IMPACT THE CONTINUING OPERATIONS OF THE COMPANY, SUBJECT TO THE SOLE AND ABSOLUTE DISCRETION OF THE MANAGER.

 

Election to Reinvest

 

Each Member has the option of receiving cash distributions for his, her or its share of the earnings of the Company (including any Preferred Return) that is payable to the Member, or having such amount(s) credited to his, her or its capital accounts and reinvested in the Company at the price of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) per Membership Interests. Fractional interests of Membership Interests may be purchased by the Member for reinvestment purposes. For example, if the Company allocated One Hundred Dollars ($100) to a Member for distribution, and the Member had elected to reinvest such distributions, the Member may reinvest and purchase One-Tenth of One (1/10th of 1) Membership Interest. Upon reinvestment, the capital account of the Member will be increased to reflect the additional purchase of Membership Interests. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Manager reserves the right to commence making cash distributions at any time to any Member(s) in order for the Company to remain exempt from the ERISA plan asset regulations. (See “ERISA Considerations” and “Summary of the Operating Agreement” below)

 

Members must select at the time of subscription to receive cash or reinvest all of their monthly income distributions including their Preferred Returns. If no election is made, then the monthly income distribution will be automatically reinvested into the Company to purchase additional Membership Interests. No partial reinvestment is permitted.

 

Reinvestments will be allowed to the extent that the Offering is qualified with the SEC and provided that such reinvestments do not exceed the offering amount that may be sold in any given Twelve (12) month period in accordance with Regulation A, Tier II requirements.

 

Members may change their election at any time upon Thirty (30) days written notice to the Company. Upon receipt and after the Thirty (30) day notice has occurred, the Member’s selection shall be changed and reflected on the following first day of the month in which the Member is entitled to receive a distribution. Notwithstanding the preceding sentences, the Manager may at any time immediately commence with income distributions in cash only (hence, suspending the reinvestment option for such Member(s)) to any Member(s) in order for the Company to remain exempt from the ERISA plan asset regulations. (See “ERISA Considerations” and “Summary of the Operating Agreement” below).

 

This investment is appropriate only for Investors who have no need for immediate liquidity in their investments and who have adequate means of providing for their current financial needs, obligations and contingencies, even if such investment results in a total loss. Investment in the Membership Interests involves a high degree of risk and is suitable only for an investor whose business and investment experience, either alone or together with a purchaser representative, renders the investor capable of evaluating each and every risk of the proposed investment. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CAREFULLY READ THE ENTIRE “RISK FACTORS” SECTION OF THIS OFFERING CIRCULAR.

 

22

 

 

Member Withdrawals

 

Members will be required to hold their Membership Interests for a minimum of Twelve (12) months before they may request to withdraw from the Company and have their Membership Interests redeemed. Thereafter, a Member may request withdrawal from the Company and give at least Ninety (90) days’ prior written notice prior to the Manager. The Company will use its best efforts to return capital subject to, among other things, the Company’s then cash flow, financial condition, and prospective investments in assets. Furthermore, any Member requesting redemption will be responsible for any third-party costs incurred in effecting such redemption, including but not limited to, bank transaction charges, custody fees, and/or transfer agent charges (as applicable).

 

A Member’s redemption amount shall be based on the capital account balance with the Company. (See “Summary of the Operating Agreement – Membership Interest” below). In requesting for redemption, the Member shall specify the amount the Member requests to withdraw and shall be subject to the Manager’s approval. While the Company intends to allow Members to request redemptions on an ongoing basis, the Company has imposed limitations on the amount of individual redemption requests per calendar quarter in order to maintain liquidity to satisfy redemption requests without impacting the Company’s ability to invest in Loans and properties. Accordingly, each request for withdrawal or redemption shall be limited to Twenty-Five Percent (25%) of such Member’s withdrawal request such that it will take at least Four (4) quarters for a Member to withdraw the requested amount; provided, however, that the maximum aggregate amount of capital that the Company will return to the Members each fiscal year is limited to Ten Percent (10%) of the total outstanding capital of the Company. Withdrawal requests will be processed by the Company on a first-come, first-served basis.

 

The above requirements regarding the withdrawal amount and the timing of any specific withdrawal may be modified by the Manager, in its sole and absolute discretion, based on, amongst other things, the Company’s current cash flow, the amount of the Company’s reserves, and the Company’s then-current financial condition. However, in the event that the Company amends, suspends or terminates withdrawals, the Company will file an offering circular supplement and/or Form 1-U, as necessary, and inform Members of such amendment.

 

The Manager may at any time suspend the withdrawal of funds from the Company, upon the occurrence of any of the following circumstances: (i) whenever, as a result of events, conditions or circumstances beyond the control or responsibility of the Manager or the Company, disposal of the assets of the Company is not reasonably practicable without being detrimental to the interests of the Company or its Members, determined in the sole and absolute discretion of the Manager; or (ii) if the Manager has determined to dissolve the Company. Notice of any suspension will be given within Ten (10) business days from the time the decision was made to suspend distributions to any Member who has submitted a withdrawal request and to whom full payment of the redemption proceeds has not yet been remitted. If a redemption request is not rescinded by a Member following notification of a suspension, the redemption will be effected as of the last day of the calendar month in which the suspension is lifted.

 

Maximum Offering

 

The Maximum Offering Amount of this Offering Circular is $49,375,000, subject to qualification by the SEC of a post-qualification amendment. The Company may, at its sole and absolute discretion, at any time during the period of the Offering, increase or decrease the Maximum Offering Amount or the Minimum Investment Amount.

 

Subject to the limitations set forth under Regulation A Tier II, the Maximum Offering Amount will be limited to $49,375,000 annually.

 

The maximum gross proceeds will be the Maximum Offering Amount which will comprise, subject to adjustments as described elsewhere in this Offering Circular, the total equity capitalization of the Company. This Offering may, however, be terminated at the sole option of the Manager at any time and for any reason (or no reason) before the Maximum Offering Amount is received.

 

23

 

 

Restrictions on Transfer

 

As a condition to this Offering, restrictions have been placed upon the ability of Members to resell or otherwise transfer any Membership Interests purchased hereunder. Specifically, no Member may resell or otherwise transfer any Membership Interests without the satisfaction of certain conditions designed to ensure compliance with applicable tax and securities laws including, without limitation: (i) the requirement that certain legal opinions be provided to the Company with respect to such matters and the requirement that any transfer of shares to a transferee does not violate any state or federal securities laws; (ii) the limitation set forth under Regulation A Tier 2 limiting secondary sales by security holders who are affiliates of the Company to Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000) and for all security holders to no more than Thirty Percent (30%) of the Maximum Offering Amount for the first Twelve (12) months of the Offering; and (iii) the prior written consent of the Manager, whose consent may be withheld in its sole and absolute discretion. (See “Summary of the Operating Agreement — Transfer Restrictions” below.)

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

As of the date of this Offering Circular, the Company has not engaged a transfer agent, and does not intend to engage a transfer agent until such time as the Company is required to do so in order to satisfy the conditional exemption contained in Rule 12g5-1(a)(7) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as applicable, or the Exchange Act.

 

INVESTOR SUITABILITY AND LIMITATIONS

 

The Membership Interests are being offered and sold only to “qualified purchasers” (as defined in Regulation A under the Act). “Qualified purchasers” include:

 

(i) “accredited investors” under Rule 501(a) of Regulation D (as explained below); and

 

(ii) all other Investors so long as their investment in the Membership Interests does not represent more than Ten Percent (10%) of the greater of the Investor’s, alone or together with a spouse, annual income or net worth (for natural persons), or Ten Percent (10%) of the greater of annual revenue or net assets at fiscal year-end (for non-natural persons).

 

The Membership Interests are offered hereby and sold to Investors that meet one of the categories (i.e., Accredited Investors and Investors whose investment in the Membership Interests does not represent more than Ten Percent (10%) of the applicable amount).

 

To qualify as an “Accredited Investor”, for purposes of satisfying one of the tests in the “qualified purchaser” definition, an Investor must meet ONE of the following conditions:

 

(i) Any natural person who had an individual income in excess of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) in each of the two most recent years or joint income with that person’s spouse in excess of Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000) in each of those years and who has a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year;

 

24

 

 

(ii) Any natural person whose individual net worth or joint net worth, with that person’s spouse, at the time of their purchase exceeds One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) (excluding the value of such person’s primary residence);

 

(iii) Any bank as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Act, or any savings and loan association or other institution as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act, whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity; any broker or dealer registered pursuant to Section 15 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”); any insurance company as defined in Section 2(13) of the Exchange Act; any investment company registered under the Investment Fund Act of 1940 or a business development company as defined in Section 2(a)(48) of that Act; any Small Business Investment Fund (SBIC) licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under Section 301(c) or (d) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958; any plan established and maintained by a State, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has total assets in excess of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000); any employee benefit plan within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, if the investment decision is made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in Section 3(21) of such Act, which is either a bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, or registered investment advisor, or if the employee benefit plan has total assets in excess of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) or, if a self-directed plan, with investment decisions made solely by persons who are Accredited Investors;

 

(iv)  Any private business development company as defined in Section 202(a)(22) of the Investment Advisors Act of 1940;

 

(v)  Any organization described in Section 501(c)(3)(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), corporation, Massachusetts or similar business trust, or partnership, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, with total assets in excess of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000);

 

(vi)  Any director or executive officer, or Fund of the issuer of the securities being sold, or any director, executive officer, or Fund of a Fund of that issuer;

 

(vii)  Any trust, with total assets in excess of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000), not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, whose purchase is directed by a sophisticated person as described in Section 506(B)(b)(2)(ii) of the Code; or

 

(viii)  Any entity in which all the equity owners are accredited investors as defined above.

For Investors who are not Accredited Investors, there are limitations on the aggregate purchase price of Membership Interests that may be paid by the Investor which is not more than Ten percent (10%) of the greater of such Investor’s:

 

(i)  Annual income or net worth if a natural person (with annual income and net worth for such natural person purchaser determined as provided in Rule 501); or

 

(ii)  Revenue or net assets for such purchaser’s most recently completed fiscal year end if a non-natural person.

 

Annual income and net worth should be calculated as provided in the Accredited Investor definition under Rule 501 of Regulation D, as explained above. In particular, net worth in all cases should be calculated excluding the value of an Investor’s home, home furnishings and automobiles.

 

25

 

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY

 

The Company will use the Offering proceeds to fund the Company’s investments in Loans and/or properties. The Company will seek opportunities to fund deals in Loans and properties by advertising its services as a private lender in the market. In the event a Loan is paid off early by a borrower, the Company intends to redeploy those proceeds into funding new Loans or to acquire properties. If a Loan is paid off early and there are no new Loans or properties the Company can redeploy the capital into within a reasonable time period, the Company may redeem Membership Interests, at its discretion. The Company will do this to reduce its expenses when necessary but does not anticipate this happening very often.

 

The Company will fund a wide variety of Loan products, while many of the products are not of a conventional nature, the Loans must meet the standards set forth in the “Lending Standards and Policies” section below. The Company will primarily fund and/or otherwise acquire Loans secured by non-owner occupied residential and commercial property. (See “Lending Standards and Policies” below.)

 

Sources of income to the Company will come from the interest and fees charged to borrowers on the Loans, as well as from the sale of any properties acquired by the Company for rehabilitation and/or resale. All Loans will be owned by the Company and all revenue received from the Loans and investments in properties shall be distributed into the Company, less applicable fees to the Manager. (See “Manager’s Compensation” below.)

 

LENDING STANDARDS AND POLICIES

 

General Standards for Mortgage Loans

 

The Company will use the proceeds from this Offering to primarily engage in the funding, originating, acquiring, managing or selling Loans secured by first or junior position deeds of trust or mortgages secured by non-owner occupied and commercial properties located throughout the United States. The value and balance of Loans or properties will not be guaranteed by any governmental agency or private entity but may be guaranteed by affiliates and associates of the underlying borrowers.

 

The Company will select Loans according to the standards provided below:

 

1.  Lien Priority. The deeds of trusts and mortgages securing the Company’s loans will be first, junior or subordinated lien positions. The Company will lend money and secure the Loan by such deeds of trusts and mortgages if the Loan-to-Value ratios in Section 8 below are met.

 

2.  Borrowers. The Company will only make loans to borrowers who are properly formed, validly existing U.S. entities. Loans will not be made to individuals or foreign entities. The Company will make Loans to borrowers who seek to purchase and renovate or rehabilitate investment properties for the purpose of selling such properties (or holding and selling such property). The Company will identify these borrowers based on the borrower’s credit history, verifiable income, and real estate experience.

 

3.  Location of Real Property Securing the Loans. Most deeds of trusts and mortgages will be secured by real property across the United States.

 

4.  Loan Types. The Company will arrange business and commercial purpose loans. The Company will not make any consumer loans or transactions (i.e. personal, family or household loans). All properties must be non-owner occupied at the time of funding and for the duration of the Loan. The Company considers the property to be “owner-occupied” if any owner of the borrowing entity or any guarantor resides (or intends to reside) at the property, or if any person who is a close family member of an individual applicant or an owner of the borrowing entity or a guarantor resides (or intends to reside) at the property.

 

26

 

 

5.  Types of Properties Securing the Loans. Investment in Loans may involve underlying assets of real property that will primarily consist of non-owner-occupied residential properties. Investments may also involve underlying assets of real property that will include mixed use properties and commercial properties.

 

6.  Minimum Loan Amount. The Company will make loans with a minimum principal loan amount of Thirty Thousand Dollars ($30,000).

 

7.  State Licensing Requirements. The Company will obtain a mortgage lending license in states where it intends to operate and require a mortgage lending license to originate and/or otherwise fund a Loan. The Company presently intends to obtain lending licenses in California, Arizona, Idaho, Oregon, Nevada, Utah, and Minnesota. Lending licensing requirements will vary from state to state. If required by a state, the Company will obtain all licenses prior to making or funding a Loan. To the extent that the Company is not able to obtain a license, the Company will not make and/or otherwise fund Loans in any states where it is not properly licensed as a mortgage lender (or the state’s equivalent thereof).

 

8.  Loan-to-Value Ratio. A Loan from the Company will generally not exceed the Loan-to-Value percentage ratios set forth below. The Loan-to-Value ratio is calculated by taking the amount of the Company’s loan combined with the amount of outstanding debt secured by other liens on the property, dividing that by the value of the real property securing the deed of trust or mortgage and multiplying that figure by One Hundred (100) to come to a percentage. “Value” shall be determined by an independent certified appraiser or non-certified appraiser doing an appraisal on the real property or the Manager or commercial or residential real estate broker giving his, her, or its opinion of value of the real property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may exceed the below stated Loan-to-Value ratios if the Manager determines in its sole business judgment that a higher Loan amount is warranted by the circumstances of that particular loan, such as being able to secure multiple properties, called “cross-collateralization”, personal guaranties, prior loan history with the borrower, market conditions, if mortgage insurance is obtained, or other compensating factors that would support the Manager in making its decision in the best interest of the Company.

 

The Company plans to routinely re-evaluate the portfolio and Loan-to-Value ratio maximums set forth herein and may revise the Loan-to-Value ratio maximums at any time if it considers it to be in its best interests. Subject to the specific ratios set forth below, the Company will maintain a weighted Loan-to-Value ratio of no more than Seventy Percent (70%). The value of the property will be calculated on an “after completion” or post-rehabilitation basis. Prospective investors should carefully evaluate and understand that calculation of the ration using such “after completion” values exposes the Loans to additional risks in the event that the rehabilitation is not completed, or the value of the rehabilitation is not timely or ultimately achieved.

 

Type of Real Property Securing loan Target and Maximum LTV Ratios1
Non-Owner-Occupied Single Family Residential Target: 50% to 65%; Maximum: 70%
Multi-Family Properties Target: 50% to 65%; Maximum: 70%
Commercial Target: 50% to 65%; Maximum: 70%
Construction loans Target: 50% to 65%; Maximum: 70%
Unimproved (but entitled) Land Target: 45%; Maximum: 55%

 

1.Seventy Percent (70%) Loan-to-Value ratio applies to borrowers who have completed the specific real estate education programs (Arnold Programs) offered by the Manager.

 

27

 

 

In general, the Company will seek to maintain a weighted Loan-to-Value ratio for the Company of approximately Sixty Percent to Sixty Five Percent (60% to 65%); provided that the maximum Loan-to-Value ratio for the Company shall not exceed Seventy Percent (70%), unless the Manager determines in its sole discretion that it is in the best interests of the Company to exceed such ratio in any single or multiple instances.

 

The foregoing Loan-to-Value ratios do not apply to purchase-money financing offered by the Company. Examples of these types of loans may be, but are not limited to, real estate owned by the Company whereby the Company decides to sell the property and carry back a loan on the property to make it cash flow positive.

 

9.  Loan Programs. The Manager, operating under a fictious business name of The Lee Arnold System of Real Estate Investing, offers educational real estate programs and seminars to private real estate investors (“Arnold Program”). These programs and seminars operate separately and independently from the Company. The Company may make Loans to real estate investors who have attended and/or are part of the Arnold Program and need financing to make investments in real estate. Loans may also be made to borrowers who are not part of the Arnold Program.

 

The following represents a brief description of the Company’s non-owner occupied residential loan programs.

 

(a)  Purchasers of Master Rehabber Certification Program, Master Lien Abatement Certification Program, Regional Real Estate Clinic, One-on-One Real Estate Mentorship, and/or Lee’s Inner Circle. The Manager has developed various real estate investing training programs under the fictitious business name of the Lee Arnold System of Real Estate Investing, which are offered for a fee. None of the fees received by the Arnold Programs will be payable to the Company.

 

Individuals (and entities in which the enrollee owns a majority interest in) who have become certified by the Arnold Program as a Master Rehabber, Master Lien Abatement Specialist, Regional Real Estate Clinic, One-on-One Real Estate Mentorship, or is a member of Lee’s Inner Circle (collectively referred to as the “Arnold Programs”) will receive benefits that uncertified borrowers will not be entitled to, including the following: (i) One Hundred Percent (100%) financing of the property purchase price, closing costs, and rehabilitation costs; (ii) up to Seventy Percent (70%) of the After Repair Value (“ARV”) of the property; and (iii) the certified individuals may borrow based on the LTV ratio stated herein for up to Four (4) properties concurrently. There are no additional benefits or preferential treatments to the Arnold Program participants or certified individuals. To become certified, the individuals must take certain courses offered by the Lee Arnold System of Real Estate Investing and, in certain instances, pass a written examination, as noted below. The Arnold Programs are for borrowers who have built reputational collateral with the Manager by attending advanced real estate education trainings offered by The Lee Arnold System of Real Estate Investing.

 

 

28

 

 

A more detailed explanation of the Lee Programs is provided below:

 

(i) Master Rehabber Certification Program: The Master Rehabber Certificate Program is a four-day training program with a written examination. The program focuses on teaching the fundamentals of identification, budgeting, project management, and marketing “fix-and-flip” investing strategies for real properties.

 

(ii) Master Lien Abatement Certification Program: The Master Lien Abatement Certification Program is a four-day training program with a written examination. The individuals learn the methods of procurement, market research, and negotiation with the municipalities related to investing in distressed and nuisance properties.

 

(iii) Regional Real Estate Clinic / One-on-One Real Estate Mentorship. The Regional Real Estate Clinic and One-on-One Real Estate Mentorship programs are each a three-day program, which involves training on how to identify and locate investment properties, marketing techniques, and exit strategies tailored to a specific geographic region.

 

(iv) Lee’s Inner Circle. Lee’s Inner Circle is a three-day training program held in Spokane, Washington area taught by Lee Arnold, the Manager’s President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director of the Manager. The program offers training and information related to property research, purchase and sale of properties, exit strategies, and implementation of investment strategies.

 

There are additional risk factors that are unique pertaining to the certified individuals or participants of Arnold Program. (See “Risk Factors – Business Risk” below).

 

(b)  All other Borrowers. All other borrowers who are not part of or have not been certified by any of the Arnold Programs will not be able to obtain the benefits listed in (a) above.

 

 

10.  Terms of Loans. The terms of the Company loans will vary. Loans generally have a term between Three (3) months and Two (2) years. Notwithstanding the foregoing, loans may be shorter or longer in term if the Company decides, in its sole discretion, it is in the best interests of the Company. Many loans that the Company will originate or acquire may provide for interest-only payments followed by a balloon payment at the end of the term. For risk hedging purpose, borrowers may be required to make principal and interest payments. At the end of the term, the Company will require the borrower to pay the loan in full, to refinance the loan, or to sell the real property to pay back the loan. The Company may allow Six to Twelve (6-12) month extensions for a fee paid by Company borrowers. Finally, the Company may also charge exit fees on Loans based on the existing Loan balance at maturity. These exit fees may range from Zero Percent (0%) to Ten Percent (10%) of the remaining Loan balance at maturity.

 

29

 

 

11.  Title Insurance. Satisfactory title insurance coverage will be obtained for all loans and will usually be paid by the borrower. The title insurance policy will name the Company as the insured and provide title insurance in an amount not less than the principal amount of the loan unless there are multiple forms of security for the loan, in which case the Manager shall use its sole business judgment in determining whether and to what extent title insurance shall be required. Title insurance insures only the validity and priority of the Company’s deed of trust or mortgage, and does not insure the Company against loss from other causes, such as diminution in the value of the secured property, loan defaults, and other such losses.

 

12.  Fire and Casualty Insurance. Satisfactory fire and casualty insurance will be obtained for all improved real property loans which insurance will name the Company as its loss payee in the amount equal to the improvements on the real property. (See “Business Risks – Uninsured Losses” below.)

 

13.  Mortgage Insurance. The Manager does not intend to, but may if the property otherwise qualifies, arrange for mortgage insurance, which would afford some protection against loss if the Company foreclosed on a loan and there existed insufficient equity in the security property to repay all sums owed.

 

14.  Acquiring Loans from Third Parties. The Company may acquire Loans and/or notes secured by non-owner occupied real estate that were originated and funded by a third party. In the event the Company acquires loans from other third parties, the Company will receive assignments of all beneficial interest in any Loans purchased.

 

15.  Fractionalized Interests in Loans. The Company may also participate in Loans with other lenders (including other businesses organized by business partners or Affiliates of the Company1), by providing funds for or purchasing a fractional undivided interest in a loan meeting the requirements set forth above.

 

16.  Purchase of Loans from Affiliates. The Company may purchase loans from the Manager or Affiliates so long as it meets the lending requirements set forth above. For the purposes hereof, the term “Affiliates” shall mean any of the following: (1) a Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Manager, (2) a Person who, directly or indirectly, owns or controls at least Ten Percent (10%) of the outstanding voting interests of the Manager, (3) a Person who is an officer, director, manager or member of the Manager, or (4) a Person who is an officer, director, manager, member, general partner, trustee or owns at least Ten Percent (10%) of the outstanding voting interests of a Person described in clauses (1) through (3) of this sentence. The term “Person” shall mean a natural person or Entity. The term “Entity” shall mean an association, relationship or artificial person through or by means of which an enterprise or activity may be lawfully conducted, including, without limitation, a partnership, trust, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture, cooperative or association.

 

17.  Property Acquisition. Properties acquired by the Company will be acquired through the Company’s lending activities, including but not limited to, properties acquired as a result of a borrower defaulting on a Loan. The Company may establish limited liability companies that are wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company to own and hold title of a property which the Company has acquired and intends to improve, rent, and/or sell. These wholly owned subsidiaries will be single purpose entities (“SPE”) created solely for the purpose of owning, improving, renting and/or selling the properties the Company acquires. The Manager shall serve as the sole manager of these SPEs.

 

 

1 The Company may participate and co-fund Loans with Secured Investment High Yield Fund II, LLC, an Idaho limited liability company (“SIHYF II”). SIHYF II was organized by the Manager and is currently undergoing an offering of securities exempt from SEC registration requirements under Regulation D of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

30

 

 

18.  Foreclosure. Statutory guidelines for foreclosures in each state are to be followed by the Manager until the underlying property is liquidated and/or the account is brought current. Any costs of this process are to be posted to the borrower’s account for reimbursement to Company. If a Loan is completely foreclosed upon and the property reverts back to the Company, the Company will be responsible for paying the costs and fees associated with the foreclosure process, maintenance and repair of the property, service of senior liens and resale expenses.

 

Credit Evaluations

 

The Manager will consider the income level and general creditworthiness of a borrower to determine his, her or its ability to repay the Loan according to its terms in addition to considering the Loan-to-value ratios described above and secondary sources of security for repayment. The Company may acquire loans made to borrowers who are in default under other obligations (e.g., to consolidate their debts) or who do not have sources of income that would be sufficient to qualify for loans from other lenders such as banks or savings and loan associations.

 

Loan Application Process

 

Loans funded and/or otherwise acquired by the Company will be originated by the Manager, operating under the fictitious business name of Cogo Capital. Loan application will be reviewed on a continuous basis and may be submitted by borrowers via e-mail to a loan officer or via web based portal operated by Liquid Logics. Potential borrowers will be required to submit a completed Loan application and provide the required documents necessary to determine eligibility for a Loan. A loan officer will conduct an initial evaluation of the Loan package and potential borrowers against the guidelines set forth herein and Exhibit D (as applicable),and ensure that the Loan package and application are not subject to any disqualifying factors. Disqualifying factor may include, without limitation, a potential borrower’s adverse credit history, such as foreclosure, bankruptcy within the last Twelve (12) months, and/or unpaid tax lien or child support lien. Once a Loan is approved or denied by the Manager’s underwriting department, the loan officer will notify the potential borrower of the decision.

 

Loan Committee

 

A loan committee (“Loan Committee”) has been formed by the Manager. The Loan Committee consists of at least Five (5) individual members within the Manager, who shall review loan applications that fall outside the Company’s lending standards set forth herein, but are in the best interests of the Company to fund. If approved by the Loan Committee, the Company may participate in funding the Loan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the majority of instances these loans will be funded by third parties and the Manager may be entitled to receive a fee for originating the loan. Any fees earned by the Manager will not be payable to the Company. Accordingly, conflict of interest exists in connection with originating certain loans that do not qualify within the Company’s lending standards as the Manager may earn fees for such transactions. (See “Conflicts of Interest” below.)

 

Loan Servicing

 

It is presently anticipated that all Company Loans will be serviced (i.e., loan payments collected and other services relating to the loan) by the Manager operating under the fictitious business name of Lake City Servicing (in its capacity as Servicer). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Manager may, at its sole and absolute discretion, appoint an Affiliate or third party loan servicer to service the Company Loans. The servicer, whether a third party or the Manager or its Affiliate, shall be herein referred to as the “Servicer.” The Servicer will be compensated by the Company and/or borrowers for such loan servicing activities, as is agreed upon by the Manager and Servicer. (See “Manager’s Compensation” below.) To the extent applicable, the Manager will oversee the activities and performance of the Servicer. (See “The Manager and Affiliates” below.)

 

31

 

 

Borrowers will make Loan payments in arrears (i.e. with respect to the preceding month) and will be instructed to send their loan payments either to the Manager or to the Servicer (as applicable) for deposit in the respective party’s trust account.

 

The following are the servicing activities by the Manager operating under the fictitious business name of Lake City Servicing.

 

1.Preparation, distribution, and maintenance of borrower statement of accounts;

 

2.Collection of interest and principal payments, and collection and payment of taxes or insurances (where applicable);

 

3.Recording security instruments securing the loans;

 

4.Maintenance of documentation of payments and recordings, storage and security;

 

5.Default workout structuring, including any follow-ups on delinquencies and other similar activities;

 

6.Collateral monitoring; and

 

7.Coordination of legal compliance related to foreclosures, including forbearance processing and navigation of sale or auction of foreclosure.

 

Sale of Loans

 

The Company plans on investing in mortgage Loans for the primary purpose of reselling such Loans in the course of business. The Company may sell mortgage Loans, or fractional interests in such Loans, when the Manager determines (in its sole and absolute discretion) that it appears to be advantageous for the Company to do so, based upon then current interest rates, the length of time that the loan has been held by the Company, the Company’s investment portfolio, and the overall investment objectives of the Company.

 

Borrowing/Note Hypothecation

 

The Company will borrow funds for the purpose of making and purchasing Loans and may assign all or a portion of its Loan portfolio as security for such loan(s). The Company anticipates engaging in this type of transaction when the interest rate at which the Company can borrow funds is significantly less than the rate that can be earned by the Company on its loans, giving the Company the opportunity to earn a profit as a “spread.” Such a transaction involves certain elements of risk and also entails possible adverse tax consequences. (See herein “Risk Factors”, “Income Tax Considerations”, and “ERISA Considerations” below.) The Company may also in its sole discretion elect to finance the Company’s investments with borrowed funds.

 

Leveraging the Company

 

The Company may borrow funds from a third party lender to fund investments in loans. These loans would be secured by the Loans held by the Company. Leveraging involves additional risks that are detailed later in this Offering Circular. (See “Risk Factors – Business Risks – Risks of Leveraging the Company” below.)

 

32

 

 

GENERAL STANDARDS FOR PURCHASING PROPERTIES

 

The Company will also invest, on an opportunistic basis, in the following business: acquiring, managing, remodeling, developing, repairing, leasing and/or selling non-owner occupied residential real estate located throughout the United States. Properties may be acquired from (without limitation) individuals, entities, institutional investors, financial institutions, governmental agencies and other sellers of real or personal property and may put properties into special purpose entities for the benefit of the Company. Unless the Manager decides in its sole and absolute discretion that it is in the best interests of the Company to do otherwise, the Company intends to generally acquire, and purchase Properties based on the following criteria:

 

1.  Location of Real Property. Properties will be located across the United States.

 

2.  Distressed Properties. The Company will acquire distressed properties. The Company intends to acquire and otherwise invest in distressed properties for purposes of holding, developing, remodeling, rehabilitating, improving, renting and selling the associated and secured properties. Distressed properties are typically properties secured by non-performing notes, or properties impacted by specific issues such as, but not limited to, dilapidation, physical damage, devaluation caused by rezoning, and environmental contamination. The primary intent of the Company is to purchase, invest, or otherwise acquire the distressed properties and properties tied to nonperforming notes and remodel, improve, develop, rehabilitate, hold and rent, and subsequently sell the properties for profit. The Company will use an opportunistic investment strategy to identify and invest in distressed properties, unless the Manager, in its sole and absolute discretion, determines it is no longer in the best interests of the Company.

 

3.  Remodeling Timeline. The average time it takes to remodel a property, from purchase to finished, is anticipated to last between Five (5) to Twelve (12) months. Notwithstanding the foregoing, these estimates are not guaranteed, and certain properties may take longer to remodel due to, without limitation, the following: construction issues, unexpected environmental conditions, changes in supply and demand, governmental regulations, zoning restrictions, changes in material and labor shortages, increases in the costs of labor and materials, and changes in construction plans and specifications. (See “Business Risks” below.)

 

4.  Fire and Casualty Insurance. Satisfactory fire and casualty insurance will be obtained for all properties and will name the Company as its loss payee. (See “Business Risks – Uninsured Losses”).

 

5.  Title Insurance. Satisfactory title insurance coverage will be obtained for all properties. The title insurance policy will name the Company as the insured and provide title insurance in an amount not less than the principal amount of the value of the property.

 

6.  Environmental Reports. Environmental reports will not typically be ordered on properties purchased or otherwise acquired by the Company. It is presently anticipated that all Company properties will be managed by the Servicer. The Servicer will be compensated by the Company for such property management activities.

 

7. Property Rental. Additional sources of income to the Company may be from the potential purchase, rehabilitation and resale of Company owned properties. The Company will purchase properties that can be rehabilitated and resold for profit. The Company intends to purchase properties and distressed properties at a discount to current (or projected) fair market value and subsequently seek to sell these properties for profit. The Company will purchase and otherwise invest in distressed properties and properties in order to remodel, improve, develop, rehabilitate these properties and either (1) hold and sell the property, or (2) sell the property for profit.

 

33

 

 

MANAGER’S ANALYSIS AND DISCUSSION OF THE FINANCIAL CONDITION AND PLAN OF OPERATIONS

 

The Manager’s Discussion and Analysis may contain forward-looking statements. Investors should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, and should consider carefully the statements made in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Offering Circular that identify important factors that could cause actual outcomes to differ from those expressed or implied in the Company’s forward-looking statements, and that could materially and adversely affect the Company’s business, operating results and financial condition.

 

The Manager’s Discussion and Analysis should be read together with the financial statements and notes thereto, included elsewhere in this Offering Circular.

 

Overview

 

The Company is a newly formed company formed on November 26, 2018 and has a limited operating history. The Company’s current cash balance is $179,641, with total assets at $640,675 as of December 31, 2019. The cash balance is not sufficient to fund the limited levels of operations for any period of time. In order to execute the plan of operations, the Company will require varying amounts of capital based on the Loans and/or properties the Company intends to fund or acquire. The Company intends to continuously offer Membership Interests to Investors on an ongoing basis to operate is business plan. (See “Lending Standards” above.)

 

Operating History of the Company

 

The Company has limited operating history and has not yet earned any revenues, which may make it difficult for potential Investors to evaluate the Company’s business and assess the future viability and prospects of the Company. The Company, at this time, has limited assets and resources. In addition, the Manager provides the Company with management and administrative services, as well as services relating to other support operations, administration, and accounting.

 

Results of Operations

 

As of the date of this Offering Circular, the Company has not commenced operations. Having not commenced active operations, the Manager is not aware of any material trends or uncertainties, favorable or unfavorable, other than economic conditions affecting the commercial and residential real estate industry and real estate generally, which may be reasonably anticipated to have a material impact on the capital resources and the revenue or income to be derived from the operation of our assets.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

As of the date of this Offering Circular, the Company is in the earliest stages of development and its cash balance is $179,641, with total assets at $640,675. The Company will likely have liquidity problems if it cannot raise sufficient funds to operate. In addition, in order to execute the plan of operations, the Company will require varying amounts of capital based on the Loans and/or properties the Company intends to fund or acquire. The Company intends to continuously offer Membership Interests to Investors on an as needed basis to operate its business plan.

 

The Company will receive income from the Loans it makes in the form of interest, fee and points and in some situations profit sharing in certain equity transactions. A loss reserve may be maintained by the Company, as determined by the Manager, in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

 

None.

 

34

 

 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT AND CERTAIN SECURITYHOLDERS

 

As of the date of this Offering Circular Membership Interests have only been issued to the Manager. Upon admission of additional Members, the Manager may withdraw as a Member of the Company, but shall continue to serve as Manager.

 

KEY PERSONNEL

 

The Manager of the Company is Secured Investment Corp., a Wyoming corporation. The Manager was formed under the laws of Wyoming on December 9, 2011. The Manager will manage and direct the affairs of the Company. The principals, officers, and directors of the Manager, and their biographies, are as follows:

 

Mr. Lee Aaron Arnold, President and CEO, and Director of the Manager

 

Lee Arnold is the founder and Chief Executive Officer of the Manager and has served as a Director since its inception on December 9, 2011. Mr. Arnold is an international speaker, trainer, author and licensed real estate broker who has spent many years perfecting the real estate and private money mortgage lending process through thousands of transactions. Lee is a leading expert on private money mortgages and has been featured as an investment strategy expert by Forbes, the Boston Globe, Market Watch, Reuters and Business Week. Since January 2006, Mr. Arnold is also the owner and Chief Executive Officer of Arnold Professional Holdings. Mr. Arnold has led Arnold Professional Holdings in providing variety of real estate related services, including repairing, renovation, or improvement of property. He has also consulted and taught for a number of national financial literacy companies.

 

Mr. Jaclyn Genemarie Olsen-Arnold, Chief Financial Officer and Director of the Manager

 

Jaclyn Olsen is the Chief Financial Officer and a Director of the Manager since January 2012. However, Ms. Olsen started with the Manager’s predecessor from 2007 until January 2012 as a tax and financial accounting consultant in Olsen Financial Consulting. During her service as a consultant it was immediately realized that she would bring great value and strength to the real estate investment and private mortgage loan firm. Ms. Olsen has been serving as Chief Financial Officer for the Manager. Ms. Olsen holds her BS in Accounting and her MBA in Finance and Investments. Ms. Olsen brings experience from both public and private accounting in tax, auditing, financial reporting, financial analysis and strategy. She has worked with start-ups to mature companies where her expertise guided growth and manageable, scalable, accounting infrastructure.

 

Mr. John Kane, Chief Operating Officer and Director of the Manager

 

John Kane joined the Manager as its Chief Operations Officer and has served as a Director since May 2014. With 30 years’ experience in leading real estate education companies, starting financial services and software companies, Mr. Kane lends his hand to the technology, marketing, operational and educational aspects of the Manager. Mr. Kane formerly led a publicly traded company — Whitney Information Network, now Legacy Education — to create Rich Dad Education with Robert Kiyosaki, and under his leadership grew revenues to over $250,000,000. Mr. Kane left in 2008 and has since served as a Senior Vice President and consultant in various companies. For example, from August 2012 to December 2013, he was a Senior Vice President and a consultant with Manhattan Professional Group, where he guided the company to higher revenue and overall profits. After his brief retirement in early 2014, he joined the Manager as the Chief Operations Officer.

 

35

 

 

Managers / Directors / Executive Officers / Significant Employees Information

 

Name Position Age Term of
Office
Approximate Hours Per
Week
John Kane Chief Operating Officer of the Manager 65 May 2014 70
Lee Aaron Arnold President and Director of Manager 41 December 2011 70
Jaclyn Genemarie Olsen-Arnold Chief Financial Officer and Director of Manager 42 December 2011 70

 

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 

Name Capacities in which
Compensation was
Received 1
Cash
Compensation
Other
Compensation
Total
Compensation 2
 John Kane Chief Operating Officer of the Manager $179,188.51 N/A $179,188.51
Jaclyn Genemarie Olsen-Arnold Chief Financial Officer and Director of Manager $287,354.01 N/A $287,354.01
Lee Aaron Arnold President and Director of Manager $253,351.79 N/A $253,351.79

 

1 ..The Company has no officers or directors. It is managed solely by Secured Investment Corp., a Wyoming corporation. The Company is a newly formed entity with no operating history. For these reasons, the Manager has yet to receive any compensation.

 

2 No portion of the officer’s compensation was paid from or will be paid from the income generated by the Company. The Company will not directly pay any compensation to the officers of the Manager.

 

36

 

 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

 

  Page No.
Financial Statements of December 31, 2019, and 2018  
   
Independent Auditor’s Report F-4
   
Balance Sheets F-5
   
Statements of Operations and Changes in Member’s Equity F-6
   
Statements of Cash Flows F-7
   
Notes to Financial Statements F-8
   
Financial Statements of December 31, 2018  
   
Independent Auditor’s Report F-21
   
Balance Sheet F-22
   
Statement of Operations and Changes in Member’s Equity F-23
   
Statement of Cash Flows F-24
   
Notes to Financial Statements F-25

F-1

 

  

 

 

F-2

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page No.
Independent Auditor’s Report F-4
   
Balance Sheets F-5
   
Statements of Operations and Changes in Member’s Equity F-6
   
Statements of Cash Flows F-7
   
Notes to Financial Statements F-8

 

F-3

 

  

 

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

 

To the Members

Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC

Coeur D’Alene, Idaho

 

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC (an Idaho limited liability company) (the “Fund”), which comprise the balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related statements of operations and changes in members’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the financial statements.

 

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

 

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

 

Auditor’s Responsibility

 

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.

 

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

 

Opinion

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Change in Accounting Principle

 

As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Fund has adopted ASU 2014-09, Revenues from Contracts with Customers. Our opinion is not modified with respect to that matter.

 

 
   
  Armanino LLP
  San Ramon, California

March 5, 2020

 

 

F-4

 

 

Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC
Balance Sheets

December 31, 2019, and 2018

  

    2019     2018  
ASSETS            
             
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 179,641     $ 25,000  
Mortgage interest receivable     7,062       -  
Mortgage loans receivable held for sale, net     430,769       -  
Interest-only strip receivables, net     7,016       -  
Prepaid expenses     16,187       3,000  
                 
Total assets   $ 640,675     $ 28,000  
                 
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY                
Liabilities                
Accounts payable   $ 3,000     $ 3,000  
Asset management fees payable     1,895       -  
Due to related party     18,996       -  
Total liabilities     23,891       3,000  
                 
Members’ equity     616,784       25,000  
                 
Total liabilities and members’ equity   $ 640,675     $ 28,000  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-5

 

 

Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC

Statements of Operations and Changes in Members’ Equity
For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

    2019     2018  
Revenues            
Gain on sales of loans   $ 7,818     $ -  
Mortgage interest income     7,639       -  
Loan origination fee income     1,465       -  
Closing fee income     497       -  
Total revenues     17,419       -  
                 
Operating expenses                
Asset management fees     1,895       -  
Provision for losses on loans     338       -  
Professional fees     21,061       -  
Other operating expenses     2,341       -  
Total operating expenses     25,635       -  
                 
Net loss     (8,216 )     -  
                 
Members’ equity, beginning of year     25,000       -  
Members’ contributions     600,000       25,000  
                 
Members’ equity, end of year   $ 616,784     $ 25,000  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-6

 

 

Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC
Statements of Cash Flows

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

    2019     2018  
Cash flows from operating activities            
Net loss   $ (8,216 )   $ -  
Adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities                
Loan origination fee income     (1,465 )     -  
Provision for losses on loans     338       -  
Gain on sales of loans     (7,818 )     -  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities                
Mortgage interest receivable     (7,062 )     -  
Interest-only strip receivable, net     (7,016 )     -  
Prepaid expenses     (13,187 )     (3,000 )
Accounts payable     -       3,000  
Asset management fees payable     1,895       -  
Due to related party     18,996       -  
Net cash used in operating activities     (23,535 )     -  
                 
Cash flows from investing activities                
Loans funded     (682,102 )     -  
Proceeds from sales of mortgage loans held for sale     260,278       -  
Net cash used in investing activities     (421,824 )     -  
                 
Cash flows from financing activities                
Members’ contributions     600,000       -  
Net cash provided by financing activities     600,000       -  
                 
Net increase in cash     154,641       -  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year     25,000       25,000  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year   $ 179,641     $ 25,000  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-7

 

 

Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS

 

Circle of Wealth Fund III, LLC (the “Fund”) is an Idaho limited liability company that was organized to make, fund, originate, refinance, purchase, sell and/or otherwise acquire loans secured by first or junior position deeds of trust or mortgages on non-owner occupied residential and commercial properties located throughout the United States; and acquire, develop, rehabilitate, and/or hold and/or sell non-owner occupied real estate located throughout the United States. The Fund is managed by Secured Investment Corp., a Wyoming corporation (the “Manager”). The Fund receives certain operating and administrative services from the Manager, some of which are not reimbursed to the Manager. The Fund’s financial position and results of operations would likely be different absent this relationship with the Manager.

 

The Fund was organized to continue indefinitely unless dissolved and terminated pursuant to the provisions of the Fund’s operating agreement.

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Cash

 

The Fund considers all highly liquid financial instruments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash on deposit occasionally exceeds federally insured limits. The Fund believes that it mitigates this risk by maintaining deposits with major financial institutions.

 

Risks and uncertainties

 

The Fund’s business and operations are sensitive to general business and economic conditions in the U.S. along with local, state, and federal governmental policy decisions. A host of factors beyond the Fund’s control could cause fluctuations in these conditions, including but not limited to: its ability to raise sufficient funds from investors to fund loans and acquire real estate as well as potential changes to Regulation A. Adverse developments in these general business and economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on the Fund’s financial condition and the results of its operations.

 

Management estimates and related risks

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions about the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities, at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported period. Such estimates relate principally to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, interest-only strip receivables on loans sold and fair value of real estate held and serving as collateral for Fund loans. Although these estimates reflect management’s best estimate, it is at least reasonably possible that a material change to these estimates could occur in the near term.

 

F-8

 

 

Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Management estimates and related risks

 

The fair value of real estate, in general, is impacted by current real estate and financial market conditions. Should these markets experience any significant declines, the resulting collateral values of the Fund’s loans will likely be negatively impacted. The impact to such values could be significant and as a result, the Fund’s actual loan losses could differ significantly from management’s current estimates.

 

Mortgage loans receivable

 

Mortgage loans, the majority of which the Fund intends to make available for sale to prospective investors, generally are stated at the lower of cost or fair value. Subordinate mortgage loans represent the Fund’s retained portion of certain mortgage loans sold to third-party buyers after having been originated by the Fund. The subordinate mortgage loans, which the Fund has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or to maturity, generally are stated at their outstanding principal balance with interest thereon being accrued as earned. Mortgage loans receivable make up the only class of financing receivables within the Fund’s lending portfolio. As a result, further segmentation of the loan portfolio is not considered necessary.

 

If the probable ultimate recovery of the carrying amount of a loan, with due consideration for the fair value of collateral, is less than amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement and the shortfall in the amounts due are not insignificant, the carrying amount of the investment shall be reduced to the present value of estimated future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. If a loan is collateral dependent, it is valued at the estimated fair value of the related collateral.

 

Interest is accrued daily on the principal of the loans. If events and or changes in circumstances cause management to have serious doubts about the further collectability of the contractual payments, a loan may be categorized as impaired and interest is no longer accrued. Any subsequent payments on impaired loans are applied to reduce the outstanding loan balances including accrued interest and advances.

 

F-9

 

 

Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

Loans and the related accrued interest are analyzed on a periodic basis for recoverability. Delinquencies are identified and followed as part of the loan system. A provision is made for losses on loans to adjust the allowance for loan losses to an amount considered by management to be adequate, with due consideration to collateral value, to provide for unrecoverable loans and receivables, including impaired loans, accrued interest and advances on loans. As a collateral-based lender, the Fund does not consider credit risks which may be inherent in a further segmented loan portfolio as a basis for determining the adequacy of its allowance for loan losses but rather focuses solely on the underlying collateral value of the loans in its portfolio to do so. As a result, the Fund does not consider further segmentation of its loan portfolio and related disclosures necessary. The Fund writes off uncollectible loans and related receivables directly to the allowance for loan losses once it is determined that the full amount is not collectible.

 

Interest-only strip receivables

 

Interest-only strip receivables represent the present value of residual cash flows the Fund expects to receive on mortgage loans receivable sold to third-party investors after having been originated by the Fund. The value of these receivables is determined by estimating the future cash flows using assumptions of key factors, such as prepayment and default rates and discount rates appropriate for the type of asset and risk. The value of interest-only strip receivables could be affected by external factors, such as changes in the behavior patterns of customers and changes in the strength of the economy; therefore, actual performance could differ from these assumptions. The Fund evaluates the performance of the receivables relative to these assumptions on a regular basis. The Manager negotiates the participation interest to be earned by the Fund for loans sold on a case-by-case basis. The interest-only strip rates earned by the Fund during 2019 ranged from 2% to 4%. The Fund sold and retained a beneficial interest in the interest-only strip receivables of 4 loans totaling approximately $250,000 during the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

Real estate owned

 

Real estate purchased is recorded at cost. Costs of real estate improvements are capitalized, whereas costs relating to holding real estate are expensed. The portion of interest costs relating to development of real estate is capitalized.

 

Impairment losses of real estate held and held for sale are measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of a property exceeds its fair value less estimated costs to sell. Impairment losses of real estate held for use are determined by comparing the expected future undiscounted cash flows of the property, including any costs that must be incurred to achieve those cash flows, to the carrying amount of the property. If those cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the property, impairment is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value. Valuations are periodically performed by management, and any subsequent write downs are recorded as a charge to operations.

 

F-10

 

 

Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Fair value measurements

 

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The Fund determines the fair values of its assets and liabilities based on a fair value hierarchy that includes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value (Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3).

 

Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Fund has the ability to access at the measurement date. An active market is a market in which transactions occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis. Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. Unobservable inputs reflect the Fund’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability (including assumptions about risk). Unobservable inputs are developed based on the best information available in the circumstances and may include the Fund’s own data.

 

The Fund does not record loans at fair value on a recurring basis but uses fair value measurements of collateral security in the determination of its allowance for loan losses. The fair value for impaired secured loans is determined using the sales comparison, income and other commonly used valuation approaches.

 

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments:

 

Secured loans (Level 2 or Level 3). For loans in which a specific allowance is established based on the fair value of the collateral, the Fund records the loan as nonrecurring Level 2 if the fair value of the collateral is based on an observable market price or a current appraised value. If an appraised value is not available or the fair value of the collateral is considered impaired below the appraised value and there is no observable market price, the Fund records the loan as nonrecurring Level 3.

 

Interest-only strip receivables (Level 3). For interest-only strip receivables, the Fund estimates the fair value using internal valuation models. The fair value of these receivables is determined by estimating the future cash flows using assumptions of key factors, such as prepayment and default rates and discount rates appropriate for the type of asset and risk.

 

Deferred loan origination fees

 

Loan origination fees represent amounts charged by the Fund to the borrowers for such things as points, loan processing fees, underwriting fees and other similar charges. As the majority of the Fund’s loans are expected to be held for sale, the Fund defers recognition of the fees until the loan is sold.

F-11

 

 

Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Subscription liabilities and subscription funds in transit

 

The Fund accepts subscription agreements and funds from prospective investors who wish to become members of the Fund. If the subscription funds are needed in the normal course of the Fund’s operations on any day other than the first day of the month, the subscription funds will be borrowed at an annual rate of 6% for the odd days within the month the borrowing took place. There were no subscription funds held or borrowings at December 31, 2019 and 2018.

 

Income taxes

 

The Fund is a limited liability company for federal and state income tax purposes. Under the laws pertaining to income taxation of limited liability companies, no federal income tax is paid by the Fund as an entity. Each individual member reports on their federal and state income tax returns their distributive share of Fund income, gains, losses, deductions and credits, whether or not any actual distribution is made to such member during a taxable year.

 

The Fund has evaluated its current tax positions and has concluded that as of December 31, 2019, the Fund does not have any significant uncertain tax positions for which a reserve would be necessary.

 

Change in accounting principal

 

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2014-09, Revenues from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). The standards core principle is that a company will recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In effect, companies are required to exercise further judgment and make more estimates prospectively. These may include identifying performance obligations in the contract, estimating the amount of variable consideration to include in the transaction price and allocating the transaction price to each separate performance obligation. ASU No. 2014-09 was effective January 1, 2019 for the Fund. The Fund has evaluated the new guidance and determined that interest income and income from servicing mortgage loans are outside the scope of ASC No. 606. The Fund also determined that fee income on mortgage loan originations is outside the scope of ASC No. 606 as it continues to be accounted for in accordance with ASC No. 948. As a result, the adoption of ASU No. 2014-09 did not have a material impact on its financial statements.

 

Subsequent events

 

The Fund has evaluated subsequent events through March 5, 2020, the date the financial statements were available to be issued. No subsequent events have occurred that would have a material impact on the presentation of the Fund’s financial statements.

 

F-12

 

 

Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

3. FUND PROVISIONS

 

The Fund is an Idaho limited liability company. The rights, duties and powers of the members of the Fund are governed by the operating agreement and the Idaho Limited Liability Company Act. The following description of the Fund’s operating agreement provides only general information. Members should refer to the Fund’s operating agreement and private placement memorandum for a more complete description of the provisions. The Manager is in complete control of the Fund business, subject to the voting rights of the members on specified matters. The Manager acting alone has the power and authority to act for and bind the Fund.

 

Members representing a majority of the outstanding Fund membership interests may approve or disapprove any of the following matters: (i) the Fund’s merger with or conversion into another entity; (ii) causing the Fund to incur debt which would exceed the amount provided for in the offering circular; (iii) a transaction, not expressly permitted by the operating agreement or offering circular, involving a conflict of interest between the Manager and the Fund; (iv) remove the Manager if: (1) the Manager is convicted or found liable for an act of gross negligence or fraud which materially lowers the net asset value of the Fund, and (2) the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding membership interests vote in favor of such removal; (v) election of a successor manager; (vi) amendments to the operating agreement.

 

Profits and losses

 

Profits and losses accrued during any accounting period shall be allocated among the members in accordance with their respective membership interests maintained throughout that accounting period.

 

Fund expenses

 

The Fund shall bear all costs and expenses associated with the operation of the Fund, including, but not limited to, the annual tax preparation of the Fund’s tax returns, any state and federal income tax due, legal fees, accounting fees, filing fees, and any required independent audit reports required by agencies governing the business activities of the Fund, foreclosure costs and expenses associated with the foreclosing on assets, costs associated with force placed insurance, and costs and expenses associated with the disposition of assets. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Manager elected to absorb all operating and administrative expenses of the Fund besides those which have been reflected in the Fund’s statement of operations and changes in members’ equity.

 

Distributions

 

The Fund will make distributions of one hundred percent of net available proceeds from operations at least quarterly to all members. The Fund will make all distributions to the members in proportion to the membership interest they held during the period for which the distribution is declared until each member has received six percent (6%) cumulative annual return. If returns are higher than 6% cumulative annual return, the remaining funds will be distributed 50% to the members in proportion to their membership interest and 50% to the Manager as a performance fee.

 

F-13

 

 

Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

3. FUND PROVISIONS (continued)

 

Liquidity, capital withdrawals and early withdrawals

 

There is no public market for interests of the Fund and none is expected to develop in the foreseeable future. There are substantial restrictions on transferability of membership interests. Any transferee must be a person that would have been qualified to purchase a member unit in the offering and a transferee may not become a substituted member without the consent of the Manager.

 

A member may withdraw as a member of the Fund and may receive a return of capital provided that the following conditions have been met: (i) the member has been a member of the Fund for a period of at least twelve (12) months; and (ii) the member provides the Manager with a written request for a return of capital at least 90 days prior to such withdrawal. Once the withdrawal is approved by the Manager, the Member may only withdraw up to 25% percent of the total withdrawal amount each following calendar quarter until the full amount is withdrawn. The Fund will use its best efforts to honor requests for a return of capital subject to, among other things, the Fund’s then cash flow, the amount of Fund reserves and the Fund’s then-current financial condition.

 

4. MORTGAGE LOANS RECEIVABLE

 

Mortgage loans receivable, net consisted of the following:

 

Mortgage loans receivable held for sale   $ 439,100  
Deferred loan origination fees     (7,993 )
Allowance for loan losses     (338 )
         
    $ 430,769  
         
Activity in the allowance for loan losses is as follows:        
         
Balance, beginning of year   $ -  
         
Provision for losses on loans     338  
         
Balance, end of year   $ 338  

 

Allocation of the allowance for loan losses by collateral type consisted of the following:        
         
Non-owner occupied residential (1-4 units)   $ 338  

 

F-14

 

 

Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

5. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

 

The following table sets forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, the Funds assets measured at fair value as of December 31, 2019:

 

    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Fair Value  
                         
Interest-only strip receivables   $ -     $ -     $ 7,016     $ 7,016  
                                 
    $ -     $ -     $ 7,016     $ 7,016  

 

6. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Loan servicing fees

 

Fund loans are serviced by a third-party servicer and a related party servicer selected by the Manager. The loan servicing companies will receive compensation from the Fund for performing these loan servicing activities. The loan servicing companies may also be entitled to retain up to 100% of any late fees and all fees for payoff demand statements and related documents, and return check charges. Loan servicing fees paid amounted to $95 during the year ended December 31, 2019. There were no loan servicing fees incurred during the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

Loan origination fees

 

At the closing of a target asset, a borrower will pay origination points. The origination points shall be disbursed at the closing of a target asset in the following manner: 80% to the Manager or an affiliated company and 20% to the Fund. The Fund recognized loan origination fees of $1,465 for the year ended December 31, 2019. Deferred loan origination fees of $7,993 at December 31, 2019 have been included in mortgage loans receivable held for sale, net on the accompanying balance sheet. There were no deferred loan origination fees at December 31, 2018.

 

Asset management fees

 

The Manager earns asset management fees of 1.75% of the Fund’s total asset base as of the last day of the calendar month. The asset management fees are payable beginning on the first day of the first calendar month after the first deployment. Asset management fees earned by the Manager amounted to $1,895 for the year ended December 31, 2019. Asset management fees payable to the Manager amounted to $1,895 at December 31, 2019. There were no asset management fees incurred during the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

Performance fees

 

As described in Note 3, after payment to members of a priority return, the Manager is eligible to receive performance fees. There were no performance fees earned by the Manager in 2019 and 2018.

 

F-15

 

 

Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

7. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

 

Operating expenses

 

The Manager shall be entitled to reimbursement by the Fund for all reasonable and customary expenses incurred in the formation of the Fund and in the ongoing management of the Fund.

 

Loan brokerage fees

 

For its services in connection with the selection and origination of Fund loans, the Manager charges loan brokerage fees to the borrowers. These fees are paid directly by the borrowers and are not expenses of the Fund.

 

Rehabilitation services

 

Arnold Professional Holdings, Inc. (“APH”), a Washington corporation, is owned by the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) of the Manager. APH is a Washington licensed, bonded and insured general contractor. APH provides general construction services to the Fund in the state of Washington, which may include repairing, renovating and improving real estate investments. APH will receive compensation for its services equal to cost plus twenty percent (20%) plus an additional fifteen percent (15%) bonus on the net profit from the sale of the real estate investment after deducting all costs (including rehabilitation expenses) and selling expenses. No properties were acquired during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

 

Selling expenses

 

The CEO of the Manager, is a licensed real estate agent with Keller Williams. The CEO will be retained as the exclusive listing agent for all real estate investments in the state of Washington. The Fund will pay the customary six percent (6%) real estate commission for all real estate investment sold to be shared equally by the listing agent and buyer’s agent unless otherwise agreed.

 

8. LOAN CONCENTRATIONS AND CHARACTERISTICS

 

The loans are secured by recorded deeds of trust or mortgages with the following characteristics:

 

Number of secured loans outstanding     5  
         
Total secured loans outstanding   $ 439,100  
         
Average secured loan outstanding   $ 87,820  
         
Average secured loan as a percent of total loans     20 %
         
Average secured loan as a percent of members’ equity     14.24 %
         
Largest secured loan outstanding   $ 129,500  
         
Largest secured loan as a percent of total loans     29.49 %

 

F-16

 

 

Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC
Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

8. LOAN CONCENTRATIONS AND CHARACTERISTICS (continued)

 

Largest secured loan as percent of members’ equity     21.00 %
         
Number of secured loans over 90 days past due in interest and still accruing     -  
         
Approximate investment in secured loans over 90 days past due in interest and still accruing   $ -  
         
Number of secured loans in foreclosure     -  
         
Approximate principal of secured loans in foreclosure   $ -  
         
Number of secured loans on non-accrual status     -  
         
Approximate investment in secured loans on non-accrual status   $ -  
         
Number of secured loans considered to be impaired     -  
         
Approximate investment in secured loans considered to be impaired   $ -  
         
Average investment in secured loans considered to be impaired   $ -  
         
Approximate amount of foregone interest on loans considered to be impaired   $ -  
         
Estimated amount of impairment on loans considered to be impaired (included in the allowance for loan losses)   $ -  
         
Number of secured loans over 90 days past maturity     -  
         
Approximate principal of secured loans over 90 days past maturity   $ -  
         
Number of states where security is located     5  
         
Number of counties where security is located     5  

 

The Fund’s secured loans are located in various states and counties as follows:

  

    Loan Balances     Percentage  
State            
Lewis, Washington   $ 129,500       29.49 %
Warren, New Jersey     115,500       26.30  
Hillsbrough, Florida     90,100       20.52  
Fairfield, Ohio     70,000       15.94  
Lake, Illinois   $ 34,000       7.74  
                 
    $ 439,100       100 %

 

F-17

 

 

Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC
Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

8. LOAN CONCENTRATIONS AND CHARACTERISTICS (continued)

 

The following categories of secured loans were held as follows:

 

First trust deeds or mortgages   $ 439,100  
         
Loans by type of property        
         
Non-owner occupied residential (1-4 units)   $ 439,100  

 

The schedule below presents the status of the secured loans with regards to interest payments as follows:

 

Days outstanding      
Current (0 to 30 days)   $ 439,100  
31 to 90 days     -  
91 days and greater     -  
    $ 439,100  

 

The future maturities of secured loans are as follows:

 

Year ending December 31, 2019      
       
2020   $ 289,600  
2021   $ 149,500  
         
    $ 439,100  

 

9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Legal proceedings

 

The Fund is involved in various legal actions arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, such matters will not have a significant adverse effect on the results of operations or financial position of the Fund.

 

F-18

 

 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the use in the Offering Circular constituting a part of this Offering Statement on Form 1-A, related to post-qualification amendment, of our Independent Auditor's Report dated March 5, 2020 relating to the balance sheets of Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related statements of operations and changes in members' equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the financial statements.

 

 
Armanino LLP  
San Ramon, California  
   
March 10, 2020  

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

F-19

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  Page No.
   
Independent Auditor’s Report F-21
   
Balance Sheet F-22
   
Statement of Operations and Changes in Member’s Equity F-23
   
Statement of Cash Flows F-24
   
Notes to Financial Statements F-25

 

F-20

 

  

 

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

 

To the Member of

Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC

Coeur D’Alene, Idaho

 

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC (an Idaho limited liability company), which comprise the balance sheet as of December 31, 2018, and the related statements of operations and changes in member’s equity, and cash flows for the period from December 3, 2018 (inception) through December 31, 2018, and the related notes to the financial statements.

 

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

 

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

 

Auditor’s Responsibility

 

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.

 

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

 

Opinion

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC as of December 31, 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from December 3, 2018 (inception) through December 31, 2018, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

   
 
  Armanino LLP
  San Ramon, California

 

February 4, 2019

 

 

F-21

 

  

Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC
Balance Sheet

December 31, 2018

 

ASSETS      
       
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 25,000  
Prepaid expenses     3,000  
         
Total assets   $ 28,000  
         
LIABILITIES AND MEMBER’S EQUITY        
         
Liabilities        
Accounts payable   $ 3,000  
Total liabilities     3,000  
         
Member’s equity     25,000  
         
Total liabilities and member’s equity   $ 28,000  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-22

 

 

Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC

Statement of Operations and Changes in Member’s Equity

For the Period from December 3, 2018 (Inception) through December 31, 2018

 

Revenues   $ -  
Total revenues     -  
         
Operating expenses     -  
Total operating expenses     -  
         
Net income     -  
         
Member’s equity, beginning of period     -  
Member’s contributions     25,000  
         
Member’s equity, end of period   $ 25,000  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-23

 

 

Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC

Statement of Cash Flows

For the Period from December 3, 2018 (Inception) through December 31, 2018

 

Cash flows from operating activities   $ -  
Net income        
Adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities        
Prepaid expenses     (3,000 )
Accounts payable     3,000  
Net cash provided by operating activities     -  
         
Cash flows from financing activities        
Member’s contributions     25,000  
Net cash provided by financing activities     25,000  
         
Net increase in cash     25,000  
         
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period     -  
         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   $ 25,000  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-24

 

 

Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC
Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2018

 

1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS

 

Circle of Wealth Fund III, LLC (the “Fund”) is an Idaho limited liability company that was organized to make, fund, originate, refinance, purchase, sell and/or otherwise acquire loans secured by first or junior position deeds of trust or mortgages on non-owner occupied residential and commercial properties located throughout the United States; and acquire, develop, rehabilitate, and/or hold and/or sell non-owner occupied real estate located throughout the United States. The Fund is managed by Secured Investment Corp., a Wyoming corporation (the “Manager”). The Fund receives certain operating and administrative services from the Manager, some of which are not reimbursed to the Manager. The Fund’s financial position and results of operations would likely be different absent this relationship with the Manager.

 

The Fund was organized to continue indefinitely unless dissolved and terminated pursuant to the provisions of the Fund’s operating agreement.

 

As of December 31, 2018, the Fund has not commenced planned principal operations nor generated revenue. The Fund’s activities since inception have consisted of formation activities and preparations for raising capital. Once the Fund commences planned principal operations, it will incur significant additional expenses. The Fund is dependent upon additional capital resources for the commencement of its planned principal operations and is subject to significant risks and uncertainties; including failing to secure funding to operationalize the Fund’s planned operations or failing to profitably operate the business.

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

The Fund considers all highly liquid financial instruments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash on deposit occasionally exceeds federally insured limits. The Fund believes that it mitigates this risk by maintaining deposits with major financial institutions.

 

Risks and uncertainties

 

The Fund has no operating history and has not generated revenue from operations. The Fund’s business and operations are sensitive to general business and economic conditions in the U.S. along with local, state, and federal governmental policy decisions. A host of factors beyond the Fund’s control could cause fluctuations in these conditions, including but not limited to: its ability to raise sufficient funds from investors to fund loans and acquire real estate as well as potential changes to Regulation A. Adverse developments in these general business and economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on the Fund’s financial conditions and the results of operations.

 

F-25

 

 

Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2018

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Management estimates and related risks

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions about the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities, at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported period. Such estimates will relate principally to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, interest-only strip receivables on loans sold and fair value of real estate held and serving as collateral for Fund loans. Although these estimates will reflect management’s best estimate, it is at least reasonably possible that a material change to these estimates could occur in the near term.

 

The fair value of real estate, in general, is impacted by current real estate and financial market conditions. Should these markets experience any significant declines, the resulting collateral values of the Fund’s loans, if any, will likely be negatively impacted. The impact to such values could be significant and as a result, the Fund’s actual loan losses could differ significantly from management’s current estimates.

 

Mortgage loans receivable

 

Mortgage loans, the majority of which the Fund intends to make available for sale to prospective investors, will generally be stated at the lower of cost or fair value. Subordinate mortgage loans will represent the Fund’s retained portion of any mortgage loans sold to third-party buyers after having been originated by the Fund. The subordinate mortgage loans, which the Fund has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or to maturity, will generally be stated at their outstanding principal balance with interest thereon being accrued as earned. Mortgage loans receivable are expected to make up the only class of financing receivables within the Fund’s lending portfolio. As a result, further segmentation of the loan portfolio will not be considered necessary.

 

If the probable ultimate recovery of the carrying amount of a loan, with due consideration for the fair value of collateral, is less than amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement and the shortfall in the amounts due are not insignificant, the carrying amount of the investment shall be reduced to the present value of estimated future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. If a loan is collateral dependent, it is valued at the estimated fair value of the related collateral.

 

Interest is accrued daily on the principal of the loans. If events and or changes in circumstances cause management to have serious doubts about the further collectability of the contractual payments, a loan may be categorized as impaired and interest is no longer accrued. Any subsequent payments on impaired loans are applied to reduce the outstanding loan balances including accrued interest and advances.

 

F-26

 

 

Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 2018

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

Loans and the related accrued interest are analyzed on a periodic basis for recoverability. Delinquencies are identified and followed as part of the loan system. A provision is made for losses on loans to adjust the allowance for loan losses to an amount considered by management to be adequate, with due consideration to collateral value, to provide for unrecoverable loans and receivables, including impaired loans, accrued interest and advances on loans. As a collateral-based lender, the Fund does not consider credit risks which may be inherent in a further segmented loan portfolio as a basis for determining the adequacy of its allowance for loan losses but rather focuses solely on the underlying collateral value of the loans in its portfolio to do so. As a result, the Fund does not consider further segmentation of its loan portfolio and related disclosures necessary. The Fund writes off uncollectible loans and related receivables directly to the allowance for loan losses once it is determined that the full amount is not collectible.

 

Interest-only strip receivables

 

Interest-only strip receivables represent the present value of residual cash flows the Fund expects to receive on mortgage loans receivable sold to third-party investors after having been originated by the Fund. The value of these receivables is determined by estimating the future cash flows using assumptions of key factors, such as prepayment and default rates and discount rates appropriate for the type of asset and risk. The value of interest-only strip receivables could be affected by external factors, such as changes in the behavior patterns of customers and changes in the strength of the economy; therefore, actual performance could differ from these assumptions. The Fund evaluates the performance of the receivables relative to these assumptions on a regular basis. The Manager negotiates the participation interest to be earned by the Fund for loans sold on a case-by-case basis.

 

Real estate owned

 

Real estate purchased is recorded at cost. Costs of real estate improvements are capitalized, whereas costs relating to holding real estate are expensed. The portion of interest costs relating to development of real estate is capitalized.

 

Impairment losses of real estate held and held for sale are measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of a property exceeds its fair value less estimated costs to sell Impairment losses of real estate held for use are determined by comparing the expected future undiscounted cash flows of the property, including any costs that must be incurred to achieve those cash flows, to the carrying amount of the property. If those cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the property, impairment is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value. Valuations are periodically performed by management, and any subsequent write downs are recorded as a charge to operations.

 

F-27

 

 

Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 2018

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Fair value measurements

 

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The Fund determines the fair values of its assets and liabilities based on a fair value hierarchy that includes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value (Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3).

 

Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Fund has the ability to access at the measurement date. An active market is a market in which transactions occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis. Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. Unobservable inputs reflect the Fund’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability (including assumptions about risk). Unobservable inputs are developed based on the best information available in the circumstances and may include the Fund’s own data.

 

The Fund does not record loans at fair value on a recurring basis but uses fair value measurements of collateral security in the determination of its allowance for loan losses. The fair value for impaired secured loans is determined using the sale comparison, income and other commonly used valuation approaches.

 

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments:

 

Secured loans (Level 2 or Level 3). For loans in which a specific allowance is established based on the fair value of the collateral, the Fund records the loan as nonrecurring Level 2 if the fair value of the collateral is based on an observable market price or a current appraised value. If an appraised value is not available or the fair value of the collateral is considered impaired below the appraised value and there is no observable market price, the Fund records the loan as nonrecurring Level 3.

 

Interest-only strip receivables (Level 3). For interest-only strip receivables, the Fund estimates the fair value using internal valuation models. The fair value of these receivables is determined by estimating the future cash flows using assumptions of key factors, such as prepayment and default rates and discount rates appropriate for the type of asset and risk.

 

Deferred loan origination fees

 

Loan origination fees represent amounts charged by the Fund to the borrowers for such things as points, loan processing fees, underwriting fees and other similar charges. As the majority of the Fund’s loans are expected to be held for sale, the Fund defers recognition of the fees until the loan is sold.

 

F-28

 

 

Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2018

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Subscription liabilities and subscription funds in transit

 

The Fund accepts subscription agreements and funds from prospective investors who wish to become members of the Fund. If the subscription funds are needed in the normal course of the Fund’s operations on any day other than the first day of the month, the subscription funds will be borrowed at an annual rate of 6% for the odd days within the month the borrowing took place.

 

Income taxes

 

The Fund is a limited liability company for federal and state income tax purposes. Under the laws pertaining to income taxation of limited liability companies, no federal income tax is paid by the Fund as an entity. Each individual member reports on their federal and state income tax returns their distributive share of Fund income, gains, losses, deductions and credits, whether or not any actual distribution is made to such member during a taxable year.

 

The Fund has evaluated its current tax positions and has concluded that as of December 31, 2018, the Fund does not have any significant uncertain tax positions for which a reserve would be necessary.

 

Subsequent events

 

The Fund has evaluated subsequent events through February 4, 2019, the date the financial statements were available to be issued. No subsequent events have occurred that would have a material impact on the presentation of the Fund’s financial statements.

 

3. FUND PROVISIONS

 

The Fund is an Idaho limited liability company. The rights, duties and powers of the members of the Fund are governed by the operating agreement and the Idaho Limited Liability Company Act. The following description of the Fund’s operating agreement provides only general information. Members should refer to the Fund’s operating agreement and offering circular for a more complete description of the provisions. The Manager is in complete control of the Fund business, subject to the voting rights of the members on specified matters. The Manager acting alone has the power and authority to act for and bind the Fund.

 

Members representing a majority of the outstanding Fund membership interests may approve or disapprove any of the following matters: (i) the Fund’s merger with or conversion into another entity; (ii) causing the Fund to incur debt which would exceed the amount provided for in the offering circular; (iii) a transaction, not expressly permitted by the operating agreement or offering circular, involving a conflict of interest between the Manager and the Fund; (iv) remove the Manager if: (1) the Manager is convicted or found liable for an act of gross negligence or fraud which materially lowers the net asset value of the Fund, and (2) the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding membership interests vote in favor of such removal; (v) election of a successor manager; (vi) amendments to the operating agreement.

 

F-29

 

 

Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 2018

 

3. FUND PROVISIONS (continued)

 

Profits and losses

 

Profits and losses accrued during any accounting period shall be allocated among the members in accordance with their respective membership interests maintained throughout that accounting period.

 

Fund expenses

 

The Fund shall bear all costs and expenses associated with the operation of the Fund, including, but not limited to, the annual tax preparation of the Fund’s tax returns, any state and federal income tax due, legal fees, accounting fees, filing fees, and any required independent audit reports required by agencies governing the business activities of the Fund, foreclosure costs and expenses associated with the foreclosing on assets, costs associated with force placed insurance, and costs and expenses associated with the disposition of assets. For the period ended December 31, 2018, the Manager elected to absorb all operating and administrative expenses of the Fund.

 

Distributions

 

Members will be eligible for monthly distributions of the Fund’s net profits. The Fund will make all distributions to the members in proportion to the membership interest they held during the period for which the distribution is declared until each member has received six percent (6%) cumulative annual preferred return. If returns are higher than 6% cumulative annual preferred return, the remaining funds will be distributed 50% to the members in proportion to the membership interest and 50% to the Manager as a performance fee. In the event that the Fund is unable to pay to the members the full preferred return in any accounting period, the shortfall shall neither cumulate nor compound into the following accounting period, and the Fund shall not be required to pay the shortfall in any succeeding accounting period.

 

Liquidity, capital withdrawals and early withdrawals

 

There is no public market for interests of the Fund and none is expected to develop in the foreseeable future. There are substantial restrictions on transferability of membership interests. Any transferee must be a person that would have been qualified to purchase a member unit in the offering and a transferee may not become a substituted member without the consent of the Manager.

 

A member may withdraw as a member of the Fund and may receive a return of capital if approved by the Manager, and provided that the following conditions have been met: (i) the member has been a member of the Fund for a period of at least twelve (12) months; and (ii) the member provides the Manager with a written request for return of capital at least 90 days prior to such withdrawal. If a withdrawal is approved by the Manager, the member may only withdraw up to 25% of the total withdrawal amount each following calendar quarter until the full amount is withdrawn. The Fund will use its best efforts to honor requests for a return of capital subject to, among other things, the Fund’s then cash flow, the amount of Fund reserves and the Fund’s then-current financial condition.

 

F-30

 

 

Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2018

 

4. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Loan servicing fees

 

Fund loans are serviced by a third-party servicer and a related party servicer selected by the Manager. The loan servicing companies will receive compensation from the Fund for performing these loan servicing activities. The loan servicing companies may also be entitled to retain up to 50% of any late fees and all fees for payoff demand statements and related documents and return check charges.

 

Loan origination fees

 

At the closing of a loan, a borrower will pay origination points. The origination points shall be disbursed at the closing of a loan in the following manner: 80% to the Manager or an affiliated company and 20% to the Fund.

 

Asset management fees

 

The Manager earns asset management fees of 1.75% per annum based on the Fund’s net assets under management, calculated and payable monthly. The asset management fee will typically be paid on the last day of each calendar month with respect to the net assets under management as of last day of such month.

 

Performance fees

 

As described in Note 3, after payment to members of a priority return, the Manager is eligible to receive performance fees.

 

Operating expenses

 

The Manager shall be entitled to reimbursement by the Fund for all reasonable and customary expenses incurred in the formation of the Fund and in the ongoing management of the Fund.

 

Loan fees

 

The operating agreement provides for other loan fees, such as loan processing and documentation fees, to be charged by the Manager. These fees are paid directly by the borrowers and are not expenses of the Fund.

 

F-31

 

 

Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 2018

 

4. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

 

Rehabilitation services

 

In the event that the Fund acquires ownership of distressed real property, whether through foreclosure or otherwise, the Fund may decide to rehabilitate the property to lease or sell. To rehabilitate the property, the Fund will primarily retain the services of Arnold Professional Holdings, Inc. (“APH”), an Idaho corporation, owned by the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) of the Manager. APH is a licensed, bonded and insured general contractor in the state of Washington. APH will receive compensation for its services equal to a fee based on the prevailing industry rate, as agreed between the Manager and APH.

 

Real estate commissions

 

The Manager or its affiliates may earn real estate commissions to list and sell real estate that the Company has acquired through foreclosure or otherwise. The Manager or its affiliates may generally earn up to six percent (6%) for such a sale. In addition, the Manager may pay a referral fee ranging from twenty percent (20%) to forty percent (40%) of the real estate commissions paid to the Manager to third party sales agents for properties where the Manager does not presently operate in.

 

Property management fee

 

In the event that the Fund acquires any real property, the Manager may cause the Fund to engage a third party to provide property management services with respect to such real property, or may elect to provide property management services itself. In the event that the Manager or its affiliates provides any such property management services, the Fund will pay the Manager or its affiliate a market rate property management fee.

 

Member contributions

 

The Manager made member’s equity contributions totaling $25,000 for the period ended December 31, 2018.

 

F-32

 

 

 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the use in the Offering Circular constituting a part of this Offering Statement on Form 1-A, related to post-qualification amendment, of our Independent Auditor's Report dated February 4, 2019 relating to the balance sheet of Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC as of December 31, 2018, and the related statements of operations and changes in member's equity, and cash flows for the period then ended and the related notes to the financial statements.

 

 
Armanino LLP  
San Ramon, California  

 

February 5, 2020

  

 

 

 

 

PRIOR PERFORMANCE SUMMARY

 

The information presented in this section, and the Index to Financial Statements below, represents the historical operating results for the Company’s Manager and sponsor, Secured Investment Corp., an Idaho corporation. The Manager has prior experience in managing SIHYF and SIHYF II (collectively, “SIHYF Funds”), both of which are real estate companies with similar investment objectives with that of the Company. Investors in the Company should not assume that they will experience returns, if any, comparable to those experienced by the investors in the SIHYF Funds. Members of the Company will not acquire any ownership interests in any of the SIHYF Funds from this Offering.

 

As stated above, the Members will receive their returns on thir investments derived from the Company’s business operations. Although SIHYF Funds’ business objectives may be similar to that of the Company’s objectives, the Company’s portfolio may not mirror the portfolios of SIHYF Funds. Investors should also acknowledge that any past performance of the sponsor or SIHYF Funds described below will be indicative of any of the Company’s future performances.

 

37

 

 

APPENDIX A: PAST PERFORMANCE TABLES

 

The following prior performance tables provide information relating to the SIHYF Funds managed by Secured Investment Corp.. The SIHYF Funds are Two (2) separate and independent real estate companies that have been raising capital pursuant to Rule 506(c) of Regulation D of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The SIHYF Funds have similar investment objectives as that of the Company, in that, SIHYF Funds were formed in order to acquire, own, develop, hold, manage, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of real estate assets, primarily loans secured by real property.

 

As of March 31, 2019, the total assets under management for the SIHYF Funds are $11,352,597 with a total number of accredited investors at 63. The sponsor and its affiliates are responsible for loan origination, due diligence, structuring, closing, acquiring, and asset management of all real property acquisition and loans made by the SIHYF Funds.

 

As of December 31, 2018, SIHYF Funds have originated approximately 1,140 real estate loans and/or real property acquisition with aggregate asset values of approximately $96 million, consisting primarily of non-owner occupied single family residential or multifamily properties secured loans.

 

This information should be read together with the summary information included in the “Prior Performance Summary” section of the Offering Circular.

 

Investors should not construe inclusion of the following tables as implying, in any manner, that we will have results comparable to those reflected in such tables. Distributions made by the Company, federal income tax deductions or other factors could be substantially different. Investors should note that by acquiring the Company’s Membership Interests, they will not be acquiring any interest in any prior program.

 

Description of the Tables

 

The information contained in Tables I and II in this Index are as of March 31, 2019. The rest of the information contained in Tables III through V in this Index are as of December 31, 2018. The following tables are included herein:

 

Table I — Experience in Raising and Investing Funds

 

Table II — Compensation to Sponsor

 

Table III — Operating Results of Prior Programs

 

Table VI — Table of Acquisition

 

38

 

  

TABLE I

 

EXPERIENCE IN RAISING AND INVESTING FUNDS

 

(UNAUDITED)

 

Table I presents information showing the experience of the Sponsor in raising and investing funds for the prior as of March 31, 2019.

 

    Secured Investment
High Yield Fund, LLC
    Secured Investment
High Yield Fund II, LLC
 
Dollar Amount Offered [a]   $ 10,000,000     $ 10,000,000  
Amount Raised as of 12/31/17 [b]   $ 3,217,600     $ 8,134,997  
Date Original Offering Began     04/25/2013       10/01/2014  
Length of Offering (In Months) [c]     13 [d]     ongoing  

 

[a] The amount represents the maximum amount offered to the accredited investors pursuant to Rule 506(c) of Regulation D.

 

[b] Represents the dollar amount raised in private placements.

 

[c] Represents the shorter of (i) number of months the offering had been available as of 03/31/2019 or (ii) number of months that the offering was available before concluding upon completion.

 

[d] SIHYF had ceased raising capital in 2014, and the figure presented represents the length of the capital raise. SIHYF is currently undergoing dissolution and has ceased its business operations.

 

39

 

  

TABLE II

 

COMPENSATION TO SPONSOR

 

(UNAUDITED)

 

Table II presents information showing the compensation paid to the Sponsor by the SIHYF and SIHYF II as of March 31, 2019.

 

    Secured Investment
High Yield Fund, LLC
    Secured Investment
High Yield Fund II, LLC
 
Date original offering commenced     04/25/2013       10/01/2014  
Dollar amount raised     3,217,600       8,134,997  
Amount paid to sponsor from proceeds of offering:                
Underwriting fees     0       0  
Acquisition fees     0       0  
Real estate commissions     0       0  
Advisory fees     0       0  
Other     0       0  
Other     0       0  
Amounts paid to sponsor from operations:                
                 
Origination fees [a]     1,407,733       2,119,550  
Asset management fees     222,082       311,114  
Selling Expenses [b]     24,716       154,613  
Property management fees [c]     98,576       321,968  
Reimbursements     36,597       26,700  
Profits (performance fees)     301,252       513,002  
Loan servicing fees [d]     11,112       19,028  
Other     0       0  
Dollar amount of property sales and refinancing before deducting payments to sponsor                
Cash     0       0  
Notes     0       0  
Amount paid to sponsor from property sales and refinancing:                
Real estate commissions     0       0  
Incentive fees     0       0  
Other     0       0  

 

[a] This number is comprised of total origination fees paid by third party borrowers to Manager as of March 31, 2019.

 

[b] This number is comprised of expenses and fees for listing properties for sale by an Affiliate and/or the Manager as of March 31, 2019.

 

[c] This number is comprised of total property management fee paid to an Affiliate and/or the Manager as of March 31, 2019.

 

[d] This number is comprised of total loan servicing fees that have been paid to the Manager under the fictitious business name of Lake City Servicing as of March 31, 2019.

 

40

 

  

TABLE III

 

OPERATING RESULTS OF PRIOR PROGRAMS

 

(AUDITED)

 

Table III sets forth the operating results of the SIHYF Funds for the years ending in December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016. SIHYF is currently undergoing liquidation event. Statement of Net Assets in Liquidation of Prior Programs ending in December 31, 2018, is stated below.

 

    Secured Investment
High Yield Fund, LLC
(Audited)
 
    2017     2016  
SUMMARY BALANCE SHEET            
Total assets   $ 2,418,701     $ 2,535,816  
Total liabilities     36,110       83,724  
Total members’ equity     2,382,591       2,452,092  
SUMMARY OPERATING RESULTS                
Total revenues     348,650       445,348  
Operating expense     300,312       339,489  
Operating income     48,338       105,859  
Other income (expense)[a]     (31,322 )     9,541  
Net income (GAAP Basis)     17,016       115,400  
SUMMARY STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS                
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities     (28,506 )     295,991  
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities     (316,178 )     325,549  
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities[b]     (86,517 )     (278,724 )
AMOUNT AND SOURCE OF DISTRIBUTIONS                
Total cash distributions paid and distributions reinvested              
Distribution Data                
Total Distributions paid to investors   $     $  
From operations   $     $  
From all other sources (financing or offering proceeds)   $     $  
Estimated value per share     N/A       N/A  

 

[a] Other income (expense) from loss on sales of real estate owned (“REO”).

 

[b] Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities are Members’ earnings distributions.

 

41

 

  

STATEMENT OF NET ASSETS IN LIQUIDATION OF PRIOR PROGRAMS

 

(AUDITED)

 

    Secured Investment
High Yield Fund, LLC
 
  2018  
STATEMENT OF NET ASSETS IN LIQUIDATION      
Total assets   $ 565,852  
Total liabilities     116,807  
Net assets in liquidation     449,045  
STATEMENT OF LIQUIDATING ACTIVITIES        
Total sources of cash     280,607  
Total uses of cash     354,915  
Total other gains (losses) [a]     (94,272 )
Decrease in net assets in liquidation before adjustments     (168,580 )
Total adjustments to net realizable values [b]     (259,078 )
Members’ liquidating distributions        
Decrease in net assets in liquidation     (427,658 )
Beginning net assets in liquidation     2,382,591  
Members’ liquidating distributions     (1,505,888 )
Net Assets in liquidation     449,045  

 

[a] Other income (expense) includes gain on sales of REO properties or loss on sale of mortgage loan receivables.

 

[b] Total adjustments to net realizable values includes adjustments to mortgage loans receivable and real estate owned for sale.

 

42

 

  

    Secured Investment
High Yield Fund II, LLC (Audited)
 
    2018     2017     2016  
SUMMARY BALANCE SHEET                  
Total assets   $ 7,192,555     $ 6,272,736     $ 3,828,880  
Total liabilities     571,658       713,084       381,764  
Total members’ equity     6,620,897       5,559,652       3,447,116  
SUMMARY OPERATING RESULTS                        
Total revenues     1,302,048       845,350       581,492  
Operating expense     519,211       328,589       235,681  
Operating income (loss)     -       -       -  
Other income (expense) [a]     -       -       -  
Net income (loss) (GAAP Basis)     782,837       516,761       345,811  
SUMMARY STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS                        
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities     574,258       99,568       257,730  
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities     (153,755 )     (2,838,267 )     (1,288,855 )
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities [b]     79,314       1,959,821       1,776,588  
AMOUNT AND SOURCE OF DISTRIBUTIONS                        
Total cash distributions paid and distributions reinvested     (677,248 )     (463,679 )     (273,412 )
Distribution Data                        
Total Distributions paid to investors   $     $       $ -
From operations   $ -     $ -     $ -  
From all other sources (financing or offering proceeds)   $ (667,248 )   $ (463,679 )   $ (273,412 )
Estimated value per share   $ N/A     $ N/A     $ N/A  

 

[a] Other income (expense) from loss on sales of real estate owned (“REO”).

 

[b] Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities are Members’ earnings distributions, Member contributions, net borrowings (payments) on line of credit, and Member withdrawals.

 

43

 

 

TABLE VI

 

ACQUISITION OF ASSETS

 

(UNAUDITED)

 

Table VI sets forth summary information on the properties held by the prior SIHYF Funds as of March 31, 2019.

 

Property Location   Fund Name   Property Type   Date of Purchase   Date Paid
Off or Sold
  # of Units   Mortgage Financing at Date of Purchase* (USD$)  
Washington   SIHYF II   SFR   04/24/2015       1     33,733.50  
Washington   SIHYF II   SFR   10/02/2015       1     85,500  
Washington   SIHYF II   SFR   10/02/2015   6/14/2016   1     140,000  
Washington   SIHYF II   SFR   11/6/2015   2/22/2016   1     135,000  
Washington   SIHYF II   SFR   11/30/2015   6/28/2016   1     74,600  
Washington   SIHYF II   SFR   12/11/2015   2/1/2016   1     46,001  
Washington   SIHYF II   SFR   3/11/2016   8/5/2016   1     61,996  
Washington   SIHYF II   SFR   3/11/2016   7/13/2016   1     130,000  
Washington   SIHYF II   SFR   3/11/2016   4/22/2016   1     60,800  
Washington   SIHYF II   SFR   4/22/2016   9/16/2016   1     158,000  
Washington   SIHYF II   SFR   7/1/2016   8/23/2016   1     197,800  
Washington   SIHYF II   SFR   8/26/2016   11/21/2016   1     74,000  
Washington   SIHYF II   SFR   9/2/2016   2/23/2017   1     130,200  
Washington   SIHYF II   SFR   9/23/2016   06/16/2017   1     100,001  
Washington   SIHYF II   SFR   10/14/2016   04/20/2018   1     54,500  
Washington   SIHYF II   SFR   10/14/2016   12/22/2016   1     62,000  
Washington   SIHYF II   SFR   11/4/2016   05/25/2017   1     175,600  
Washington   SIHYF II   SFR   11/4/2016   1/30/2018   1     159,696  
Washington   SIHYF II   SFR   1/6/2017   03/28/2017   1     25,216  
Washington   SIHYF II   SFR   1/13/2017   06/23/2017   1     110,000  
Washington   SIHYF II   SFR   1/13/2017   10/25/2018   1     130,000  
Washington   SIHYF II   SFR   1/27/2017   05/12/2017   1     119,200  
Washington   SIHYF II   SFR   2/3/2017   3/17/2017   1     106,000  
Washington   SIHYF II   SFR   2/16/2017   7/28/2017   1     151,000  
Washington   SIHYF II   SFR   2/24/2017   9/18/2018   1     136,500  
Washington   SIHYF II   SFR   3/3/2017   2/15/2018   1     64,000  
Washington   SIHIYF II   SFR   4/21/2017   11/16/2017   1     117,400  
Washington   SIHIYF II   SFR   4/21/2017   6/22/2017   1     80,300  
Washington   SIHIYF II   SFR   4/21/2017   6/6/2018   1     139.100  
Pennsylvania   SIHIYF   SFR   4/21/2017   8/14/2018   1     88.346  
Washington   SIHIYF II   SFR   6/2/2017   1/17/2018   1     169,801  
Washington   SIHIYF II   SFR   6/23/2017   3/6/2018   1     137,500  
Washington   SIHIYF II   SFR   8/25/2017   10/27/2017   1     157,300  
Washington   SIHIYF   SFR   9/22/2017   4/13/2018   1     124,782  
Washington   SIHIYF   SFR   1/19/2018   2/22/2018   1     70,570  
Washington   SIHIYF   SFR   1/19/2018   1/19/2018   1     58,375  
Washington   SIHIYF   SFR   2/23/2018   3/29/2018   1     135,300  
Washington   SIHIYF   SFR   3/9/2018   7/16/2018   1     152,967.65  
Washington   SIHIYF II   SFR   4/13/2018   8/1/2018   1     120,500  
Washington   SIHIYF II   SFR   4/13/2018   7/2/2018   1     142,600  
Washington   SIHIYF   SFR   4/13/2018   5/8/2018   1     68,001  
Washington   SIHIYF II   SFR   5/11/2018   5/18/2018   1     53,601  
Washington   SIHIYF   SFR   5/16/2018   5/31/2018   1     125,000  
Washington   SIHIYF II   SFR   6/1/2018   11/1/2018   1     95,100  
Washington   SIHIYF II   SFR   6/15/2018   2/28/2019   1     130,500  
Washington   SIHIYF II   SFR   6/29/2018   12/11/2018   1     120,001  
Washington   SIHIYF II   SFR   7/25/2018   12/14/2018   1     117,500  
Washington   SIHIYF II   SFR   8/27/2018   9/5/2018   1     40,001  
Washington   SIHIYF II   SFR   9/5/2018   11/9/2018   1     103,616  
Washington   SIHIYF II   SFR   10/19/2018   12/14/2018   1     147,603  
Washington   SIHIYF II   SFR   10/26/2018       1     77,185  
Washington   SIHIYF II   SFR   11/2/2018   12/31/2018   1     87,001  
Washington   SIHIYF II   SFR   11/2/2018       1     55,001  

 

44

 

 

Washington   SIHIYF II   SFR   11/26/2018   2/28/2019   1     105,652  
Washington   SIHIYF II   SFR   11/20/2018   1/11/2019   1     101,447  
Washington   SIHIYF II   SFR   12/13/2018       1     123,864  
Washington   SIHIYF II   SFR   12/21/2018       1     126,400  
Washington   SIHIYF II   SFR   1/17/2019       1     85,797  
Washington   SIHIYF II   SFR   1/25/2019   2/27/2019   1     75,601  
Washington   SIHIYF II   SFR   2/8/2019       1     188,203  
Washington   SIHIYF II   SFR   2/15/2019       1     107,000  
Washington   SIHIYF II   SFR   2/22/2019   3/1/2019   1     187,000  
Washington   SIHIYF II   SFR   2/22/2019     1     93,000  
Washington   SIHIYF II   SFR   3/1/2019       1     128,001  
Washington   SIHIYF II   SFR   3/8/2019       1     67,900  
Washington   SIHIYF II   SFR   3/8/2019       1     140,500  
Washington   SIHIYF II   SFR   3/8/2019       1     191,600  
Washington   SIHIYF II   SFR   3/15/2019       1     134,000  
Washington   SIHIYF II   SFR   3/29/2019       1     180,000  
Washington   SIHIYF II   SFR           1     111,998  

 

* Originated investment represents a senior secured loan.

 

* Originated investment represents a senior secured loan.

 

45

 

 

Overview of the Manager and SIHYF Funds

 

The Manager (as a sponsor of SIHYF Funds) was formed under the laws of Wyoming on December 9, 2011, that manages and sponsors the SIHYF Funds. The SIHYF Funds rely on Rule 506(c) of Regulation D of the Securities Act in order to raise capital from Accredited Investors only.

 

The SIHYF Funds have similar investment objectives to that of the Company’s objectives. The SIHYF Funds were formed in order to acquire, own, develop, hold, manage, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of real estate assets, primarily loans secured by real property. As of March 31, 2019, the total offering raise for the SIHYF Funds are $11,352,597 with a total number of accredited investors at 63. The sponsor and/or its affiliates are responsible for origination, due diligence, structuring, closing, acquiring, and asset management of all real property acquisition and loans made under the SIHYF Funds.

 

As of December 31, 2018, our sponsor had acquired, facilitated or originated approximately 1,140 real estate loans and/or real property acquisition with aggregate asset value of approximately $96 million, consisting primarily of loans secured by non-owner occupied single family residential or multi-family properties. The portfolios included in SIHYF Funds are diversified by investment size, property type and geographic region.

 

Please see the tables under “Prior Performance Tables” in Index to Financial Statements.

 

46

 

 

MANAGER’S COMPENSATION

 

The following discussion summarizes some important areas of compensation to be received by the Manager operating under the fictious business names of Lake City Servicing (in its capacity as Servicer), Cogo Capital (in its capacity as Loan originator, and/for managing the Company, and in certain instances, its Affiliates). If the Manager defers or assigns to the Company any of their respective compensation, the Manager will be entitled to recover same at a later time within the same calendar year only. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Manager has no obligation to waive, defer, or assign to the Company any portion of such compensation at any time.

 

Form of Compensation   Estimated Amount or Method of Compensation  
ASSET MANAGEMENT FEE  

The Manager shall earn an asset management fee (“Asset Management Fee”) equal to an annualized One and Three-Quarters of One Percent (1.75%) of the Net Assets Under Management, calculated and payable monthly.

 

As used herein, “Net Assets Under Management” means the total Fund assets, including notes (at book value), real estate owned (at the lower of cost or fair market value), accounts receivable, advances made to protect loan security, unamortized organizational expenses, cash and any other Fund assets, less Fund liabilities. The Asset Management Fee will typically be paid on the last day of each calendar month with respect to the Net Assets Under Management as of last day of such month.

 

The total amount of Asset Management Fee cannot be determined at this time as it depends on the total amount of Net Assets Under Management, which are primarily dependent upon the proceeds the Company raises pursuant to this Offering.

 
PROFIT PARTICIPATION  

After distribution of the Preferred Return to the Members, the Manager shall participate in the distribution of Net Profits as follows: The Manager shall receive Fifty Percent (50%) of the Net Profits. Net Profits shall be non-cumulative and distributed on a monthly basis.

 

The actual amount of Net Profits cannot be quantified at this time as they are dependent upon the performance of the Company.

 
   

Origination and lender discount points (“Origination Fees”) are generally collected from borrowers by the Manager, as Cogo Capital on behalf of the Company. At closing, the Loan Origination Fee are collected from borrowers by the Manager in the amount of Nine Hundred and Ninety-seven Dollars ($997) for up to every Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000) principal Loan amount.

 

Examples of Origination Fees will be collected from borrowers as follows:

 
         
    Loan Amount Origination Fee  
    Up to $300,000 $997  
    $300,001 - $600,000 $1994  
ORIGINATION AND LENDER DISCOUNT   $600,001 - $900,000 $2,991  
POINTS   $900,001 - $1,200,000 $3,988  
    $1,200,001-$1,500,000 $4,985  
         
   

Origination Fees shall be shared between the Manager and Fund as follows: Eighty Percent (80%) of Origination Fees will be payable to the Manager and Twenty Percent (20%) of the fees will be payable to the Company.

 

Loan Origination Fees consist of loan processing fees, underwriting fees, document preparation fees, escrow fees, disbursement fees, warehousing fees, administration fees and other similar charges. In addition, the Manager reserves the right to modify the Origination Fee at any time for any reason (or no reason), without Members’ consent, based upon changes in prevailing market rates charged by the Company’s competitors, in which case, the Company will amend and update the Offering Circular and other necessary documents to reflect the changes to the Origination Fees.

 

 

47

 

 

  The Loan Origination Fee is $997 per up to every $300,000 principal Loan amount. However, the total amount of the Loan Origination Fee, including the split, cannot be determined at this time, as these fees will be dependent upon the number of Loans originated by the Company.
PURCHASE OF EXISTING LOANS When the Company purchases an existing loan (or pool of loans) from a third party, the Manager or Affiliate will be paid a fee comparable to a loan Origination Fee. The amount of the purchasing fee is $997 per $300,000 principal Loan amount. However, actual fee amount cannot be determined at this time, as these fees will be dependent upon the number and the size of the existing loan amounts.
LOAN SERVICING FEE

The Manager (doing business as Lake City Servicing) will be entitled to a fee for servicing the Loans (the “Loan Servicing Fee”):

 

At closing of the Loan the borrower will pay directly to the Manager as a closing cost: Two Hundred Dollars ($200) servicing set-up fee (one-time fee) and a non-refundable fee equal to Fifteen Dollars ($15) multiplied by the number of months of the term of the Loan. The Company will not receive any of the servicing fees paid by borrowers at closing.

 

The Company will pay Manager the following loan servicing fee to service the loan during the life of the loan:

 

●     Twenty Dollars ($20) for each loan, payable monthly, if the principal amount of the Loan is less than $500,000.00; or

 

●     Thirty Dollars ($30) for each loan, payable monthly, if the principal amount of the Loan is equal to or greater than $500,000.00.

 

Servicing of Loans consists of the administrative aspects of a Loan from the time when funds are dispersed until the loan is paid in full. Loan servicing may include, without limitations, sending monthly payment statements, collecting payments, maintaining records of payments and balances, collecting and paying taxes and insurance (where applicable), following up on delinquencies and other similar activities. (See “Loan Servicing” above). While the aggregate fee payable by the Company is listed above, this fee may vary depending on the size of the Loan amount and the Loan term.

 

48

 

 

 

For example, if the Loan amount is $400,000 for Twelve (12) month term, then the fee will be assessed as follows: Two Hundred Dollars ($200) servicing set-up fee, $180 non-refundable fee (based on the calculation of $15 x 12 months) and $20 per month (for 12 months), which totals to $620 during the life of the Loan.

 

In another example, if the Loan amount is $500,000 or more for Six (6) month term, then the fee will be assessed as follows: Two Hundred Dollars ($200) servicing set-up fee; non-refundable fee of Ninety Dollars ($90) based on calculation of $15 x 6 months; and $20 per month (for 6 months), which totals to $410.

 

In addition, if the Manager decides to retain the services of a third-party loan servicing company, the loan servicing fee may vary from the one listed herein based upon the contract amount charged by a third-party servicing company. The Company will update the loan servicing fee in the event the Manager decides to retain the services of a third-party loan servicing company

LOAN EXTENSION AND MODIFICATION FEES Loan extension and modification fees (collectively referred to as “Extension Fees”) are collected from borrowers and payable to the Manager.  Extension Fees are charged to borrower in the following amounts: Two Hundred and Fifty Dollars ($250) for a three-month extension of the Loan term; Five Hundred Dollars ($500) for a six-month extension of the Loan term; and One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) for One (1) year extension. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Extension Fees could be higher or lower depending on market rates and conditions and such fees will be updated and amended in the Offering Circular and other necessary documents, if the Extension Fees changes.
LOAN PROCESSING, LOAN DOCUMENTATION AND OTHER SIMILAR FEES Loan processing, documentation and other similar fees are collected from the borrower in the amount of Two Hundred Dollars ($200) and payable to a third-party company. Such fees will be payable at the Loan closing.
DEFAULT FEES Default fees in the amount of Five Hundred Dollars ($500) paid by borrowers will be payable to the Manager in its capacity as Servicer.
LATE FEES AND LATE CHARGES

Late fees and late charges paid by borrowers will be shared between the Company and the Manager as follows: Fifty Percent (50%) of the late fees and charges will be payable to the Company and Fifty Percent (50%) of the late fees and charges will be payable to the Manager.

 

The actual amount of late fees and late charges cannot be determined at this time, as these fees are dependent upon the number of loans that are late (thereby incurring such fees).

 

49

 

 

OTHER LOAN FEES

All other fees paid by borrowers on account of the Loans will be payable to the Manager doing business as Lake City Servicing, including, but not limited to, all forbearance fees, collection fees, prepayment penalties, default interest, and all other similarly related fees incurred by borrowers (including, but not limited to, other fees authorized by loan documents for work performed regarding the subject Loan).

 

In addition, beneficiary statements and pay-off demands (Fifty Dollars ($50) per request), overnight charges, non-sufficient funds (“NSF”) fees of One Hundred Dollars ($100), reconveyance fees of Thirty Five Dollars ($35), advancing fees, demand fees, and other similarly related fees incurred by borrowers will also be payable to the Manager under the fictious business name of Lake City Servicing.

REHABILITATION FEES

In the event the Company acquires ownership of distressed real property, the Company may decide to rehabilitate the property to lease and/or sell. To rehabilitate the property, the Company will primarily retain the services of Arnold Professional Holdings, Inc., an Idaho corporation (“Arnold Professional Holdings”). Arnold Professional Holdings is an Affiliate of the Manager, and is licensed, bonded, and insured as a general contractor in Washington. Arnold Professional Holdings will provide general construction services to the Company, including repairing, renovation, or improvement of the property, and shall be entitled to a fee based on the prevailing industry rate, as agreed between the Manager and Arnold Professional Holdings. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may, at its sole discretion, retain the services of a third-party general contractor, and such cost of rehabilitation will be an expense to the Company.

 

The actual rehabilitation fees cannot be determined at this time, as the rehabilitation fees depend on the number of distressed real properties acquired by the Company.

REAL ESTATE COMMISSIONS

The Manager or its Affiliates may earn real estate commissions (“Real Estate Commissions”) to list and sell real estate that the Company has acquired through foreclosure or otherwise. The Manager or its Affiliates, including The Lee Arnold Team, LLC, may generally earn up to Six percent (6%) of such a sale. In addition, the Manager may pay a referral fee ranging from Twenty Percent (20%) to Forty Percent (40%) of the Real Estate Commissions paid to the Manager to third party sales agents for properties located in states where the Manager does not presently operate in.

 

The actual amount of Real Estate Commissions cannot be determined at this time as these commissions are dependent upon the number of properties being sold by the Company.

 

50

 

 

PROPERTY MANAGEMENT FEE

The Manager may cause the Company to engage a third party to provide property management services with respect to properties acquired by the Company, or may elect to provide such services itself (or through an Affiliate of the Manager). In the event that the Manager (or an Affiliate thereof) provides any such property management services, the Company shall pay the Manager or its applicable Affiliate a market-rate property management fee, which is anticipated to be Seven Percent (7%) per month based on the rent amount collected.

 

The actual amount of property management fee cannot be determined at this time, as these fees are dependent upon the contract amount stated for services provided by the property management company, or the rent amount actually collected by the Company.

OPERATING EXPENSES

The Company shall pay its own general administrative and operating expenses, which may include, without limitation, legal expenses, accounting costs for the Company, and/or marketing expenses. It shall reimburse the Manager for any expenses incurred by the Manager that are properly considered ordinary and reasonable business expenses of the Company. The Manager shall not seek reimbursement from the Company for the salaries, benefits or expenses associated with its executives, officers or employees of the Manager.

 

The actual amount of reimbursement of ordinary and reasonable business expenses of the Company cannot be determined at this time, as these reimbursements are dependent upon the result of the Company’s operations.

Processing Fees If an investor seeks to purchase Membership Interests via an individual retirement account, 401(k), Keogh plans, or other similar tax exempt vehicles for a purchase price of less than Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) the Company will charge an additional processing fee of Two Hundred Fifty Dollars ($250). Such investors will be responsible to pay this in addition to their purchase of Membership Interests.

 

51

 

 

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

 

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of Membership Interests as of the date of this Offering Circular for each person or group that holds more than Five Percent (5%) of the Membership Interests, for each director and executive officer of our Manager and for the directors and executive officers of our Manager as a group. To our knowledge, each person that beneficially owns Membership Interests has sole voting and disposition power with regard to such shares. Unless otherwise indicated below, each person or entity has an address in care of the principal executive offices of the Company at 701 E. Front Avenue, Floor 2 Coeur D’Alene, ID 83814.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner(1)  Number of Membership Interests Beneficially Owned   Percent of All Shares 
Secured Investment Corp.   25    100%
All directors and executive officers of the Manager   0    0%

 

(1)Under SEC rules, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares “voting power,” which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person also is deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities which that person has a right to acquire within 60 days. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which he or she has no economic or pecuniary interest. As of the date of this Offering Circular, Secured Investment Corp. owns all of our issued and outstanding Membership Interests.

 

All voting and investment decisions with respect to the Manager are held by Secured Investment Corp. are controlled by the board of directors of Secured Investment Corp. The board is comprised of three (3) members. As of the date of this Offering Circular, the members of the board of directors of Secured Investment Corporation are (i) Lee Arnold (who is also the President of Secured Investment Corporation); (ii) Jaclyn Olsen-Arnold (who is also the Chief Financial Officer of Secured Investment Corporation); and (iii) John Kane (who is also the Chief Operating Officer of Secured Investment Corporation). As of the date of this Offering Circular, the following persons own capital stock of Secured Investment Corp.:

 

-Jaclyn Genemarie Olsen-Arnold, Chief Financial Officer and Director of Secured Investment Corp., beneficially owns One Hundred Percent (100%) of the common stock of Secured Investment Corp., that entitle her to approximately One Hundred Percent (100%) of the vote of the common stockholders and approximately One Hundred Percent (100%) of the vote of all stockholders in election of board members.

 

As of the date of this Offering Circular, other than the persons listed above, no other stockholder of Secured Investment Corp. beneficially owns shares of capital stock that entitle such stockholder to more than 5% of the voting power held by the common stockholders, the preferred stockholders, or all the stockholders voting as a single class.  All of the foregoing stockholders, directors and executive officers disclaim beneficial ownership of our common shares that are owned by Secured Investment Corp.

 

52

 

 

FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY OF THE MANAGEMENT COMPANY

 

Under applicable Idaho law, the Manager is generally accountable to the Company as a fiduciary, which means that the Manager is required to exercise good faith and integrity with respect to Company affairs and sound business judgment. This is a rapidly developing and changing area of the law, and Members should consult with their own legal counsel in this regard. The fiduciary duty of the Manager is in addition to the other duties and obligations of, and limitations on, the Manager set forth in the Operating Agreement of the Company. Investors should consult with their own independent counsel in this regard.

 

The Company has not been separately represented by independent legal counsel in its formation or in the dealings with the Manager, and Members must rely on the good faith and integrity of the Manager to act in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Offering.

 

The Operating Agreement provides that the Manager will not have any liability to the Company for losses resulting from errors in judgment or other acts or omissions unless the Manager is guilty of fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct. The Operating Agreement also provides that the Company will indemnify the Manager against liability and related expenses (including, without limitation, legal fees and costs) incurred in dealing with the Company, Members, or third parties as long as no fraud, bad faith, or willful misconduct on the part of the Manager is involved. Therefore, Members may have a more limited right of action than they would have absent these provisions in the Operating Agreement. A successful indemnification of the Manager or any litigation that may arise in connection with the Manager’s indemnification could deplete the assets of the Company. Members who believe that a breach of the Manager’s fiduciary duty has occurred should consult with their own legal counsel in the event of fraud, willful misconduct or bad faith.

 

It is the position of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that indemnification for liabilities arising from, or out of, a violation of federal securities law is void as contrary to public policy. However, indemnification will be available for settlements and related expenses of lawsuits alleging securities law violations if a court approves the settlement and indemnification, and also for expenses incurred in successfully defending such lawsuits if a court approves such indemnification.

 

RISK FACTORS

 

Although the Company will attempt (in its sole and absolute discretion) to comply with requests for the early withdrawal of the Membership Interests if the financial position of the Company can accommodate it (See “Summary of the Operating Agreement – Withdrawal” below). Any investment in the Membership Interests involves a significant degree of risk and is suitable only for investors who have NO NEED FOR LIQUIDITY in their investments. When analyzing this Offering, prospective investors should carefully consider each of the following risks.

 

RESCISSION RISK

 

We may continue to have potential liability even after this rescission offer is made. 

 

Under Commission rules, an issuer that is offering securities on a continuous basis under Rule 262(d) of Regulation A must include a description of any matters that would have triggered disqualification under Rule 262 (a)(3) and (5) but occurred before June 19, 2015. The company failed to include in its offering statement that was qualified by the Commission on August 30, 2019 that a Washington Department of Financial Institutions (“DFI”) consent order (“Consent Order”) would have disqualified the Fund as a bad actor but for the consent order being issued prior to June 19, 2015. As a result, that offering statement omitted a material statement of fact. As soon as the omission was discovered, sale of the Membership Interests was suspended and efforts were made to amend the Offering Circular to include this disclosure and permit Members who purchased Membership Interests between August 30, 2019 and December 20, 2019 to accept a rescission offer from the Fund. Membership Interests purchased during that period may not have been exempt from the registration or qualification requirements under federal securities laws and may be subject to rescission. In order to address this issue, we are making this rescission offer to all customers who purchased Membership Interests from August 30, 2019 and December 20, 2019 inclusive, whether or not they subsequently transferred those shares. However, the Securities Act does not provide that a rescission offer will extinguish a Member’s right to rescind the issuance of Membership Interests that were not registered or exempt from the registration requirements under the Securities Act. Consequently, should any recipients of our rescission offer reject the offer, expressly or impliedly, we may remain liable under the Securities Act for the purchase price of the Membership Interests that are subject to the rescission offer. 

 

53

 

 

Your federal right of rescission may not survive if you affirmatively reject or fail to accept the rescission offer. 

 

If you affirmatively reject or fail to accept the rescission offer, it is unclear whether or not you will have a right of rescission under federal securities laws after the expiration of the rescission offer. Federal courts have ruled that a person who rejects or fails to accept a rescission offer is precluded from later seeking similar relief. 

 

We cannot predict whether the amounts you would receive in the rescission offer would be greater than the fair market value of our securities. 

 

The amount you would receive in the rescission offer is fixed and is not tied to the fair market value of our Membership Interests at the time the rescission offer closes. As a result, if you accept the rescission offer, you may receive less than the fair market value of the securities you would be tendering to us. 

 

In order to accept this rescission offer, you will need to complete the subscription process and provide sensitive personal information.

 

Persons who accept the rescission offer will be required to execute the subscription agreement, which includes providing the company your name, address, and social security number.

 

There may a federal or state income tax consequence associated with accepting the rescission offer.

 

A member who accepts the rescission offer may be required to pay income tax on the amount received.

 

INVESTMENT RISKS

 

The Offering Price and Minimum Investment Amount have been arbitrarily determined by the Company and do not reflect the value of the assets that have been or will be acquired by the Company.

 

The Offering amount and Minimum Investment Amount have been arbitrarily determined by the Company and does not bear any relationship to the assets that have been or are to be acquired by the Company or any other established criteria or indicia for valuing a business. The Manager may, at its sole and absolute discretion, accept or require a lesser or greater Minimum Investment Amount. In addition, the assets that are to be acquired by the Company could have a higher or lower value than the Offering price, which may result in the valuation of the Company being lower of higher than the Offering price.

 

54

 

 

Investment in the Membership Interests is speculative, and each Investor assumes the risk of losing his, her, or its entire investment.

 

Investment in these Membership Interests is speculative and, by investing, each Investor assumes the risk of losing the entire investment. The Company has limited operations as of the date of this Offering Circular and will be solely dependent upon the efforts of its officers and employees the loan and asset portfolio that is developed, all of which are subject to the risks described herein. Accordingly, only investors who are able to bear the loss of their entire investment and who otherwise meet the investor suitability standards should consider purchasing these Membership Interests. (See “Investor Suitability” above.)

 

The Company’s ability to commence operations is dependent on its ability to raise funds.

 

The Company has been utilizing and may utilize funds from the Manager, which has agreed to advance funds to allow the Company to operate its business including paying for Offering costs, filing fees and professional fees. In order to execute the plan of operations, the Company will require varying amounts of capital based on the Loans and/or properties the Company intends to fund or acquire. The Company’s ability to commence operations is largely dependent on its ability to raise funds through this Offering and thereby securing Loan and property investments. Prospective Investors should be aware that there is no assurance that the Company will obtain capital investments necessary to commence operations and become profitable. In addition, receipt of capital investments of less than the Maximum Offering Amount will reduce the ability of the Company to spread investment risks through diversification of its loan portfolio.

 

Conflicts of interest may arise as a result of the Company primarily funding loans brokered by the Manager, who is the parent company and an affiliate of the Company.

 

There are important areas in which the interests of the Company and each of its principals, directors, officers and/or affiliates may conflict with one another. To see the potential conflicts of interests that may arise please refer to “Conflicts of Interest” section below. The Company will primarily fund Loans originated by the Manager and the Manager will receive compensation as a result. This represents a conflict of interest between the Manager and the Company since the principals who own and manage the Manager also indirectly manage the Company. Specifically, the Company may be conducting business primarily with the Manager by funding, acquiring, and/or purchasing loans originated by the Manager. These will be affiliate transactions and therefore, the terms of the loans may not be the same as if it were agreed upon via a third-party transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will only invest in those Loans that are in best interests of the Company and said loans will have terms that are commercially reasonable. It is expected that numerous transactions will occur between the Company and its principals, directors, officers and/or affiliates, and no outside or independent review of these transactions will be performed.

 

In addition, conflicts of interest may pose a risk to Members due to the fact that the Company and each of its principals, directors, officer, and/or affiliates may be involved in other investments or business similar to the Offering and as a result, may not always act in a manner that is advantageous to the Company and Offering if presented with similar investment or business opportunities.

 

There is no Federal Registration therefore there is Limited Governmental Review.

 

This Offering has not been registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or with any state regulators. Although certain states require notice filing pursuant to pertinent state securities laws, the Offering is largely subject to limited governmental review.

 

55

 

 

There is Limited Transferability of Membership Interests and No Public Market for the Membership Interests.

 

Although the Company may attempt to redeem Membership Interests (when possible, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion), there is no public market for the Membership Interests, and none is expected to develop in the future. Even if a potential buyer could be found, the transferability of these Membership Interests may be limited. Any sale or transfer of these Membership Interests also requires the prior written consent of the Company. Investors must be capable of bearing the economic risks of this investment with the understanding that these Membership Interests may not be liquidated by resale or redemption and should expect to hold their Membership Interests as a long-term investment.

 

There is No Guarantee of Reaching Maximum Offering Amount.

 

There is no assurance that the Company will obtain capital investments equal to the amount required to close the Offering. In addition, receipt of capital investments of less than the Maximum Offering Amount will reduce the ability of the Company to spread investment risks through diversification of its loan portfolio.

 

There may be Investment Company Act Risks which may result in the Company acquiring legal fees.

 

The Company intends to avoid becoming subject to the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”); however, the Company cannot assure prospective investors that under certain conditions, changing circumstances or changes in the law, the Company may not become subject to the 1940 Act in the future as a result of the determination that the Company is an “investment company” within the meaning of the 1940 Act that does not qualify for an exemption as set forth below. Becoming subject to the 1940 Act could have a material adverse effect on the Company. Additionally, the Company could be terminated and liquidated due to the cost of registration under the 1940 Act. In general, the 1940 Act provides that if there are 100 or more investors in a securities offering, then the 1940 Act could apply unless there is an exemption; however, the 1940 Act generally is intended to regulate entities that raise monies where the entity itself “holds itself out as being engaged primarily, or purposes to engage primarily, in the business of investing, reinvesting or trading in securities” (Section 3(a)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act).

 

The second key definition of an “investment company” under the 1940 Act considers the nature of an entity’s assets. Section 3(a)(1)(C) of the 1940 Act defines “investment company” as any issuer that: “...is engaged or proposes to engage in the business of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding, or trading in securities, and owns or proposes to acquire investment securities having a value exceeding 40% of the value of such issuer’s total assets (exclusive of Government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis.” Section 3(b)(1) of the 1940 Act provides that a company is not an “investment company” within the meaning of the 1940 Act if it is: “[An] issuer primarily engaged, directly or through a wholly-owned subsidiary or subsidiaries, in a business or businesses other than that of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding, or trading in securities...”

 

56

 

 

Section 3(c) of the 1940 Act provides for the following relevant exemptions: “Notwithstanding subsection (a), none of the following persons is an investment company within the meaning of this title: (1) Any issuer whose outstanding securities (other than short- term paper) are beneficially owned by not more than one hundred persons [emphasis added] and which is not making and does not presently propose to make a public offering of its securities. Such issuer shall be deemed to be an investment company for purposes of the limitations set forth in subparagraphs (A)(i) and (B)(i) of section 12(d)(1) governing the purchase or other acquisition by such issuer of any security issued by any registered investment company and the sale of any security issued by any registered open-end investment company to any such issuer. For purposes of this paragraph: (A) Beneficial ownership by a company shall be deemed to be beneficial ownership by one person, except that, if the company owns 10 per centum or more of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer, and is or, but for the exception provided for in this paragraph or paragraph (7), would be an investment company, the beneficial ownership shall be deemed to be that of the holders of such company’s outstanding securities (other than short-term paper). (B) Beneficial ownership by any person who acquires securities or interests in securities of an issuer described in the first sentence of this paragraph shall be deemed to be beneficial ownership by the person from whom such transfer was made, pursuant to such rules and regulations as the Commission shall prescribe as necessary or appropriate in the public interest and consistent with the protection of investors and the purposes fairly intended by the policy and provisions of this title, where the transfer was caused by legal separation, divorce, death, or other involuntary event. (5) Any person who is not engaged in the business of issuing redeemable securities, face-amount certificates of the installment type or periodic payment plan certificates, and who is primarily engaged in one or more of the following businesses: (A) Purchasing or otherwise acquiring notes, drafts, acceptances, open accounts receivable, and other obligations representing part or all of the sales price of merchandise, insurance, and services; (B) making loans to manufacturers, wholesalers, and retailers of, and to prospective purchasers of, specified merchandise, insurance, and services; and (C) purchasing or otherwise acquiring mortgages and other liens on and interests in real estate [emphasis added].”

 

This is due to the fact that the Company does not hold itself out as an investment company and is not in the business of issuing redeemable securities, face-amount certificates or period plan certificates and will be primarily engaged in the business of purchasing, making, funding or otherwise acquiring loans secured by real property and/or personal property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, there are no assurances that this will ultimately be the case. In the event the Company becomes subject to the registration requirements of the 1940 Act, the Company may incur substantial legal fees. This may adversely affect Members in the sense that if the Company does not have funds to pay said legal fees, it may be unable to distribute income to the Members.

 

Investors Are Not Independently Represented by the Company’s Attorneys and should seek their own independent counsel.

 

The Members in the Company have not been represented by independent counsel with respect to this Offering. Attorneys assisting in the formation of the Company and the preparation of this Offering Circular have represented only the Company and its principals and affiliates. (See “Conflicts of Interest” below.)

 

No Assurance can be provided that the Maximum Offering Amount will be adequate working capital and/or will absolve the need for additional financing.

 

In the opinion of the Company, if the maximum number of Membership Interests being offered is sold, the Company may have sufficient working capital to achieve its planned operations. However, there can be no assurance that even if the maximum number of Membership Interests is sold that the Company would not be required to seek alternative or additional sources of financing. The Company is not restricted in the application of the funds as provided within this Offering Circular under the caption “Use of Proceeds”.

 

57

 

 

Terms of the Membership Interests may not be favorable to prospective Investors.

 

The Company has set the terms of the Membership Interests in a manner which is favorable to the Company and has not made an attempt to consider the favorability or suitability of such terms for any prospective Investors.

 

The Company may employ leverage, resulting in the Membership Interests being subordinate to any debt incurred by the Company.

 

Any indebtedness incurred by the Company (e.g. through a credit line, borrowing from a financer, etc.) may expose the Members to substantially greater risk. Any debt incurred by the Company will be senior to the Members and will have priority of payment. If there are no sufficient cash flows generated from the operations of the Company and the Company has to pay Members, it may affect the Company’s ability to make distribution to Members. In addition, leverage may involve restrictive covenants, interest obligations and other risks that are customary to organizations that employ leverage in financing their investments.

 

The Company will invest in assets that have not been identified, therefore, potential Investors will be unable to evaluate the Company’s loan portfolio prior to making their investment.

 

None of the specific assets in which the Company will invest in are identified at this time. Therefore, any potential investor is unable to evaluate the Loans portfolio to determine whether to invest in the Company. However, the general business goals of the Company are to make Loans as further described herein. The Company may later have specific, identifiable portfolio data which Members may review upon their prior written request to the Company.

 

The Company has the right to change and mix its investment profile, there is no guarantee that the investment profile will not change substantially over time.

 

The Company reserves the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to modify, change or revise its typical investment profile and the mix of Loans that it invests or otherwise participates in, and accordingly, Members have no guarantee, and should not assume that the investment mix and profile of the Company will not change substantially over time.

 

The Loan Loss Reserve may be insufficient to cover Loan losses, which may ultimately cause the Company to be unable to distribute income to Members.

 

The purpose of the Loan Loss Reserve is to help insulate the Members from loss. Although the Loan Loss Reserve will help reduce the impact of Loan defaults temporarily, ultimate repayment/resale of the Loans will be jeopardized if any Loans in default are not eventually repaid or resold, whether by the applicable borrower or by the Company, which may affect available collateral. In addition, the Loan Loss Reserve may vary and will be based on reserve overages and the weighted risk levels of the Loan portfolio. This may cause reserve amounts to be reduced, eliminated or increased accordingly in the sole and absolute discretion of the Manager. Members should understand that a Loan Loss Reserve does not guarantee the Company will not incur a loss if a Loan or Loans result in default, which may ultimately cause the Company to sustain a loss and unable to distribute income to the Members.

 

No Escrow

 

The proceeds of this offering will not be placed into an escrow account.

 

58

 

 

BUSINESS RISKS

 

There is reliance on Key Personnel to make all decisions with respect to the management of the Company, therefore, Members will have very limited choice in the management decisions.

 

The key personnel of the Company will make virtually all decisions with respect to the management of the Company including, without limitation, the determination as to which loans to make and the terms thereof. The Members will have very limited voice in the management decisions of the Company, and can exercise only a limited (if any) amount of control over the Company. The Company gives no assurance that the Company will operate at a profit or positive cash flow. The Company is dependent to a substantial degree on the continued services of its key personnel. In the event of the death, incapacity or other termination of key personnel, the business and operations of the Company may be adversely affected. Furthermore, all investments related to specific Loans will be undertaken by the Company without the Members having any ability to directly affect such transactions.

 

Competition with other lenders may affect the Company’s profitability.

 

Because of the nature of the Company’s business, the Company’s profitability will depend to a large degree on the future availability of capital. In particular, the Company will compete with private lenders, institutional lenders and others engaged in the mortgage lending business, many of whom have greater financial resources and experience than the Company.

 

The competitive conditions of private lending may affect the Company’s profitability and business.

 

Some of the general competitive conditions in private lending include competing with other lenders with regards to fees, interest rates, reputation and/or quality of service. These conditions may affect the Company’s profitability and ability to make, fund, originate, acquire and/or purchase loans. Furthermore, other private lenders, institutional lenders and others engaged in the mortgage lending business may differ in their loan to value guidelines and criteria, which may affect the Company’s competitiveness with regards to its ability to make, fund, originate and/or acquire certain loans or the geographic area where it makes, funds, originates or acquires a loan, or the value and type of underlying property it is able to secure as collateral for a loan.

 

The key personnel not required to devote full-time to the business of the Company.

 

The Company’s key personnel and its officers and directors are not required to devote their respective individual capacities full time to the Company’s affairs, but only such time as the affairs of the Company may reasonably require.

 

No restriction preventing the Company or its affiliates from competing with one another by investing or sponsoring investments similar to those of the Company.

 

Though they currently have no intention to do so, there is no restriction preventing the Company or any of its affiliates, principals, officers, directors or management from competing with one another by investing in collateral liens or sponsoring the formation of other investment groups like the Company. The Company may make decisions that may at times favor persons other than the Company. Unless otherwise mandatorily required to the contrary by applicable law, the Company and its affiliates, principals and management are exonerated from any liability for investment opportunities given to other persons, including (without limitation) affiliates.

 

59

 

 

Delays in the participation in the investment yield by Investors may occur.

 

There may be a delay between the time subscription funds are accepted from Investors and the time when such funds are deposited into the Company and begin to participate in the investment yield offered herein. Such delays may result from the Company having to verify an Investor’s suitability and admissibility as a Member, delays while the Company raises the Minimum Offering Amount, and/or delays in depositing an Investor’s contribution into the Company’s main operating account as a result of lack of availability of Loans to fund by the Company immediately upon an Investor making a contribution to the Company. After the Minimum Offering Amount has been raised, any delays between the time subscription funds are accepted and the time when such funds are deposited into the Company shall not be longer than Fifteen (15) days.

 

Management and investment practices of the Company are not regulated by Federal or State authorities.

 

The management and investments of the Company are not supervised or regulated by any Federal or State legal or regulatory authority, except to the extent that the Offering will be qualified by the SEC. In addition, the Company’s lending activities and investments in properties are generally not regulated and supervised by state authorities in at least the states where the Company will not obtain a mortgage lending license. The Company will not be required to obtain a consumer lending license since it will not make any consumer purpose loans. Lending licensing requirements will vary from state to state. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if required by a state, the Company will obtain all licenses prior to making or funding a Loan.

 

While the Company will use its best efforts to comply with all laws, including federal, state and local laws and regulations, there is a possibility of governmental action to enforce any alleged violations of lending laws which may result in legal fees and damage awards that would adversely affect the Company and its ability to distribute income to Members.

 

Investment in the Company involves certain tax and ERISA risks Investors should be aware of.

 

An investment in the Company involves certain tax risks of general application to all investors and certain other risks specifically applicable to Keogh accounts, Individual Retirement Accounts and other tax-exempt investors. (See “Income Tax Considerations” and “ERISA Considerations” below).

 

Loan defaults and foreclosures may occur which could potentially adversely affect the profitability of the Company its ability to distribute income to Members.

 

The Company will invest in Loans and take the risk that borrowers will default on those loans and other risks that lenders typically face, some of which are detailed in this Offering. Loans may be made to borrowers who do not qualify for loans from more traditional sources of financing, such as (without limitation) borrowers who are in default under other obligations or in bankruptcy or who not have sources of income that would be sufficient to qualify for loans from other lenders (including but not limited to, banks and savings and loans associations). Loans may generally provide for a monthly payment from the borrower followed by a “balloon” payment at the loan’s maturity. Borrowers may be unable to pay such a balloon payment and are compelled to refinance the balloon amount into a new loan. Fluctuations in the interest rates, unavailability of mortgage funds, and a decrease in the value of the real property securing the loan could adversely affect the borrower’s ability to refinance their loans at maturity.

 

The Company will generally look to the underlying property securing the loan to determine whether to make the loan to the borrower and, to a lesser extent, the credit rating a borrower has. Nonetheless, borrowers will need to demonstrate adequate ability to meet its financial obligations under the terms of any loan which the Company originates or purchases.

 

60

 

 

To determine the fair market value of the property securing the loan, the Company will primarily rely on an appraisal, the Company’s opinion of value of the property, or other similar opinion. Appraisals are a judgment of an individual appraiser’s interpretation of a property’s value. Due to the differences in individual opinions, values may vary from one appraiser to another. Furthermore, the appraisal is merely the value of the real property at the time the loan is originated. Market fluctuations and other conditions could cause the value of real property to decline over time.

 

If the borrower defaults on the loan, the Company may take the deed in lieu of foreclosure or be forced to purchase the property at a foreclosure sale. If the Company cannot quickly sell the real property and the property does not produce significant income, the profitability and ability to repay the Company will be adversely affected.

 

Due to certain provisions of State law that may be applicable to all real estate loans, if real property security proves insufficient to repay amounts owing to the Company, it is unlikely that the Company will be able to recover any deficiency from the borrower.

 

Finally, the recovery of sums advanced by the Company in making or investing in mortgage loans and protecting its security may also be delayed or impaired by the operation of the federal bankruptcy laws or by irregularities in the manner in which the loan was made. Any borrower has the ability to delay a foreclosure sale for a period ranging from several months to several years by filing a petition in bankruptcy which automatically stays any actions to enforce the terms of the loan. It can be assumed that such delays and the costs associated therewith will reduce the profitability of the Company.

 

Arnold Program participants may borrow more loans from the Company than non-participants, which may result in a higher probability of defaulted loans.

 

Borrowers who have completed the Arnold Programs are eligible to receive certain preferential treatment from the Company, including, borrowing up to Four (4) loans from the Company regardless of his or her past experience in the real estate industry. Participant experience varies widely and there is no general criteria in admitting these borrowers into the Arnold Programs. Accordingly, there is a higher risk in providing a larger number of loans to participant borrowers, as the borrowers may not have the capacity or sufficient experience in the real estate industry to successfully repay their loans. Because of the increased capacity in which these participants can borrow, there is greater exposure to default in these loans.

 

Higher Loan-to-Value ratios of Arnold Program participants may create a higher risk related to repayment of loans and/or recoupment of fees.

 

Arnold Program participants may borrow loans from the Company at higher Loan-to-Value ratios, which may include fees associated with the origination of the loan in the loan’s principal balance.  Preferential treatments, such as higher Loan-to-Value ratios, are generally not provided to the non-participants. Higher Loan-to-Value ratios increase the risk of loss. For example, if the real property securing the loan decreases in value to the point that the loan amount is higher than the price of the property, the Company will take a loss in the event of sale. There is generally no recourse against the borrower for the remaining unpaid loan amount, including origination fees. Accordingly, the higher the Loan-to-Value ratio, the higher the risk to the Company (and the Members), and the Members will be adversely impacted due to lower rate of return on Member investments.

 

61

 

 

There is no assurance that the Arnold Program participants will be successful in the real estate industry.

 

The principals of the Manager have developed the Arnold Programs to educate borrowers in the real estate industry. However, there is no assurance or guarantee that such participants will be successful.  The success or failure of participants impacts the brand and reputation of the Arnold Programs. Adverse impact on the Arnold Program brand may severely and negatively impact the profitability of the Company.

 

Manager has multiple business operations under several fictitious business names which may create greater exposure of liability.

 

The Manager is operating under several fictitious business names, specifically, Lake City Servicing, Cogo Capital, and The Lee Arnold System of Real Estate Investing. A fictitious business name is a trade name in which a business may operate under a different name than that of a legal name, which in this case, is Secured Investment Corp. A use of fictitious business name does not create limited liability protection, as a fictitious business name is not a separate entity.

 

As noted above, the Manager is using various fictitious business names to operate its businesses. The fictitious business names were created simply for the purposes of operations and marketing efficiencies within the same management company. The Manager is using the name Lake City Servicing as a servicer of the Loans. The Manager is using Cogo Capital as the originator of the Loans. Lastly, the Manager is using the name The Lee Arnold System of Real Estate Investing to provide real estate educational services to its students. These fictitious business names are not separate or distinct legal entities. They are only distinguishable in name only. Accordingly, the Manager will have greater exposure of liability than it would if the Manager established three separate entities.

 

The Manager’s use of several fictitious business names may create confusion among investors, borrowers, or other parties.

 

The Manager’s use of several fictitious business names in operating its businesses may create confusion among investors, borrowers, students, or other counterparties doing business transactions with the Manager. Confusion may lead to deterrence in capital raising, lawsuits, or other events which may adversely impact the Company and the Members, including loss of income.

 

The Manager may restructure these business operations in the future and incur additional costs.

 

Even though the Manager currently does not intend to restructure the business operations from using the fictitious business names, the Manager reserves the right to do so, including cancelling the fictitious business names. In such event, the Manager may incur costs that may be greater than anticipated for restructuring, including, without limitations, cost of formation of entities, legal fees, or tax liabilities. The Manager will update the Offering Circular and notify the investors if such restructuring occurs.

 

The possible repeal of state usury limits could affect the Company’s profitability and cash flow.

 

To the extent that any Loans are arranged by or through a mortgage lending license and are therefore generally exempt from the otherwise applicable state’s usury limitation, should this exemption be repealed, the Company may no longer be able to originate loans in excess of the usury limit, potentially reducing its return on investment or forcing it to limit its lending activities or otherwise burdening its profitability and cash flow.

 

62

 

 

Certain real estate properties may be at risk as a result of certain losses being uninsured, underinsured or not insurable.

 

The Company intends to maintain comprehensive insurance coverage of the type and amount it believes is customarily obtained by any lender of real estate. There are, however, certain types of losses, generally of a catastrophic nature, such as earthquakes, war and floods, that may be uninsurable or not economically insurable from which the real estate properties may be at risk. In addition, because of coverage limits and deductibles, insurance coverage in the event of a substantial loss may not be sufficient to pay the full current market value or current replacement cost of the underlying investment. Inflation, changes in building codes and ordinances, environmental considerations and other factors also might make it unfeasible to use insurance proceeds to replace a property after it has been damaged or destroyed. Under such circumstances, the insurance proceeds received by the Company might not be adequate to restore its economic position with respect to its real estate properties. Additionally, the Company does not intend to require mortgage insurance on Loans, which would protect the Company from losses due to defaults by borrowers.

 

Fluctuations in interest rates may affect the profitability of the Company and may not be able to liquidate their investment to take advantage of higher available returns.

 

Mortgage interest rates are subject to abrupt and substantial fluctuations and the purchase of Membership Interests are a relatively illiquid investment. If prevailing interest rates rise above the average interest rate being earned by the Company’s portfolio, Members may wish to liquidate their investment to take advantage of higher available returns but may be unable to do so due to restrictions on transfer and withdrawal.

 

The Company, as a lender, may be exposed to the risks of litigation by a borrower, tenant, or other counter-party as a result of the Loan.

 

The Company will act in good faith and use reasonable judgment in selecting borrowers and making, purchasing, and managing the Loans. However, as a lender the Company is exposed to the risk of litigation by a borrower, tenant or other counter-party for any warranted or unwarranted allegations regarding the terms of any transaction or the actions or representations of the Company in making, managing or foreclosing on Loans. It is impossible to foresee the allegations that a party will bring against the Company, but the Company will use its best efforts to avoid litigation if, in its sole and absolute discretion, it is in the best interests of the Company. If the Company is required to incur legal fees and costs to respond to any lawsuit, the costs and fees could have an adverse impact on the Company’s cash flow and profitability.

 

Participation with other parties in a Loan may result in lack of control as to when and how to enforce a loan default.

 

While the Company does not expect to participate in transactions with other parties, there is a possibility that it may do so. When participating in Loans with other lenders the Company may not have control over the determination of when and how to enforce a default, depending on the terms of any participation agreement with the other lenders or owners, other lenders or owners may have varied amounts of input into such decision-making process, including (without limitation) the ultimate decision-making power on if and when to enforce a default. There is no certainty as to who will be a lead lender or lead investor (as applicable) in a situation where the Company participates in ownership of a Loan with another entity.

 

63

 

 

There are risks of government actions against the Company for alleged violations of lending laws (and other law) which may result in high legal fees and damage awards.

 

While the Company will use its best efforts to comply with all laws, including federal, state and local laws and regulations, there is a possibility of governmental action to enforce any alleged violations of (without limitation) mortgage lending laws which may result in legal fees and damage awards that would adversely affect the applicable entity.

 

Risks of leveraging the Company’s asset portfolio include assigning a portion of or the entire Company’s asset portfolio as security for obtaining additional capital.

 

The Company may borrow funds from any third party sources (including, but not limited to, lenders and investors) to fund investments in Loans and properties. These additional sources of capital may be secured by Loans and assets held by the Company. In order to obtain such additional capital, the Company may assign part or its entire asset portfolio to the lender or investor. Such money may bear interest at a variable rate, whereas the Company may be making fixed rate loans. Therefore, if prevailing interest rates rise, the cost of money could exceed the income earned from that money, thus reducing the Company’s profitability or causing losses.

 

Risks of real estate ownership that could affect the marketability and profitability of the properties.

 

There is no assurance that the Company’s owned properties will be profitable or that cash from operations will be available for distribution to the Members. Because real estate, like many other types of long-term investments, historically has experienced significant fluctuations and cycles in value, specific market conditions may result in occasional or permanent reductions in the value of property interests. The marketability and value of the properties will depend upon many factors beyond the control of the Company, including (without limitation):

 

changes in general or local economic conditions;

 

changes in supply of or demand for competing properties in an area (e.g., as a result of over-building);

 

changes in interest rates;

 

the promulgation and enforcement of governmental regulations relating to land use and zoning restrictions, environmental protection and occupational safety;

 

condemnation and other taking of property by the government;

 

unavailability of mortgage funds that may increase borrowing costs and/or render the sale of a property difficult;

 

unexpected environmental conditions;

 

the financial condition of tenants, ground lessees, ground lessors, buyers and sellers of properties;

 

changes in real estate taxes and any other operating expenses;

 

64

 

 

energy and supply shortages and resulting increases in operating costs or the costs of materials and construction;

 

various uninsured, underinsurance or uninsurable risks (such as losses from terrorist acts), including risks for which insurance is unavailable at reasonable rates or with reasonable deductibles; and

 

imposition of rent controls.

 

There are a number of risks involved in investing in development, redevelopment and undeveloped properties.

 

The Company anticipates that it will invest in existing properties that require varying degrees of development. In addition, some properties may be under construction or under contract to be developed or redeveloped. Properties that involve development or redevelopment will be subject to the general real estate risks described above and will also be subject to additional risks, such as unanticipated delays or excess costs due to factors beyond the control of the Company. These factors may include (without limitation):

 

strikes;

 

adverse weather;

 

earthquakes and other “force majeure” events;

 

changes in building plans and specifications;

 

zoning, entitlement and regulatory concerns, including changes in laws, regulations, elected officials and government staff;

 

material and labor shortages;

 

increases in the costs of labor and materials;

 

changes in construction plans and specifications;

 

rising energy costs; and

 

delays caused by the foregoing (which could result in unanticipated inflation, the expiration of permits, unforeseen changes in laws, regulations, elected officials and government staff, and losses due to market timing of any sale that is delayed).

 

Delays in completing any development or renovation project will cause corresponding delays in the receipt of operating income and, consequently, the distribution of any cash flow by the Company with respect to such property.

 

65

 

 

There are risks associated with buying contaminated Properties.

 

The Company may acquire or invest in properties with known environmental conditions for the purpose of remediating the contamination. Following completion of the remediation, such properties would generally be resold to a developer. Such investments would generally be made only in conjunction with an operating partner with specific expertise in such properties and only where the Company believes that the liabilities associated with owning an interest in such a property can be appropriately protected against through insurance, indemnification or otherwise.

 

Although not likely, properties invested in by the Company that may not comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act and other changes in governmental rules and regulations could have adverse consequences to the Company’s profitability.

 

Under the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (the “ADA”), all public properties are required to meet certain federal requirements related to access and use by disabled persons. Properties acquired by the Company or in which it makes a property investment may not be in compliance with the ADA. If a property is not in compliance with the ADA, then the Company may be required to make modifications to such property to bring it into compliance, or face the possibility of imposition, or an award, of damages to private litigants. In addition, changes in governmental rules and regulations or enforcement policies affecting the use or operation of the properties, including changes to building, fire and life-safety codes, may occur which could have adverse consequences to the Company.

 

Unforeseen Changes

 

While the Company has enumerated certain material risk factors herein, it is impossible to know all risks which may arise in the future. In particular, Members may be negatively affected by changes in any of the following: (i) laws, rules and regulations; (ii) regional, national and/or global economic factors and/or real estate trends; (iii) the capacity, circumstances and relationships of partners of Affiliates, the Company or the Manager; (iv) general changes in financial or capital markets, including (without limitations) changes in interest rates, investment demand, valuations or prevailing equity or bond market conditions; or (v) the presence, availability or discontinuation of real estate and/or housing incentives.

 

The Company continuously encounters changes in its operating environment, and the Company may have fewer resources than many of its competitors to continue to adjust to those changes. The operating environment of the Company is undergoing rapid changes, with frequent introductions of laws, regulations, competitors, market approaches, and economic impacts. Future success will depend, in part, upon the ability of the Company to address the needs of its borrowers, sponsors and clients by adapting to those changes and providing products and services that will satisfy the demands of their respective businesses and projects. Many of the competitors have substantially greater resources to adapt to those changes. The Company may not be able to effectively react to all of the changes in its operating environment or be successful in adapting its products, services and approach.

 

By purchasing shares in this Offering, Members are bound by the arbitration provisions contained in the Subscription Agreement and the Operating Agreement which limit a Member’s ability to bring class action lawsuits or seek remedy on a class basis, including with respect to securities law claims.

 

By purchasing shares in this Offering, Members agree to be bound by the arbitration provisions contained in our subscription agreement and our operating agreement (each an “Arbitration Provision” and collectively, the “Arbitration Provisions”). Such Arbitration Provisions apply to claims under the U.S. federal securities laws and to all claims that are related to the Company, including with respect to this Offering, the Company’s holdings, its Membership Interests, ongoing operations and the management of the Company’s investments, among other matters and limit the ability of Members to bring class action lawsuits or similarly seek remedy on a class basis. Furthermore, because the Arbitration Provision is contained in the Operating Agreement, such Arbitration Provision will also apply to any purchasers of shares in a secondary transaction.

 

By agreeing to be subject to the Arbitration Provisions, Members are severely limiting their rights to seek redress against the Company in court. For example, a Member may not be able to pursue litigation for any claim in state or federal courts against the Company, the Manager, or their respective directors, managers, officers, and employees including with respect to securities law claims, and any awards or remedies determined by the arbitrators may not be appealed. In addition, arbitration rules generally limit discovery, which could impede a Member’s ability to bring or sustain claims, and the ability to collect attorneys’ fees or other damages may be limited in the arbitration, which may discourage attorneys from agreeing to represent parties wishing to commence such a proceeding.

 

66

 

 

Specifically, the Arbitration Provisions provide that either party may, at its sole election, require that the sole and exclusive forum and remedy for resolution of a claim be final and binding arbitration. The Company has not determined whether it will exercise its right to demand arbitration but reserve the right to make that determination on a case by case basis as claims arise. In this regard, the Arbitration Provision is similar to a binding arbitration provision as the Company is likely to invoke the Arbitration Provision to the fullest extent permissible. 

 

Any arbitration brought pursuant to the Arbitration Provisions must be conducted in the State of Idaho, in Coeur D’Alene area. The term “Claim” as used in the Arbitration Provisions is very broad and includes any past, present, or future claim, dispute, or controversy involving a Member (or persons claiming through or connected with the Member), on the one hand, and the Company (or persons claiming through or connected with the Company), on the other hand, relating to or arising out of the Member’s subscription agreement, the Company and/or the activities or relationships that involve, lead to, or result from any of the foregoing, including (except an individual Claim that Member may bring in Small Claims Court or an equivalent court, if any, so long as the Claim is pending only in that court) the validity or enforceability of the Arbitration Provisions, any part thereof, or the entire subscription agreement. Claims are subject to arbitration regardless of whether they arise from contract; tort (intentional or otherwise); a constitution, statute, common law, or principles of equity; or otherwise. Claims include (without limitation) matters arising as initial claims, counter-claims, cross-claims, third-party claims, or otherwise. The scope of the Arbitration Provisions is to be given the broadest possible interpretation that will permit it to be enforceable. Based on discussions with and research performed by the Company’s counsel, the Company believes that the Arbitration Provisions are enforceable under federal law, the laws of the State of Idaho, or under any other applicable laws or regulations. However, the issue of enforceability is not free from doubt and to the extent that one or more of the provisions in the Subscription Agreement or the Operating Agreement with respect to the Arbitration Provisions or otherwise requiring Members to waive certain rights were to be found by a court to be unenforceable, the Company would abide by such decision.

 

Further, potential Members should consider that Subscription Agreement and the Operating Agreement restricts the ability of the Members to bring class action lawsuits or to similarly seek remedy on a class basis, unless otherwise consented to by the Company or its Manager. These restrictions on the ability to bring a class action lawsuit are likely to result in increased costs, both in terms of time and money, to individual Members who wish to pursue claims against the Company.

  

BY AGREEING TO BE SUBJECT TO THE ARBITRATION PROVISIONS, MEMBERS WILL NOT BE DEEMED TO WAIVE THE COMPANY’S COMPLIANCE WITH THE FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS AND THE RULES AND REGULATIONS PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.

 

67

 

 

INTEREST OF MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS IN CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

 

Management Fee and Expenses

 

The Company anticipates conducting various transactions with the Manager, a related party, including but not limited to those specified in this Offering Circular. The Company will pay the Manager a Management Fee and other fees, and the Manager is entitled to reimbursement for any Company expenses paid for by the Manager. (See “Manager’s Compensation” above and “Conflicts of Interest”.)

 

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 

The following is a list of all presently known potential conflicts of interest between Company and each of its principals, directors, officers and/or affiliates. More specifically, conflicts of interest may arise in the following situations: (1) loan Origination Fees and Company profitability, (2) loan servicing and origination by the Manager, (3) allocation of management time, services, and functions between various existing Affiliates of the Company and/or Manager, (4) potential purchase, sale, hypothecation of Loans between the Company and its Affiliates (including SIHYF II), (5) conflicts with entities organized for similar purposes as the Company, (6) competition with Affiliates, (7) sale of properties to Affiliates, and (8) those resulting from the relationship between the principals of the Company and its Affiliates.

 

The Members must rely on the general fiduciary standards (as and if applicable) and other duties which may apply to such principals, directors, officers and affiliates to prevent unfairness by any of the aforementioned in a transaction with consequences for the Members. It is expected that numerous transactions will occur between the Company and its principals, directors, officers and/or affiliates, and no outside or independent review of these transactions will be performed. ALL PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD UNDERSTAND THAT MEMBERS WILL HAVE SUBSTANTIALLY LIMITED CONTROL, VOTING RIGHTS OR INVOLVEMENT IN THE BUSINESS, AFFAIRS OR GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD UNDERSTAND THAT SELF-DEALING AND AFFILIATE-AFFILIATE TRANSACTIONS WILL ROUTINELY OCCUR AS A RESULT OF THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN. ALL PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE STRONGLY ENCOURAGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN INDEPENDENT LEGAL COUNSEL TO REVIEW AND ADVISE THEM WITH RESPECT TO THIS OFFERING AND OFFERING CIRCULAR. (See “Fiduciary Responsibility of the Manager” above.)

 

Conflicts of Interest arising from doing business with Affiliates.

 

Currently the Company intends to conduct most of its business of funding, making, acquiring, and/or purchasing Loans from loans that are brokered by the Manager. The Manager currently manages two separate offerings of membership interests, similar to this Offering. The Manager is raising capital on behalf of SIHYF II in order to invest in loans and acquire properties or portfolios of properties. SIHYF II’s offering is exempt from registration under Rule 506 of Regulation D of the Act. Since the Company may solely be funding Loans that are originated by the Manager, this may result in the principals of the Company engaging in transactions that are not to the best advantage of the Company and could be perceived as more financially advantageous to the Manager. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company intends to invest in Loans that are in best interests of the Company and the Loans will have terms that are commercially reasonable and advantageous to the Company. The Manager also manages Secured Investment High Yield Fund, LLC, a Washington limited liability company (“SIHYF”). SIHYF is also exempt from registration under Rule 506 of Regulation D of the Act. SIHYF is currently winding down its operations and is not raising any capital, or conducting any lending or acquisition activities.

 

68

 

 

The majority of the conflicts of interest may largely result from the Manager having to allocate management time, services and functions between the Company and other funds as well as deciding which business will be engaged by Manager or the Company, and not necessarily from one transaction being more advantageous to the Manager and not the Company.

 

Loan Fees were not determined through arm’s-length negotiations.

 

None of the compensation set forth under “Manager’s Compensation” was determined through arm’s-length negotiations. Any change in such fees may have a direct, adverse effect upon the fees that borrowers will pay to the Company, and thus, may reduce the overall profitability and cash flow of the Company. This conflict of interest will exist in connection with every Loan the Company makes.

 

The Company will receive compensation for servicing the Loans, but may use a third party as a loan servicer which may result in higher servicing fees.

 

As set forth below under “Manager’s Compensation”, the Manager and/or its Affiliates may receive compensation for servicing the Loans. The Company has reserved the right to retain other firms in addition to, or in lieu of, the Manager to perform the various brokerage services, loan servicing and other activities in connection with the Loans. Such other firms may or may not be affiliated with the Company. Loan servicing firms not affiliated with the Company may or may not provide comparable services on terms more favorable to the Company.

 

The Company and each of its principals, directors, officers or affiliates, may engage, for their own account or for the account of others, in other business ventures similar to that of the Company.

 

The Company and each of its principals, directors, officers or affiliates, may engage, for their own account or for the account of others, in other business ventures similar to that of the Company. Neither the Company nor any Member shall be entitled to any interest therein or therefrom.

 

The Company may have conflicts of interest in allocating management time, services and functions between various existing companies, the Company and any future companies which it may organize as well as other business ventures in which it or its managers, principals, directors, officers and/or affiliates may be or become involved.

 

The Company and each of its principals, directors, officers or affiliates, may sell, buy or hypothecate loans (use loans as collateral for another loan) to each other and make a profit without the assistance of independent review or assessment.

 

The Company and each of its principals, directors, officers or affiliates, may sell, buy or hypothecate loans (use loans as collateral for another loan) to each other, provided that such loans meet the underwriting criteria set forth above. The Company or any of its managers, principals, directors, officers and/or affiliates, may make a profit on the sale of an existing Loan to an affiliated individual or entity. There will be no independent review or assessment of the value of such Loans.

 

The Company, Manager and their affiliates, may join with other entities in joint venture or co-ownership in certain loans or in the ownership of real property.

 

The Company and its principals, directors, officers or affiliates, may join with other entities organized for similar purposes as partners, joint venturers or co-owners under some form of ownership in certain loans or in the ownership of real property. The interests such other individuals/entities may conflict, and all such individuals/entities may not be able to resolve such conflicts in a manner that serves the best interests of the Company and/or Members.

 

69

 

 

The Company or any of its Affiliates are not restricted from competing with the Company and may freely compete with the Company.

 

There is no restriction preventing the Company or any of its Affiliates, officers, directors or management from competing with the Company by investing in collateral liens or sponsoring the formation of other investment groups like the Company to invest or otherwise participate in similar areas. Subject only to limitations mandatorily imposed by corporate law, the Company and its affiliates, officers, directors and/or management may freely compete with or against the Company.

 

The Company may sell foreclosed properties to Affiliates and the transaction will be subject to conflicts of interest since the Company will have an interest in both parties to the transaction.

 

In the event that the Company becomes the owner of any real property by reason of foreclosure, the first priority will be to arrange for the sale of the property for a price that will permit the recovery of the full amount of invested capital plus accrued but unpaid interest and other charges, or so much thereof as can reasonably be obtained in light of then fair market value of the real property. In order to facilitate such a sale, the Company may, but is not required to, arrange a sale to persons or entities affiliated with it or controlled by it, (e.g. to a limited liability company formed by the Company). The Company will be subject to conflicts of interest in arranging such sales since it will represent or have an interest in both parties to the transaction. There will not be any independent review by any outside parties of such transactions. No assurance can be given that the sale price for property would be fair, reasonable or negotiated at ‘arms-length’.

 

CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE COMPANY LOANS

 

Each of the Company’s loans will be secured by, among other things, a deed of trust, mortgage, leasehold deed of trust or leasehold mortgage, or security agreement. The deed of trust and the mortgage are the most commonly used real property security devices. A deed of trust has three parties: a debtor, referred to as the “trustor”; a third party, referred to as the “trustee”; and the lender, referred to as the “beneficiary.” The trustor irrevocably grants the property until the debt is paid, “in trust, with power of sale” to the trustee to secure payment of the obligation. The trustee’s authority is governed by law, the express provisions of the deed of trust and the directions of the beneficiary. The Company will be the beneficiary under all deeds of trust securing Company loans. In a mortgage loan, there are only two parties: the mortgagor (borrower) and the mortgagee (lender).

 

In the United States, each individual State law determines how a mortgage is foreclosed. The route usually requires a judicial process, but varies from state to state. For properties located in the United States, some States have a statute known as the “one form of action” rule, which requires the beneficiary of a collateral lien to exhaust the security under the security lien (i.e., foreclose on the property) before any personal action may be brought against the borrower. Foreclosure statutes vary from State to State. Loans by the Company secured by mortgages will be foreclosed in compliance with the laws of the State where the real property collateral is located.

 

Special Considerations in Connection with Junior Encumbrances

 

In addition to the general considerations concerning trust deeds discussed above, there are certain additional considerations applicable to second and more junior deeds of trust (“junior encumbrances”). By its very nature, a junior encumbrance is less secure than a more senior lien. If a senior lien holder forecloses on its loan, unless the amount of the bid exceeds the senior encumbrances, the junior lien holder will receive nothing. Because of the limited notice and attention given to foreclosure sales, it is possible for a junior lien holder to be sold out, receiving nothing from the foreclosure sale, although all legal methods of recouping the Company’s investment will be exhausted. By virtue of anti-deficiency legislation, discussed above, a junior lien holder may be totally precluded from any further remedies.

 

70

 

 

Accordingly, a junior lien holder (such as the Company in certain cases) may find that the only method of protecting its security interest in the property is to take over all obligations of the trustor with respect to senior encumbrances while the junior lien holder commences its own foreclosure, making adequate arrangements either to (1) find a purchaser for the property at a price which will recoup the junior lien holder’s interest, or (2) to pay off the senior encumbrances so that the junior lien holder’s encumbrance achieves first priority. Either alternative may require the Company to make substantial cash expenditures to protect its interest. (See “Business Risks” above.)

 

The Company may also make wrap-around mortgage loans (sometimes called “all-inclusive loans”), which are junior encumbrances to which all the considerations discussed above will apply. A wrap-around loan is made when the borrower desires to refinance his, her, or its property but does not wish to retire the existing indebtedness for any reason, e.g., a favorable interest rate or a large prepayment penalty. A wrap-around loan will have a principal amount equal to the outstanding principal balance of the existing secured loans plus the amount actually to be advanced by the Company. The borrower will then make all payments directly to the Company, and the Company in turn will pay the holder of the senior encumbrance. The actual ultimate yield to the Company under a wrap-around mortgage loan will likely exceed the stated interest rate on the underlying senior loan, since the full principal amount of the wrap-around loan will not actually be advanced by the Company. State laws generally require that the Company be notified when any senior lien holder initiates foreclosure.

 

If the borrower defaults solely upon his, her or its debt to the Company while continuing to perform with regard to the senior lien, the Company (as junior lien holder) will foreclose upon its security interest in the manner discussed above in connection with deeds of trust generally. Upon foreclosure by a junior lien, the property remains subject to all liens senior to the foreclosed lien. Thus, if the Company were to purchase the security property at its own foreclosure sale, it would acquire the property subject to all senior encumbrances.

 

The standard form of deed of trust used by most institutional lenders, like the one that will be used by the Company or its affiliates, confers on the beneficiary the right both to receive all proceeds collected under any hazard insurance policy and all awards made in connection with any condemnation proceedings, and to apply such proceeds and awards to any indebtedness secured by the deed of trust in such order as the beneficiary may determine. Thus, in the event improvements on the property are damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty, or in the event the property is taken by condemnation, the beneficiary under the underlying first deed of trust will have the prior right to collect any insurance proceeds payable under a hazards insurance policy and any award of damages in connection with the condemnation, and to apply the same to the indebtedness secured by the first deed of trust before any such proceeds are applied to repay the loan in respect of the Company. The amount of such proceeds may be insufficient to pay the balance due to the Company, while the debtor may fail or refuse to make further payments on the damaged or condemned property, leaving the Company with no feasible means to obtain payment of the balance due under its junior deed of trust. In addition, the borrower may have a right to require the lender to allow the borrower to use the proceeds of such insurance for restoration of the insured property.

 

71

 

 

“Due-on-Sale” Clauses

 

The Company’s forms of promissory notes and deeds of trust, like those of many lenders, contain “due-on-sale” clauses, which permits the Company to accelerate the maturity of a loan if the borrower sells, conveys or transfers all or any portion of the property, but may or may not contain “due-on-encumbrance” clauses which would permit the same action if the borrower further encumbers the property (i.e., executes further deeds of trust). The enforceability of these types of clauses has been the subject of several major court decisions and legislation in recent years.

 

(1) Due-on-Sale: Federal law now provides that, notwithstanding any contrary pre-existing state law, due-on-sale clauses contained in mortgage loan documents are enforceable in accordance with their terms by any lender after October 15, 1985. On the other hand, acquisition of a property by the Company by foreclosure on one of its loans may also constitute a “sale” of the property, and would entitle a senior lien holder to accelerate its loan against the Company. This would be likely to occur if then prevailing interest rates were substantially higher than the rate provided for under the accelerated loan. In that event, the Company may be compelled to sell or refinance the property within a short period of time, notwithstanding that it may not be an opportune time to do so.

 

(2) Due-on-Encumbrance: With respect to mortgage loans on residential property containing four or less units, federal law prohibits acceleration of the loan merely by reason of the further encumbering of the property (e.g., execution of a junior deed of trust). This prohibition does not apply to mortgage loans on other types of property. Although many of the Company’s junior lien mortgages will be on properties that qualify for the protection afforded by federal law, some loans will be secured by properties that do not qualify for the protection, including (without limitation) small apartment buildings or commercial properties. Junior lien mortgage loans made by the Company may trigger acceleration of senior loans on properties if the senior loans contain valid due-on-encumbrance clauses, although both the number of such instances and the actual likelihood of acceleration are anticipated to be minor. Failure of a borrower to pay off the senior loan would be an event of default and subject the Company (as junior lien holder) to the risks attendant thereto. It will not be customary practice of the Company to make loans on non-residential property where the senior encumbrance contains a due-on-encumbrance clause. (See “Special Considerations in Connection with Junior Encumbrances.”)

 

Prepayment Charges

 

Loans may provide for certain prepayment charges to be imposed on the borrowers in the event of certain early payments on the loan. The Manager reserves the right, but has no obligation, at its business judgment to waive collection of prepayment penalties. Applicable federal and state laws may limit the prepayment charge on residential loans. For commercial or multi-family loans there is no federal law that limits the prepayment amount charge, but applicable state laws may vary.

 

Bankruptcy Laws

 

If a borrower files for protection under the federal bankruptcy statutes, the Company will be initially barred from taking any foreclosure action on its real property security by an “automatic stay order” that goes into effect upon the borrower’s filing of a bankruptcy petition. Thereafter, the Company would be required to incur the time, delay and expense of filing a motion with the bankruptcy court for permission to foreclose on the real property security (“relief from the automatic stay order”). Such permission is granted only in limited circumstances. If permission is denied, the Company will likely be unable to foreclose on its security for the duration of the bankruptcy, which could be a period of years. During such delay, the borrower may or may not be required to pay current interest on the Company loan. The Company would therefore lack the cash flow it anticipated from the loan, and the total indebtedness secured by the security property would increase by the amount of the defaulted payments, perhaps reaching a total that would exceed the market value of the property.

 

72

 

 

In addition, bankruptcy courts have broad powers to permit a sale of the real property free of the Company’s lien, to compel the Company to accept an amount less than the balance due under the loan and to permit the borrower to repay the loan over a term which may be substantially longer than the original term of the loan.

 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

The Company has not been involved in any material litigation or arbitration within the past Five (5) years. Neither the Manager nor any of its managers, principals, directors or officers of the Company or Manager are now, or within the past Five (5) years have been, involved in any material litigation or arbitration, except for the following:

 

Secured Investment Corp. has been contacted by counsel for the various bankruptcy estates of William Jordan and Associates regarding an outstanding $1 million promissory note made in favor of one of the William Jordan entities. No default under the promissory note has been formally declared, and the Manager is cooperating with the counsel to produce discovery and exchange information regarding the amounts remaining due under the promissory note. The Manager expects to negotiate a resolution with the William Jordan entity for final payment under the promissory note upon terms agreeable to both parties.

 

In January 7, 2015, SIC and Mr. Arnold entered into a Consent Order with Washington Department of Financial Institution (“DFI”). DFI alleged various allegations, including, violation of Chapter 19.110 RCW, otherwise known as Business Opportunity Fraud Act. Under the Consent Order, the SIC and Mr. Arnold was to cease and desist from violating RCW 19.110.050, RCW 19.110.070, and RCW 19.110.120, the anti-fraud provision of the Business Opportunity Fraud Act. In addition, the SIC and Mr. Arnold was also ordered to pay $1,500 to DFI for investigation cost. SIC and Mr. Arnold fully cooperated with DFI and resolved this matter.

 

INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

 

The following discussion generally summarizes the material federal income tax consequences of an investment in the Company based upon the existing provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and applicable Treasury regulations thereunder, current administrative rulings and procedures and applicable judicial decisions. However, it is not intended to be a complete description of all tax consequences to prospective Investors with respect to their investment in the Company. No assurance can be given that the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) or any applicable State taxing authority will agree with the interpretation of the current federal income tax laws and regulations summarized below. In addition, the Company or the Investors may be subject to state and local taxes in jurisdictions in which the Company may be deemed to be doing business.

 

ACCORDINGLY, ALL PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD INDEPENDENTLY SATISFY THEMSELVES REGARDING THE POTENTIAL FEDERAL AND STATE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PARTICIPATION IN THE COMPANY AND ARE URGED TO CONSULT WITH THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS, ATTORNEYS OR ACCOUNTANTS IN CONNECTION WITH ANY INTEREST IN THE COMPANY. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR/SHAREHOLDER SHOULD SEEK, AND RELY UPON, THE ADVICE OF THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS IN EVALUATING THE SUITABILITY OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE COMPANY IN LIGHT OF THEIR PARTICULAR INVESTMENT AND TAX SITUATION.

 

73

 

 

Tax Law Subject to Change

 

Frequent and substantial changes have been made, and will likely continue to be made, to the federal and state income tax laws. The changes made to the tax laws by legislation are pervasive, and in many cases, have yet to be interpreted by the IRS or the courts.

 

State and Local Taxes

 

A description or analysis of the State and local tax consequences of an investment in the Company is beyond the scope of this discussion. Prospective Members are advised to consult their own tax counsel and advisors regarding these consequences and the preparation of any state or local tax returns that an Investor may be required to file. The discussion of tax consequences herein is general in nature, and then only concerns federal tax consequences, to the limited extent discussed in this Offering Circular.

 

Federal Partnership Treatment

 

The Company is likely to be treated as a partnership under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”). Assuming that the Company has been properly formed under Idaho law, is operated in accordance with applicable Idaho corporate and business law and the terms of the Operating Agreement, it is the Company’s opinion (subject to the discussion regarding “Taxable Mortgage Pools” below) that, if the matter were litigated, it is more likely than not that the Company would prevail as to its classification and would be taxed as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. If the Internal Revenue Service (“the IRS”) determined that the Company was an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, there would be significant adverse tax consequences to the Company and possibly to its investors, including (without limitation) the Company would have to pay tax on its net income and then the investor would have to pay tax on any distributions as dividends as opposed to interest income.

 

IRS Audits

 

Informational returns filed by the Company are subject to audit by the IRS. The IRS devotes considerable attention to the proper application of the tax laws to partnerships. An audit of the Company’s return may lead to adjustments which adversely affect the federal income tax treatment of Membership Interests and cause Members to be liable for tax deficiencies, interest thereon and penalties for underpayment. An audit of the Company’s tax return could also lead to an audit of their individual tax return that may not otherwise have occurred, and to the adjustment of items unrelated to the Company. Prospective investors should make their determination to invest based on the economic considerations of the Company rather than any anticipated tax benefits. Furthermore, the IRS has taken the position in Temp. Reg. 1.163-9T that any interest on income taxes owed by an individual is personal interest, subject to limitations on deduction, regardless of the nature of the activity that produced the income that was the source of the tax.

 

Profit Objective of the Company

 

Deductions will be disallowed if they result from activities not entered into for profit to the extent that such deductions exceed an amount equal to the greater of: (a) the gross income derived from the activity; or (b) deductions (such as interest and taxes) that are allowable in any event.

 

The applicable Treasury Department regulations indicate a transaction will be considered as entered into for profit where there is an expectation of profit in the future, either of a recurring type or from the disposition of property. In addition, the Code provides, among other things, an activity is presumed to be engaged for profit if the gross income from such activity for Three (3) of the Five (5) taxable years ending with the taxable year in question exceeds the deductions attributable to such activity. It is anticipated that the Company will satisfy this test.

 

74

 

 

Property Held Primarily for Sale: Potential Dealer Status

 

The Company has been organized to invest in loans and notes primarily secured by deeds of trust or mortgages on real property and to acquire real estate properties. However, if the Company were at any time deemed for federal tax purposes to be holding one or more Company loans, notes or properties primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business (a “dealer”), any gain or loss realized upon the disposition of such loans, notes or properties would be taxable as ordinary gain or loss rather than as capital gain or loss. The federal income tax rates for ordinary income are currently higher than those for capital gains. In addition, income from sales of loans, notes and properties to customers in the ordinary course of business would also constitute unrelated business taxable income to any Members which are tax-exempt entities. Under existing law, whether or not real property is held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business must be determined from all the relevant facts and circumstances. The Company intends to make and hold the Company loans, notes and properties for investment purposes only, and to dispose of Company loans, notes and properties, by sale or otherwise, at the discretion of the Manager and as consistent with the Company’s investment objectives. It is possible that, in so doing, the Company will be treated as a “dealer” in mortgage loans, notes and properties, and that profits realized from such sales will be considered unrelated business taxable income to otherwise tax-exempt Investors in the Company.

 

Taxable Mortgage Pool Rules

 

Notwithstanding the check-the-box provisions, the IRS may still reclassify certain partnerships as corporations for federal income tax purposes, if they meet the definition of a “taxable mortgage pool” under Internal Revenue Code Section 7701(i)(2)(A)(ii). A taxable mortgage pool is any entity whose assets consist substantially of debt instruments, who is the obligor under debt obligations with two (2) or more maturities, and where there is a relationship between the debt instruments and the debt obligations of the entity. The issue of what constitutes debt obligations with Two (2) or more maturities is unclear. The regulations state that “[T]he purpose of section 7701(i) is to prevent income generated by a pool of real estate mortgages from escaping Federal income taxation when the pool is used to issue multiple class mortgage-backed securities.” The Company has only one class of Membership Interests. A literal reading of this provision could lead to the conclusion that the Company would not be reclassified as a taxable mortgage pool and taxed as a corporation. In order to further explain any such interpretation, the Manager has committed that to the extent it leverages the Company assets (i.e., borrows funds from another lender for purpose of making loans and pledges one or more loans of the Company as collateral for such borrowing), the Company will only have one line of credit at a time so that the IRS would find it difficult to make the argument that the Company has debt obligations with Two (2) or more maturities. However, due to the lack of clarity with respect to this provision, there is no assurance (and no opinion of any kind can be given) that the IRS would not attempt to tax the Company as a corporation and not a partnership. Any such taxation would have an adverse effect on the Company and the return an Investor would receive on their investment in the Company.

 

Portfolio Income

 

A primary source of Company income will be interest, which is ordinarily considered “portfolio income” under the Code. Similarly, Temporary Regulations issued by the Internal Revenue Service in 1988 (Temp. Reg. Section 1.469-2T(f)(4)(ii)) confirmed that net interest income from an equity-financed lending activity such as the Company will be treated as portfolio income, not as passive income, to Members. Therefore, Members will not be entitled to treat their proportionate share of Company income as passive income, against which passive losses (such as deductions from unrelated real estate investments) may be offset.

 

75

 

 

Understatement Penalties

 

The Company will be subject to substantial understatement penalty in the event that it understates its income tax. The IRS imposes a penalty of Twenty Percent (20%) on any substantial understatement of income tax. Furthermore, the IRS can charge interest on underpayments of income tax exceeding One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) for any tax year owing by certain corporations at a rate that is higher than the normal interest rate. The Manager strongly advises prospective investors to consult with their own tax advisor to be sure that they fully evaluate the proposed tax treatment of Company as described herein.

 

Unrelated Business Taxable Income

 

The Company may generate unrelated business taxable income for Members that are qualified plans such as self-directed IRA’s, or tax exempt organizations such as pension/benefit plan investors, colleges, universities, private foundations and charitable remainder trusts. Particularly if the Company pursues a credit facility or leverage, it is highly likely that the Company may generate unrelated business taxable income for such Members. Investors should be aware also that the issue of how the unrelated business taxable income of a qualified plan or exempt organization should be taxed is regularly under discussion by one or more committees of Congress. The Company advises that all Members, particularly Members with qualified plans or exempt organizations, consult with their own tax advisor to be sure they fully evaluate the impact of unrelated business taxable income for Members.

 

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

 

The following is a discussion of how certain requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) and the Code relating to Employee Benefit Plans and certain Other Benefit Arrangements (each as defined below) may affect an investment in the Membership Interests. It is not, however, a complete or comprehensive discussion of all employee benefits aspects of such an investment. If the Investors are trustees or other fiduciaries of an Employee Benefit Plan or Other Benefit Arrangement, before purchasing Membership Interests, they should consult with their own independent legal counsel to assure that the investment does not violate any of the applicable requirements of ERISA or the Code, including, without limitation, the ERISA fiduciary rules and the prohibited transaction requirements of ERISA and the Code.

 

ERISA Fiduciary Duties

 

Under ERISA, persons who serve as trustees or other fiduciaries of an Employee Benefit Plan have certain duties, obligations and responsibilities with respect to the participants and beneficiaries of such plans. Among the ERISA fiduciary duties are the duty to invest the assets of the plan prudently, and the duty to diversify the investment of plan assets so as to minimize the risk of large losses. An “Employee Benefit Plan” is a plan subject to ERISA that is an employee pension benefit plan (such as a defined benefit pension plan or a section 401(k) or 403(b) plan) or any employee welfare benefit plan (such as an employee group health plan).

 

Prohibited Transaction Requirements

 

Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code proscribe certain dealings between Employee Benefit Plans or Other Benefit Arrangements, on the one hand, and “parties-in interest” or “disqualified persons” with respect to those plans or arrangements on the other. An “Other Benefit Arrangement” is a benefit arrangement described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code (such as a self-directed individual retirement account (“IRA”), other than an Employee Benefit Plan.

 

76

 

 

Prohibited transactions include, directly or indirectly, any of the following transactions between an Employee Benefit Plan or Other Benefit Arrangement and a party in interest or disqualified person:

 

(a) sales or exchanges of property;

 

(b) lending of money or other extension of credit;

 

(c) furnishing of goods, services or facilities; and

 

(d) transfers to, or use by or for the benefit of, a party in interest or disqualified person of any assets of the Employee Benefit Plan or Other Benefit Arrangement.

 

In addition, prohibited transactions include any transaction where a trustee or other fiduciary of an Employee Benefit Plan or Other Benefit Arrangement:

 

(a) deals with plan assets for his own account,

 

(b) acts on the behalf of parties whose interests are adverse to the interest of the plan, or

 

(c) receives consideration for his own personal account from any party dealing with the plan with respect to plan assets.

 

The terms “party in interest” under ERISA and “disqualified person” under the Code have similar definitions. The terms include persons who have particular relationships with respect to an Employee Benefit Plan or Other Benefit Arrangement, such as:

 

(a) fiduciaries;

 

(b) persons rendering services of any nature to the plan;

 

(c) employers any of whose employees are participants in the plan, as well as owners of 50% or more of the equity interests of such employers;

 

(d) spouses, lineal ascendants, lineal descendants, and spouses of such ascendants or descendants of any of the above persons;

 

(e) employees, officers, directors and 10% or more owners of such fiduciaries, service providers, employers or owners;

 

(f) entities in which any of the above-described parties hold interests of 50% or more; and

 

(g) Ten Percent (10%) or more joint venturers or partners of certain of the parties described above.

 

Certain transactions between Employee Benefit Plans or Other Benefit Arrangements and parties in interest or disqualified persons that would otherwise be prohibited transactions are exempt from the prohibited transaction rules due to the application of certain statutory or regulatory exemptions. In addition, the United States Department of Labor (the “DOL”) has issued class exemptions and individual exemptions for certain types of transactions. Violations of the prohibited transaction rules may require the prohibited transactions to be rescinded and will cause the parties in interest or disqualified persons to be subject to excise taxes under Section 4975 of the Code.

 

77

 

 

Investments in the Company

 

If any Investor is a fiduciary of an Employee Benefit Plan, the investor must act prudently and ensure that the plan’s assets are adequately diversified to satisfy the ERISA fiduciary duty requirements. Whether an investment in the Company is prudent and whether an Employee Benefit Plan’s investments are adequately diversified must be determined by the plan’s fiduciaries in light of all of the relevant facts and circumstances. A fiduciary should consider, among other factors, the limited marketability of the Membership Interests.

 

Investors also should be aware that under certain circumstances the DOL may view the underlying assets of the Company as “plan assets” for purposes of the ERISA fiduciary rules and the ERISA and Internal Revenue Code prohibited transaction rules. DOL regulations indicate that Fund assets will not be considered plan assets if less than Twenty Five Percent (25%) of the value of the Membership Interests is held by Employee Benefit Plans and Other Benefit Arrangements.

 

The Company anticipates that if any Investor is an Employee Benefit Plan subject to ERISA, the Company will limit the investments by all Employee Benefit Plans and Other Benefit Arrangements to ensure that the Twenty Five Percent (25%) limit is not exceeded. Because the Twenty Five Percent (25%) limit is determined after every subscription or redemption, the Company has the authority to require the redemption of all or some of the Interests held by any Member that is an Employee Benefit Plan or Other Benefit Arrangement if the continued holding of such Interests, in the sole opinion of the Company, could result in the Company being subject to the ERISA fiduciary rules.

 

If there are no Employee Benefit Plan investors in the Company, the Company anticipates that investments by Other Benefit Arrangements (such as self-directed IRAs) may exceed the Twenty Five Percent (25%) limit. This situation may cause the underlying assets of the Company to be considered plan assets for purposes of the Code prohibited transaction rules. In such a case, the Other Benefit Arrangement investors must ensure that their investments do not constitute prohibited transactions under Section 4975 of the Code. Such investors should consult with independent legal counsel on these issues.

 

Special Limitations

 

The discussion of the ERISA fiduciary aspects and the ERISA and Code prohibited transaction rules contained in this Offering Circular is not intended as a substitute for careful planning. The applicability of ERISA fiduciary rules and the ERISA or Code prohibited transaction rules to Investors may vary from one Investor to another, depending upon that Investor’s situation. Accordingly, Investors should consult with their own attorneys, accountants and other personal advisors as to the effect of ERISA and the Code on their situation of a purchase and ownership of the Membership Interests and as to potential changes in the applicable law.

 

SUMMARY OF THE OPERATING AGREEMENT

 

The following is a summary of the Operating Agreement, and is qualified in its entirety by the terms of the Operating Agreement itself. In the event of any conflict, misunderstanding or ambivalence between, or resulting from, the summary below and the actual terms of the Operating Agreement, the latter shall govern. Potential investors are urged to carefully read the entire Operating Agreement, which is set forth as Exhibit A to this Offering Circular.

 

78

 

 

Accounting and Reports

 

Annual reports concerning the Company’s business affairs, including the Company’s annual income tax return, will be provided to Members who request them in writing. Each Member will receive his, her, or its respective K-1 Form as required by applicable law. The Manager may, at its sole and absolute discretion, designate any person or entity to outside provide tax and accounting advice to the Company, at any time and for any reason.

 

The Manager presently intends to maintain the Company’s books and records on the accrual basis for bookkeeping and accounting purposes, and also intends to use the accrual basis method of reporting income and losses for federal income tax purposes. The Manager reserves the right to change such methods of accounting upon written notice to Members. Any Member may inspect the books and records of the Company at reasonable times.

 

Membership Interests

 

As set forth in the Operating Agreement, “Membership Interests” represent a Member’s interests in the Company. Membership Interests do not represent any fixed or absolute percentage interest representing ownership in the Company, but instead Membership Interests represent a fluctuating percentage interest in the Company. The amount of any Member’s actual percentage interest at any time representing ownership in the Company shall generally be determined at such time by the amount of such Member’s capital account balance divided by the total amount of all Members’ capital account balances outstanding (it being understood that each Member’s Membership Interests (and corresponding percentage interest in the Company) outstanding may fluctuate and change from time to time).

 

The Company will establish and maintain a capital account for each Member upon admission to the Company, in which the amount paid by such Member for purchase of Membership Interests will be credited with that amount to the capital account. Thereafter, Member’s capital account may be adjusted on a monthly basis by the following: (1) the Member’s capital account balance will be increased by (i) the amount of any money the Member contributes to the Company’s capital to purchase additional Membership Interests, including any reinvestment of his, her, or its portion of the Company’s distribution made by such Member; and (ii) the Member’s share of the Company’s profits and any separately stated items of income or gain. (2) the Member’s capital account balance will be decreased by: (i) the amount of any money the Company distributes to the Member; (ii) the Member’s share of the Company’s losses and any separately stated items of deduction or loss; and (iii) the amount of any withdrawals or redemption made by such Member in accordance with the “Redemption / Withdrawal” provision stated above.

 

Allocations of profit, gain and loss in the Company are made, as required by law, in proportion to the Members’ respective capital accounts. Voting rights are based upon the number of Membership Interests each Member owns.

 

Voting Rights

 

Members will have very limited voting rights.  Members do not elect or vote on the Manager, except as otherwise set forth in the Operating Agreement, and not have any voting rights on matters affecting the Company’s business, and therefore limited ability to influence decisions regarding the Company’s business.

 

Other Governance Matters

 

The Operating Agreement vests most other decisions relating to the assets and to the business the Company, including decisions relating to acquisitions, originations and dispositions, the issuance of additional Membership Interests, and other decisions relating to the Company’s business, in the Manager.

 

79

 

 

Compensation to Manager and Affiliates

 

The Company will compensate the Manager and Affiliates as described in “Manager’s Compensation” herein above.

 

Manager’s Tenure

 

The Manager may withdraw from the management of the Company at any time upon Thirty (30) days’ written notice to all Members. However, a successor manager of the Company may only be elected by the Members. The Members may also remove the Manager if: (1) the Manager commits an act of fraud or willful misconduct which materially adversely damages the Company, and (2) the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Membership Interests vote in favor of such removal.

 

Distributions

 

The Company will make distributions of income as described in the “Terms of the Offering – Preferred Return, Cash Distributions, Election to Reinvest”.

 

Operating Expenses

 

The Company shall pay its own general administrative and operating expenses, which may include, without limitation, legal expenses, accounting costs for the Company, and/or marketing expenses. It shall reimburse the Manager for any expenses incurred by the Manager that are properly considered ordinary and reasonable business expenses of the Company (and the Manager’s administrative and/or operating expenses). This operating expense reimbursement fee will be calculated as of the first day of the month with regards to the aggregate capital in the Company as of that day and paid out as of the first day of the following month.

 

Profits and Losses

 

The Company’s profit or loss for any taxable year, including the taxable year in which the Company is dissolved, will be allocated among the Members in proportion to their capital account balances that they held during the applicable tax reporting period.

 

Restrictions on Transfer

 

The Operating Agreement places limitations upon transferability of Membership Interests. Any transferee must be a person that would have been qualified to purchase a Membership Interests in this Offering. No Membership Interests may be transferred if, in the sole judgment of the Manager, a transfer would jeopardize the availability of exemptions from the registration requirements of federal securities laws, jeopardize the tax status of the Company as a limited liability company taxed as a partnership, or cause a termination of the Company for federal income tax purposes.

 

A transferee may not become a substitute Member without the consent of the Manager. Such consent may not be unreasonably withheld if the transferor and the transferee comply with all the provisions of the Operating Agreement and applicable law. A transferee who does not become a substitute Member has no right to vote in matters brought to a vote of the Members, or to receive any information regarding the Company or to inspect the Company books, but is entitled only to the share of income or return of capital to which the transferor would be entitled.

 

80

 

 

Rights and Liabilities of Members

 

The rights, duties and powers of Members are governed by the Operating Agreement and applicable Idaho corporate and business law, and the discussion herein of such rights, duties and powers is qualified in its entirety by reference to them.

 

Investors who become Members in the manner set forth herein will not be responsible for the obligations of the Company. They may be liable to repay capital returned to them plus interest if necessary, to discharge liabilities existing at the time of such return. Any cash distributed to Members may constitute, wholly or in part, return of capital.

 

Rights, Powers and Duties of Manager

 

Subject to the right of the Members to vote on specific matters, the Manager will have complete charge of the business of the Company. The Manager is not required to devote itself full-time to Company affairs but only such time as is required for the conduct of the business of the Company. The Manager has the power and authority to act for and bind the Company. The Manager is granted the special power of attorney of each Member for the purpose of executing any document which the Members have agreed to execute and deliver.

 

Company Brought to Close

 

The Company will not cease to exist immediately upon the occurrence of an event of dissolution, but will continue to exist until its affairs have been brought to a close. Upon dissolution of the Company, the Manager will bring to a close the Company’s affair by liquidating the Company’s assets as promptly as is consistent with obtaining the fair market value thereof, either by sale to third parties or by collecting loan payments under the terms of the loan(s) until a suitable sale can be arranged. All funds received by the Company shall be applied to satisfy or provide for Company debts and liabilities and the balance, if any, shall be distributed to Members on a pro-rata basis.

 

Redemption Policy and Other Events of Disassociation

 

The Manager may, at its sole and absolute discretion, cause the Company to repurchase Membership Interests from Members desiring to resign from membership or as a part of a plan to reduce the outstanding capital of the Company. There is no guarantee that the Company will have sufficient funds to cause the redemption of any Membership Interests. Therefore, any investment in the Company should be considered illiquid.

 

The Company may also expel a Member for cause if the Member has materially breached or is unable to perform the Member’s material obligations under the Operating Agreement. A Member’s expulsion from the Company will be effective upon the Member’s receipt of written notice of the expulsion by the Company.

 

Upon any expulsion, transfer of all of Membership Interests, withdrawal or resignation of any Member, an event of disassociation shall have occurred and (a) the Member’s right to participate in the Company’s governance, receive information concerning the Company’s affairs and inspect the Company’s books and records will terminate and (b) unless such disassociation resulted from the transfer of the Member’s Membership Interests, the Member will be entitled to receive the distributions to which the Member would have been entitled as of the effective date of the dissociation had the dissociation not occurred. The Member will remain liable for any obligation to the Company that existed prior to the effective date of the dissociation, including, without limitation, any costs or damages resulting from the Member’s breach of the Operating Agreement. Under most circumstances, the Member will have no right to any return of his or her capital prior to the termination of the Company unless the Manager elects, at its sole and absolute discretion, to return capital to a Member.

 

81

 

 

The effect of redemption or disassociation on Members who do not sell or return their Membership Interests will be an increase in each Member’s respective percentage interest in the Company and therefore an increase in each Member’s respective proportionate interest in the future earnings, losses and distributions of the Company and an increase in the respective relative voting power of each remaining Member. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, redemption shall be at the sole and absolute discretion of the Manager and the Manager shall not be compelled to redeem or repurchase Membership Interests at any time or for any reason.

 

The redemption of Membership Interests shall be subject to the Company’s availability of sufficient cash to pay the expenses of the Company, maintain any loan loss reserve and pay the redemption or withdrawal amounts to other Members who requested withdrawal or redemption in the order of the request. No redemption may be made that would render the Company unable to pay its obligations as they become due. The Company shall not be required to sell its assets to raise cash to effectuate any redemption.

 

A redeeming Member shall have the rights of a transferee until such time as the Company has actually redeemed those Membership Interests, that is, the Member shall be entitled to receive distributions, but shall not be entitled to vote. Redeemed Membership Interests revert to authorized but unissued Membership Interests and the former holder retains no interest of any kind in such Membership Interests.

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

The Manager has retained Geraci Law Firm of Irvine, California to advise it in connection with the preparation of this Offering, the Operating Agreement, the Subscription Agreement and any other documents related thereto. Geraci Law Firm has not been retained to represent the interests of any Investors or Members in connection with this Offering. Investors that are evaluating or purchasing Membership Interests should retain their own independent legal counsel to review this Offering, the Offering Circular, the Operating Agreement, the Subscription Agreement and any other documents related to this Offering, and to advise them accordingly.

82

 

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND UNDERTAKINGS

 

The Company and Manager undertake to make available to each Investor every opportunity to obtain any additional information from them necessary to verify the accuracy of the information contained in this Offering Circular, to the extent that they possess such information or can acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense. This additional information includes all the organizational documents of the Company, recent financial statements for the Company and all other documents or instruments relating to the operation and business of the Company that are material to this Offering and the transactions described in this Offering Circular.

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Regulation A, as amended, the Company certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 1-A and has duly caused this Offering Circular and the correlating Offering Statement to be signed on its behalf, by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Coeur d’Alene, Idaho.

 

CIRCLE OF WEALTH FUND III LLC  
   
By: /s/ Lee Aaron Arnold  
Lee Aaron Arnold,
President and CEO of Secured Investment Corp., Manager
 
   
Date:     March 12, 2020  
     

 

 

83 

 

EX1A-12 OPN CNSL 3 ea119537exc_circle.htm OPINION OF COUNSEL RE: LEGALITY OF THE SECURITIES BEING

Exhibit C

 

Tel: (949) 379-2600

Fax: (949) 379-2610

 

 

90 Discovery

Irvine, California 92618

www.geracilawfirm.com

Anthony F. Geraci*

Christina L. Geraci

Paul Sievers

Gregory M. Lee

Sabine Wromar

Amy E. Martinez

Dennis R. Baranowski

Nema Daghbandan

Jaspreet Kaur

Melissa Martorella

Melissa L. Lucar

Kevin S. Kim

Jenny Park

Alexa Stephenson

Bryan P. Redington

* Admitted in Arizona &New Jersey

 

February 12, 2019

 

Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC

701 E. Front Avenue

Floor 2

Coeur d’Alene, ID 83814

 

   Re: Opinion of Counsel Securities Qualified Under Offering Statement on Form 1-A
       

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as special counsel to Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC, an Idaho limited liability company (the “Company”) in connection with its preparation and filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission of an Offering Statement via Form 1-A (as mended or supplemented, the “Offering Statement”) pursuant to Regulation A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), relating to the filing of the Offering Statement and the offering by the Company of up to $50,000,000 of the Company’s membership interests (“Membership Interests”).

 

In rendering the opinion set forth below, we have reviewed such documents and made such examination of law as we have deemed appropriate to give the opinions set forth below. We have relied, without independent verification, on certificates of public officials and, as to matters of fact material to the opinions set forth below, on certificates of officers of the Company. As to certain matters of fact, both expressed and implied, we have relied upon representations, statements or certificates of officers of the Company.

 

Based on the foregoing, and subject to the stated assumptions, we are of the opinion that, when issued in accordance with the terms of the Offering Circular, the Membership Interests will be validly issued and fully paid, and holders of the Membership Interests will have no obligation to make payments or contributions to the Company or its creditors solely by reason of their ownership of the Membership Interests.

 

Our opinion set forth herein is limited to the limited liability company law of the State of Idaho and to the extent that judicial and regulatory orders or decrees or consents, approvals, licenses, authorizations, validations, filings, recordings or registrations for governmental authorities are relevant, to those required under such law.  We express no opinion and make no representation with respect to any other laws or the law of any other jurisdiction.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Offering Statement and Form 1-A and to any references to this firm in any prospectus contained therein. In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are experts within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act or within the category of persons whose consent is required by Section 7 of the Securities Act.

 

Our opinion is expressly limited to the matters set forth above and we render no opinion, whether by implication or otherwise, as to any other matters relating to the Company or any other document or agreement involved with the issuance of the Membership Interests. We assume no obligation to advise you of facts, circumstances, events or developments which may hereafter be brought to our attention and which may alter, affect, or modify the opinions expressed herein.

 

Please feel free to contact me if you have any questions at the above contact information.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

GERACI LAW FIRM

 

/s/ Geraci Law Firm

 

Geraci Law Firm

EX1A-1 UNDR AGMT 4 ea119537exd_circle.htm NON-OWNER-OCCUPIED RESIDENTIAL LOAN UNDERWRITING GUIDELINES

Exhibit D

 

NON-OWNER OCCUPIED RESIDENTIAL LOAN UNDERWRITING GUIDELINES

 

Effective: December 1, 2012

Modified: December 20, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

CIRCLE OF WEALTH FUND II LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THESE NON-OWNER-OCCUPIED RESIDENTIAL LOAN UNDERWRITING GUIDELINES ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY. THEY ARE INTENDED FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY. DELIVERY OF THESE GUIDELINES TO ANYONE (INDIVIDUAL OR ENTITY) NOT EMPLOYED BY OR UNDER A CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT WITH COGO CAPITAL IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED AND IS GROUNDS FOR IMMEDIATE TERMINATION.

 

 1 

 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

 
Table of Contents 2
Article I.       Introduction.  5
Article II.      Loan Application Process 2
Article III.    Loan Programs 2
Section 3.01     Loan Type 6
(a)       Security 6
(b)      Applicant 6
(c)       Loan Purpose 6
(d)      Interest Rates and Fees 6
(e)       Loan Fees 6
(f)       Loan Terms 6
(g)      Interest only 6
(h)      Lending Area 6
(i)       Typical Loan to Value 6
(j)       Minimum Loan Amount 7
Section 3.02     Applicant’s Loan Package 7
(a)       Purchase Transaction 7
(b)      Refinance Transaction 7
(c)       Additional Documents – Loan Processing 8
Article IV.    Underwriting the Applicant 8
Section 4.01     Applicant Eligibility 8
Section 4.02     Formation and Governing Documents 9
(a)       Corporation 9
(b)      Limited Liability Company 9
(c)       IRA  10
(d)      Trust  10
(e)       Non-Profit 10
Section 4.03     Financial Condition 11
(a)       Credit Report 11
(b)      Bank Statements 11
(c)       Tax Returns  11
(d)      Liquid Reserves 12
Section 4.04     Capital and Reserve Requirements 12
Section 4.05     Payment Guaranty 13
Section 4.06     Source of Funds 13
Section 4.07     Borrower Resume 13
Section 4.08     Foreclosures and Bankruptcies 13
Section 4.09     Repeat Borrower Policy/Repeat Broker Policy 14
Section 4.10     Maximum Open Loans Policy 14
Article V.      Underwriting the Property 14
Section 5.01     Non-Owner Occupied  14
Section 5.02     LTV 15
Section 5.03     Property(ies) Valuation 15
Section 5.04     Leases & Rent Roll 16
Section 5.05     Rehab 17
Section 5.06     Contractor Bids 18
Section 5.07     Title Report 18
Section 5.08 18
Section 5.09 18

 

 2 

 

 

Section 5.10     Private Road Access 18
Section 5.11     Condominiums 19
Section 5.12     Manufactured Housing 19
Section 5.13     Uninhabitable Properties (Fire, Flood, Condemned, Etc.) 19
Section 5.14     Property Located within HOA  19
Section 5.15     Leasehold Interest  19
Section 5.16     Seasoning of Property  20
(a)       Refinance 20
(b)      Purchase  20
(c)       Gift; Quit Claim  20
Section 5.17     Cross-Collateralized Loans  20
Article VI.    Individual Applicants; Community Property States; and Homestead Laws 20
Article VII.   Second Mortgage; Additional Mortgages  21
Article VIII.  Cash Out Policy 21
Section 8.01     Rehabbing Funds  21
Section 8.02     Non-Rehab Full Cash Out 21
Article IX.    Loan Committee  22
Section 9.01     Purpose of Loan Committee  22
Section 9.02     Loan Committee Meetings 22
Article X.      Loan Approval; Document Preparation; Loan Documents 23
Article XI.    Loan Closing; Disbursement of Funds 23
   
   
Exhibits  
Exhibit A – Loan Fee Chart   
Exhibit B – Specials  
Exhibit C – Pricing Matrix  
Exhibit D – Judicial/Non-Judicial Map  

 

 3 

 

 

DISCLAIMER

This manual (“Manual”) sets out the underwriting policies, procedures, and guidelines for use by Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC (the “Company”). The Manual reflects current practices and requirements and may be amended periodically. All materials contained herein are the property of the Company. No part of this Manual may be photocopied, duplicated, or reproduced for any purpose without express, written consent of the Company.

For further information on the underwriting policies, procedures, and guidelines of the Company as contained in this Manual, please contact the Company at:

Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC

701 E Front St.

Coeur d’Alene, ID 83814

Phone: (800) 971-5988

 

 4 

 

 

Article I. Introduction.

 

The Company funds a wide variety of loan products, while many of the products are not of a conventional nature, the loans must be sound and prudent based on the different characteristics and risks associated with each loan scenario. This Manual reflects the Company’s non-owner occupied residential property lending program, which is designed to provide real estate loans to investors on non-owner occupied one to four-unit residential properties. The investment loans are intended to be a first-mortgage-lien-specialty-lending asset. If loan applications submitted for purchase or re-finance meet the Company’s eligibility standards (“Guidelines”) and are deemed prudent as described in this Manual, the loan will be funded. The loan parameters and the adherence of the loan to the Guidelines determine a loan's eligibility for funding by the Company.

 

Generally, the Guidelines should be met for all loans submitted to the Company for funding. All loans will be fully reviewed for viability, eligibility, and collateral. Loans that do not meet all of the applicable Guidelines are not necessarily excluded from approval. The Company may review exceptions to the Guidelines on a case-by-case basis, provided that compensating factors exist and good business sense prevails. The Guidelines may be amended or supplemented by the Company from time to time by issuance of revised pages, or any other written statements. Any amendments or revisions will become effective on the date stated in the written statement or the date set forth on the amended Manual.

 

Article II. Loan Application Process.

 

Applications are accepted on a continuous basis and may be submitted via e-mail to a loan officer. An applicant (as used herein the term applicant will be referring to the individual or business entity that is seeking to become the borrower) must submit a completed loan application and provide the required documents necessary to determine eligibility. A loan officer will conduct an initial evaluation of the loan package and applicant against these Guidelines, and ensure that the loan package and application are not subject to any disqualifying factors. Once the loan officer has conducted an initial evaluation, the loan officer will deliver the initial package to the loan processing department. The loan processing department will obtain any follow-up documentation from the applicant, and supplement the loan package with additional information as discussed within this Manual. At such time, as the loan processing department is in possession of a complete loan file, the entire loan package will be submitted to the underwriting department for review. The underwriting team will review the loan application package and may request additional information prior to the denial or approval of the loan, and may attach certain conditions to the loan file. Any loan outside of these Guidelines shall be submitted to the Company’s Loan Committee for final denial or approval. Once a loan is approved or denied by the Company’s underwriting department or Loan Committee, the loan officer will notify the applicant of the decision.

 

Article III. Loan Programs.

 

The following represents a brief description of the Company’s non-owner occupied residential loan programs.

 

 5 

 

 

Section 3.01 Loan Type. The Company arranges only business and commercial purpose loans. The Company shall not arrange any consumer loans or transactions (i.e. personal, family or household loans). All properties must be non-owner occupied at the time of funding and for the duration of the loan.

 

(a)Security. All loans must be secured by first liens on the subject property. These may be called First Trust Deeds, First Deeds of Trust, or First Mortgages, depending on state regulations and customs. No junior lien positions may be accepted. Further, any encumbrances evidencing an obligation with priority ahead of Company must be eliminated prior to funding so that Company’s security is in first position.

 

(b)Applicant. The applicant must be a properly formed, validly existing U.S. entity. Loans are not permitted to individuals or foreign entities.

 

(c)Loan Purpose. The loan purpose must be for business and/or commercial purposes and not for personal, family or household use.

 

(d)Interest Rates and Fees. The Company’s interest rates to applicants typically do not exceed 15% per annum, and loan origination points typically do not exceed 5% of the loan amount. Exact rates and fees for a specific transaction are determined following the Company’s risk assessment of the transaction. All loan fees must be paid at closing by the applicant. Some rates are capped by state law. The loan officer shall consult Company’s most recent state-by-state maximum interest and fee chart to confirm that the rates and fees do not exceed the state caps. See Exhibit C for Pricing.

 

(e)Loan Fees. The applicant must pay an application fee at the time of submitting a loan. The application fee is $197 for the first guarantor and $97 for each additional guarantor. The applicant must also pay a processing/broker fee equal to a minimum amount of $997 per $300,000 of the loan amount per transaction, which must be paid at the time of closing. See Exhibit A for a chart detailing the loan fee examples.

 

(f)Loan Terms. Typical loan terms range from six (6) months to 36 months.

 

(g)Interest only. Loans provided by the Company are typically interest-only loans with the full principal due at maturity. Some longer-term loans may have an amortization schedule established by the Underwriter.

 

(h)Lending Area. The specific states in which this loan program is available are the following states: AL, AK, AR, AZ, CA, CO, CT, DE, DC, FL, GA, HI, ID, IL, IN, IA, KS, KY, LA, ME, MD, MA, MI, MS, MO, MT, ND, NH, NJ, NM, NY, NC, OH, OK, PA, SC, TN, TX, UT, VA, WA, WV, WI, and WY. Loans are available in California through Cogo Capital Orange County, Inc. – California BRE License #: 01928542; NMLS #: 1051036. Loans are available in Arizona through Cogo Capital – Arizona Mortgage Broker License # 0950084.

 

(i)Typical Loan to Value. Typical loan to value ranges from 50% to 70% with caps of 80% to 100% loan to cost.

 

 

 6 

 

 

(j)Minimum Loan Amount. Minimum loan amount is $30,000.

 

Section 3.02 Applicant’s Loan Package. The following represents the typical loan package requirements for the Company’s above-described loan program.

(a)Purchase Transaction. If the applicant submitted an application to obtain a loan for a purchase transaction, the applicant must be able to provide the following documentation or information to the Company. The Company’s underwriting department will not begin underwriting the loan file until the Company is in possession of all necessary information.

 

(i)Fully completed and executed loan application;
(ii)Background Check (provided by an approved vendor);
(iii)Tri-Merge Credit Report (provided by an approved vendor);
(iv)Collateral Property DNA Report (if applicable);
(v)Valid photo ID of borrowing entity’s authorized signatory and any guarantor;
(vi)Signed Social Security Card and/or ITIN;
(vii)Fully completed and executed Purchase and Sale Agreement;
(viii)Executed real estate schedule sold and owned for borrower and guarantor;
(ix)Applicant’s bank statements;
(x)Previous Year Tax Returns or SSA-1099;
(xi)Evidence for source of down payment, if applicable;
(xii)Terms of seller carry-back financing, if applicable;
(xiii)Recorded entity formation documents;
(xiv)Governing documents of applicant entity;
(xv)Federal Tax Identification Number and state identifying number;
(xvi)Appraisal;
(xvii)Insurance binder;
(xviii)Flood Insurance binder (if located in flood zone);
(xix)Flood Certificate;
(xx)Preliminary title report;
(xxi)Closing protection letter from vendor on company’s approved list;
(xxii)Statement of Work, if applicable;
(xxiii)Contractor bids, license, and insurance, if applicable;
(xxiv)Draw schedule (if applicable);
(xxv)Fully executed Zero Tolerance Fraud Policy form;

 

(b)Refinance Transaction. If the applicant submitted an application to obtain a loan for a refinance transaction, the applicant must be able to provide the following documentation or information to the Company. The Company’s underwriting department will not begin underwriting the loan file until the Company is in possession of all necessary information.

 

(i)Fully completed and executed loan application;
(ii)Background Check (provided by an approved vendor);
(iii)Tri-Merge Credit Report (provided by an approved vendor);
(iv)Collateral Property DNA Report (if applicable);
(v)Valid photo ID of borrowing entity’s authorized signatory and any guarantor;
(vi)Signed Social Security Card and/or ITIN;
(vii)Executed lease agreement(s) (if applicable);
 7 

 

 

 

(viii)Executed rent roll certificate (if applicable);
(ix)Executed real estate schedule sold and owned for borrower and guarantor;
(x)Applicant’s bank statements;
(xi)Settlement statement/HUD from acquisition;
(xii)Previous Year Tax Returns or SSA-1099;
(xiii)Recorded entity formation documents;
(xiv)Governing documents of applicant entity;
(xv)Federal Tax Identification Number and state identifying number;
(xvi)Appraisal;
(xvii)Insurance binder;
(xviii)Flood Insurance binder (if located in flood zone);
(xix)Flood Certificate;
(xx)Preliminary title report;
(xxi)Closing protection letter from vendor on company’s approved list;
(xxii)Statement of Work, if applicable;
(xxiii)Contractor bids, license, and insurance, if applicable;
(xxiv)Draw schedule (if applicable);
(xxv)Fully executed Zero Tolerance Fraud Policy form;
(xxvi)Formal Pay Off Valid through anticipated date of closing.

 

(c)Additional Documents – Loan Processing. The following represents additional loan package documents that should be obtained by the Company’s loan processing department prior to submitting the full loan package to the Company’s underwriting department. The Company’s underwriting department will not begin underwriting the loan file until the Company’s processing department has obtained the following information (which is in addition to the information provided to the Company by the applicant).

 

(i)Secretary of State’s website print out or Certificate of Good Standing for applicant that is an entity;
(ii)Agent First Report;
(iii)USPS report;
(iv)UCC filing searches, if applicable.

 

If a loan processor submits a loan file to the underwriting team that is not inclusive of information identified above, the underwriting team shall return the loan file to the loan processor until the loan package is complete.

 

Article IV. Underwriting the Applicant.


Section 4.01 Applicant Eligibility. Applicant must be a properly formed, validly existing U.S. entity formed in any one of the 50 states or the District of Columbia. The Company may make an exception for certain individuals when extraordinary circumstances dictate an exception should be made. Exceptions to the applicant being an entity must be approved by either the Company’s legal counsel or the Loan Committee.

 

 8 

 

 

Section 4.02 Formation and Governing Documents. The Applicant must produce the following documents regarding the entity:

 

(a)Corporation.

 

(i)Articles of Incorporation and Certificate of Existence/Good Standing.

 

§Recorded Articles of Incorporation are always required.
§Certificate of Good Standing (or equivalent) are required if available in the jurisdiction of corporate formation.

 

(ii)Bylaws.

 

§Bylaws governing the day to day activities of an entity that is a corporation. Bylaws also outline who has the authority to execute documents on behalf of and bind the corporation.
·A corporation is owned by shareholders
·Shareholders elect a board of directors
·The board of directors appoint the company’s officers
·The signatory authority of the company’s officers should be set forth in the bylaws
§If borrowing entity does not have bylaws, an acceptable alternative is a corporate consent form executed by all shareholders designating an authorized signatory for purposes of the loan documents.
§If a corporation is owned by a single shareholder who also serves as the sole board member and sole officer of the corporation, the corporation may not have bylaws. In this instance, the Company will accept an affidavit signed at closing by the sole shareholder representing that he/she is the sole shareholder, sole director, sole officer and sole signatory authority.
§Bylaws or other satisfactory legal document must state percentage ownership of all shareholders totaling 100%.

 

(iii)Non-Signing Owner Consent.

 

§Shareholders who have an ownership interest of less than 30% of the corporation and will not sign as a guarantor must provide a signed Consent Form in the form approved by Company.

 

(iv)EIN Number.

 

 

 9 

 

§Applicant must provide the Federal Tax Identification Number (EIN) for the entity. The Company requires the electronic or hard copy of form delivered from the IRS to verify the entity’s EIN.

 

(b)Limited Liability Company.

 

(i)Certificate of Formation / Articles of Formation/Articles of Organization and Certificate of Existence/Good Standing.

 

§Recorded Certificate of Formation or Articles of Formation or Articles of Organization (differs by state) is required.
§Certificate of Good Standing (or equivalent) are required if available in the jurisdiction of corporate formation.

 

(ii)Operating Agreement.

 

§The operating agreement governs the day to day activities of a limited liability company. The operating agreement also outlines who has the authority to execute documents on behalf of and bind the entity
·LLC’s typically are owned by members and managed by a manager. The members may or may not be the manager.
·If the LLC is managed by a manager, typically, the members will not have the right to execute documents and bind the entity.
·If the LLC is member-managed, then a specific percentage majority of the members will be required to execute documents and bind the entity. The operating agreement should set forth the degree or percentage of majority approval that is required.
§If borrowing entity does not have operating agreement, an acceptable alternative is a consent form executed by all known members designating an authorized signatory for purposes of the loan documents.
§If the LLC is owned by a single member, the entity may not have an operating agreement. In this instance, the Company will accept an affidavit signed at closing by the sole member representing that he/she is the sole member and the only person who has authority to execute on behalf of the entity.
§Operating Agreement or other satisfactory legal document must state percentage ownership of all members totaling 100%.

 

(iii)Non-Signing Owner Consent.

 

§Members who have an ownership interest of less than 30% of the LLC and will not sign as a guarantor must provide a signed Consent Form in the form approved by Company.

 

(iv)EIN Number.

 

 10 

 

 

§Applicant must provide the Federal Tax Identification Number (EIN) for the entity. The Company requires the electronic or hard copy of form delivered from the IRS to verify the entity’s EIN.

(c) IRA

(i)Real Estate Investment Authorization
(ii)Action of Members designating authorized signer for above.
(iii)At the discretion of the Company, IRA’s may have additional requirements.

 

(d) Trust

(i)        A Recorded Trust Registration Document is required.

(ii)        Non-Recorded, Non-Registered, and Non-Testamentary documents will not be accepted.

(iii)       At the Company’s discretion, additional trust documents may be required.

 

(e) Non-Profit

 

(i)         Recorded Organizational documents

(ii)        Letter documenting IRS 501(c)3 tax exemption status.

(iii)       Bylaws or other applicable governing documents.

(iv)       At the Company’s discretion, additional documents may be required.

(v)Applicant must provide the Federal Tax Identification Number (EIN) for the entity. The Company requires the electronic or hard copy of form delivered from the IRS to verify the entity’s EIN.
(vi)Company will only accept bank statements from the non-profit entity and will not accept personal bank statements.

 

Section 4.03 Financial Condition.

 

(a)Credit Report and Disqualifying Factors. Credit Reports are required of each applicant. The company does not currently have a minimum required credit score but the credit score is a factor when pricing the loan. Refer to Exhibit C for pricing details. Credit Reports pulled by the Company are valid for 90 days. If the report is pulled by the company and the loan is in process or if another loan is started and closed within the 90-day period, only one report is needed. However, if the 90-day period expires prior to the closing date of any loan the Company, in its sole discretion, may require an additional credit report to be pulled and supplied to Underwriting for final approval. A 3rd party credit report will not be permitted to fulfill the credit report requirement.

If the applicant is an entity, the Company shall require a credit report on each owner (member if an LLC or shareholder if a corporation) who owns an interest exceeding 30% of the applicant entity and/or any guarantor of the loan. The company will average all mid-scores to calculate the credit score used in reference to pricing the loan.

 

 11 

 

The Company will decline a loan if the credit report contains any of the following:

(i)       Bankruptcy or foreclosure within the previous 12 months

(ii)       Active federal or state tax lien(s) without a Federal or state approved payment plan and 6 months payment history

(iii)       Active child support lien(s) in default or subject to an enforcement action

 

(b)Bank Statements. The applicant is required to supply the Company with the 2 most recent bank statements. In lieu of the 2 most recent bank statements, the applicant may provide a pdf of 60 days’ of the applicant’s bank account activity, which can be obtained online for certain banks, as long as the pdf details a running balance of the account. If the Company is unclear who the account owner is, the applicant may be asked to provide proof of ownership.

 

It is acceptable for a majority owner (30% + ownership interest) of the applicant entity to submit his/her/its bank statements to satisfy the above described requirement. This may also be required of all guarantors.

 

The Company uses the bank statements to evaluate the applicant’s financial conditions to determine whether the applicant has sufficient capital to satisfy the capital and reserve requirements discussed below. At the company’s discretion additional financial documents may be required.

 

(c)Tax Returns – Prior year tax returns are required on all loans. Form 1040 will be required from each guarantor. If the entity is a multiple member partnership or a corporation that has been in existence > 1 year, then the 1065, 1120, and/or K-1may also be required.

The purpose of the tax returns is to help support the reasonableness of the applicant’s income as well as the measurement of the borrower’s financial responsibility.

AGI will not be used in determining the reasonability of the income.

If the prior year tax return is unavailable due to the application date being before file date of April 15 (individual) or March 15 (corporation/partnership) the 2-year prior will be accepted.

If the prior year tax return is unavailable due to an extension, the applicant will be required to submit a copy of the approved extension as well as the prior 1-year’s returns.

 

(d)   Liquid Reserves – Liquid reserves must be proven with the two (2) most recent account statements and can be comprised of the following Asset Types.

 

Asset or Account Type Weight
1.      Checking/Savings/Money Market Accounts 100%
2.      Publicly traded stocks, bonds, and mutual funds 50%
3.      Annuities 50%
4.      Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs), SEP or Keogh 50%, 100% if over age 60
5.      401(k) plans (net of any money borrowings against the plan) 50%
6.      Trust Assets (must document right to access) 50%
7.      Business funds (must have 100% ownership of entity or written notarized permission) 100%
8.      Funds received from cash out loan 50%

 

 12 

 

 

9.      Non-vested or restricted stock 0%
10.  Foreign currency 75%
11.  Proven credit lines (for rehab reserve only) 50%

 

 

Section 4.04 Capital and Reserve Requirements. The Company requires the applicant demonstrate that he/she/it has sufficient capital to cover the following applicable costs and expenses:

 

·Down Payment (for a purchase transaction);
·10% of Construction / rehab costs AND 10% of Construction / rehab costs for any other open Rehab/Construction loan balances (if the property will be rehabbed);
·Closing costs that exceed the loan amount (for all transactions);
·Reserve requirement
o3 months’ worth of interest only payment reserve (for all open loans with the Company); and

o          3 months’ worth of payment reserve for any second or third mortgage on the property, if applicable (for all open loans with the Company). Collectively, this reserve requirement shall be referred to herein as the “Reserve Requirement.”

 

The Company may allow the above requirements to be satisfied by either the applicant’s primary principal (30% + ownership interest), any individual guarantor, or a combination of assets of all guarantors in lieu of the applicant satisfying the above requirements.

 

To establish whether the applicant has sufficient cash to meet the Reserve Requirement, the applicant shall submit the most recent 2 months bank statements. The Company will subtract the cash to close and any other loan costs from the ending balance on the most recent statement and then average the remaining balance with the ending balance from the previous month statement, and that average should be sufficient to cover the Reserve Requirement. If the monthly average is insufficient to satisfy the reserve requirement, the LTV will not exceed 50%.

 

 

If the applicant is requesting a loan for a refinance transaction and the subject property is cash flowing as a result of being rented out, the Company shall only require that the applicant demonstrate sufficient cash flow for the property of 2-months Reserve Requirement as opposed to a 3-month Reserve Requirement. The purpose of this is for the Company to be able to verify the rental cash flow from the bank statements. If the cash flow is not verifiable by the 2 months of bank statements this exception is not met.

 

Section 4.05 Payment Guaranty. The Company shall require all owners (members if an LLC or shareholders if a corporation) who own an interest exceeding 30% of the applicant entity to execute a personal payment guaranty for repayment of the loan. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in the event that the applicant is a self-directed IRA or an entity that is owned by a self-directed IRA, and the owner of the self-directed IRA is prohibited under IRS rules from executing a personal guaranty, the applicant will need to find a 3rd party to guaranty the loan or the Company shall cap the loan to value at 50%.

 

 

Section 4.06 Source of Funds. If the applicant is using the applicant’s funds to (i) pay for closing

 

 13 

 

 

costs; (ii) establish reserves; (iii) pay the down payment; or (iv) pay for the property rehab. The Company shall require the applicant to provide bank statements to demonstrate sufficient funds to cover items (i), (ii), (iii), and (iv).

 

If the applicant is using funds not sourced to an applicant’s bank account to (i) pay for closing costs;

(ii)   establish reserves; (iii) pay the down payment; or (iv) pay for the property rehab, the Company shall require that the party providing the funds necessary to pay any of the above expenses has sufficient capital necessary to pay those expenses. The Company shall require that the party providing the funds provide proof of sufficient capital by way of: (i) banks statements demonstrating the funds are set aside in a verifiable bank account; (ii) a verifiable receipt from an escrow company into which the funds have been deposited for purposes of holding the funds until the closing of the loan transaction; or (iii) any other verifiable means that demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Company’s underwriting department that the party paying any of the above expenses has sufficient capital to pay those expenses.

 

Section 4.07 Borrower Resume. The applicant shall submit an executed schedule of real estate owned detailing information about properties the applicant owns. If the applicant is an entity, the schedule of real estate will detail all properties that each principal owner (any person owning more than 30% of the applicant) owns and all properties that the entity owns. This schedule of real estate shall be on a form provided by the Company or a form that is acceptable to the Company.

 

In addition to the applicant’s current real estate holdings, the applicant must submit a schedule of real estate sold detailing past real estate investment properties that have been sold. In order to qualify for the increased LTV as outlined in the table contained in Section 5.05, the applicant must show executed purchase and sale HUDs to demonstrate the income earned on each sold transaction.

 

Section 4.08 Foreclosures and Bankruptcies. When the applicant submits a credit report for the applicant or any guarantor or the Company pulls a credit report for the applicant or any guarantor, and the credit report shows the applicant or any guarantor has had or is currently involved in any foreclosure action or bankruptcy proceeding, the applicant and/or guarantor shall be required to submit a letter of explanation for each instance of a foreclosure or bankruptcy on the applicant and/or guarantor’s credit report. Credit reports are used primarily for loan pricing rather than loan approval however the company may decline a loan based on the credit report if it contains foreclosure or bankruptcy within the last 12 months, or if it shows an active tax lien without a Federal or state approved payment plan and 6 months payment history, or active child support lien in default or subject to an enforcement action. The company will not originate a loan if any guarantor or borrowing entity has an active, not-discharged, bankruptcy proceeding.

 

 

Section 4.09 Repeat Borrower Policy/Repeat Broker Policy. The Company encourages repeat borrowers; however, if an applicant is a current borrower with one or more outstanding loans, and that applicant has failed to make a loan payment on or before the expiration of the applicable grace period provided for in the promissory note (the typical grace period is 5 days after the first day of each month) on any loan, the applicant will be precluded from obtaining an additional loan through the Company until such time as the loan or loans in which payments have not been made on or before the expiration of the applicable grace period are brought current.

 

 14 

 

 

The Company may make an exception for an applicant who, within the last six (6) months, has made one or more loan payments on one or more loans between the 6th day of the month and the 30th/31st day of the month only with a majority consent of the Company’s lender committee and only after the applicant has submitted a letter of explanation regarding the time of the payments. If the Company makes an exception under this paragraph, the Company shall require that, prior to the funding of any new loan, the applicant pay any and all late fees and penalties which are then due and payable under any promissory note obtained through the Company.

 

The Company will not make exceptions for an applicant who, within the last six (6) months, has made any payment to the Company more than 30 days late.

 

Section 4.10 Maximum Open Loans Policy. The Company allows borrowers to have a maximum of 4 open loans at one time and of those 4 open loans only 1 may be a Rehab/Construction Loan. Upon the payoff of a loan the borrower is able to obtain a new loan, but only in accordance with the applicable maximum open loans limitations described in this Section.

 

From time to time, the Company offers certain Maximum Open Loans “specials” to some of its clients. The current Maximum Open Loans “specials” are set forth on the attached Exhibit B. Subject to validly existing legal obligations, the Company may discontinue or make changes to Maximum Open Loans “specials” in its sole discretion and without notice. Please see explanations in Exhibit B to determine if the applicant is currently able to obtain “special” offers

 

 

Article V. Underwriting the Property.

 

Section 5.01 Non-Owner Occupied. The Company does not broker or fund loans on 1-4 unit residential property that is (or is to be) owner occupied. The Company considers the property to be “owner-occupied” if the applicant or any owner of the borrowing entity or any guarantor resides (or intends to reside) at the property, or if any person who is a close family member of an individual applicant or an owner of the borrowing entity or a guarantor resides (or intends to reside) at the property. A “close family member” shall refer to mother, father, sibling, grandmother, grandfather, son, daughter, grandson, and granddaughter.

 

 

 

Section 5.02 LTV for As-Is Non Rehab Loans. (This section is specific to As-Is, Non-Rehab Loans. For LTV requirements regarding Rehab/Construction Loans refer to section 5.05)

 

For as-is purchases, the following LTV guidelines apply:

 

 

Purchase Price 90%
Purchase Closing Costs   0%
Not to Exceed LTV 65%

 

 

*The LTV table above does not apply to Cook County, Illinois; Cuyahoga County, Ohio; Baltimore County, Maryland; or Wayne County, Michigan. In these counties, the maximum LTV is 50%.

 

 15 

 

 

For loans in the amount of $40,000 or less, the maximum loan to value shall be 50% of the “as is” value as determined by Section 5.03.

 

In the event of a Cash-Out transaction refer to Article VIII.

 

In the event of Rehab/Construction Loan refer to Section 5.05

 

From time to time, the Company offers certain LTV “specials” to some of its clients. The current LTV “specials” are set forth on the attached Exhibit B. Subject to validly existing legal obligations, the Company may discontinue or make changes to LTV “specials” in its sole discretion and without notice. Please see explanations in Exhibit B to determine if the applicant is currently able to obtain “special” offers.

Section 5.03 Property(ies) Valuation

Appraisal - The Company requires that all applicants obtain an appraisal from a 3rd party appraiser from the approved vendor list. The Company may accept a different 3rd party appraisal of the subject property; provided, however, such appraisal must be dated within 90 days of the applicant’s loan application, and; provided, further, the Company may require a re-certification from the 3rd party appraisal company, which cost shall be paid by the applicant. The Company, in its sole and absolute discretion, may decide not to accept an appraisal that is provided by the applicant or a broker associated with the applicant. If the Company chooses to accept an appraisal that is not in the name of the Company, as part of its acceptance of that appraisal, the Company shall require that the appraisal be assigned to the Company and the appraiser execute a consent form allowing the Company to share the appraisal with potential funders.

(a)As-Is, Non-Rehab Loan - Appraisals are ordered as an “As Is” Value appraisal. The company requires a minimum of 3 As Is comparables, of like kind and similar construction, sold within the last 6 months.
(b)Rehab/Construction loans are ordered as an “ARV” appraisal. The ARV appraisal will include an “As Is” value to be contained in the appraisers notes. The ARV appraisal will also include the description of the work that must be completed to achieve the After Repaired Valuation (ARV). The company requires a minimum of 3 As-Is and 3 ARV comparables, of like kind and similar construction, sold within the last 6 months.

 

If an appraisal is over 90 days old (from appraisal date to Closing Date), the Company may require the applicant obtain a new appraisal, recertification, or desk review.

 

Other Valuation Tools – At the Company’s discretion the Company may require additional valuations to be accessed to test the reasonability of the Appraisal. If there is a question as to the reasonability of the Appraisal, a desk top review appraisal may be ordered at the expense of Company and such costs shall not be charged to the applicant. In such an instance, the value of the property for purposes of determining LTV shall be the mean average of: (i) the original Appraisal value; and, (ii) the desk top review appraisal value.

 

 16 

 

 

Section 5.04 Leases & Rent Roll. If the subject property is currently being rented out at the time of the applicant’s loan application, the applicant shall produce all current leases for all tenants occupying the subject property by filling out and executing a rent roll indicating the name of the tenant(s) and the amount of monthly rent paid by each tenant.

 

The information set forth on the rent roll should match the corresponding information set forth within each lease. The rent roll must be signed by the applicant and shall either be on the Company’s form or a rent roll form that is acceptable to the Company.

 

If the Company is unable to match up bank statement deposit records with the lease amounts set forth on the rent roll (and/or the copies of leases provided by the applicants), the Company’s underwriting team may ask for additional information, including additional bank statements, to verify the flow of monthly rental payments.

 

To verify the accuracy of any rent roll, the Company may request a copy of any portion of the applicant or the principal owner’s tax return which indicates the real estate owned by the applicant or the principal owner.

 

Section 5.05 LTV for Rehab/Construction Loans. The Company may allow the applicant to access repair or collateral improvement funds as part of the loan; provided, that the total amount of all funds deployed does not exceed the maximum LTV and LTC guidelines shown in the table below. Applicants can qualify for increased LTV and LTC based on either a credit report pulled by the Company or experience documented by purchase and sale HUDs demonstrating profit earned on each sold transaction. The borrower may be approved for a higher LTV based on education level through related company, Lee Arnold System of Real Estate lending. These exceptions are listed in Exhibit B.

 

Purchase Price   90%
Rehab 100%
Purchase Closing Costs     0%
Not to Exceed LTV   65%

 

 

*The LTV table above does not apply to Cook County, Illinois; Cuyahoga County, Ohio; Baltimore County, Maryland; or Wayne County, Michigan. In these counties, the maximum LTV is 50%.

 

Contractor Bid - The Company requires all Rehab loans to include a Contractor Bid from a licensed and insured Contractor based state or local licensing requirements. Refer to Section 5.06 for details.

 

The company requires the applicant to escrow funds used for rehab purchases per the specific details in Section 5.06. Prior to the Company providing escrow disbursement authorization, the Company shall be provided certain documentation and information regarding the rehab or renovation work. These requirements shall be detailed in the escrow agreement which will be executed at closing and may include, but not be limited to, receipts, contractor/subcontractor bids, lien waivers, before and after pictures of work performed or to be performed, certificates of completion, and city or private inspector reports, if applicable.

 

 17 

 

 

Prior to the Company providing fund disbursement for permittable work, (such as plumbing, electrical, and HVAC), the borrower must supply permits, lien waivers (if applicable) and proof of completion of the work done by a licensed and insured contractor. The disbursements for the rehab work will be approved upon the submission of these documents amongst the other previously mentioned documentation.

 

Section 5.06 Contractor Bids. With every loan transaction in which a portion of the loan proceeds will be used to make improvements to the property, the Company requires the applicant submit contractor bids for the improvements to be made. The contractor bids must be from a licensed, insured contractor, which may include the applicant or any of the applicant’s principals. The Company shall require the establishment of an escrow account with 110% of the rehab funds based upon the contractor bid. The draws will be released on a reimbursement basis according to a written draw schedule agreed to and signed at closing. The final 10% of the 110% escrowed rehab funds shall not be released under any circumstance until the final completion of all improvements to the property as detailed on the written draw schedule. Because the rehab loan will be based on reimbursement, the borrower must show reserves of 10% of the rehab budget.

 

The contractor’s bid will be evaluated by the use of multiple inspection reports. The Company may use discretion within the multiple reports to adjust the rehab funds lent on the project based on these multiple reports.

 

 

Section 5.07 Title Report. For all transactions, applicant shall be required to deliver to the Company a preliminary title report for the subject property(ies) from a Company-approved vendor list.

 

If the applicant is pledging additional collateral as part the loan application, applicant shall deliver to the Company a preliminary title report for all properties.

 

Section 5.08 Private Water Supply – Well. For any property that will be used as security for a potential transaction, if the property obtains its water supply from any source other than a municipal water utility, the applicant shall demonstrate that the property securing the loan has permanent access and rights to culinary water meeting all state, local, and federal regulatory requirements. This will require, at a minimum, that the applicant provide a certification from the local health district, other applicable local governmental agency, or licensed inspector verifying that the water source utilized for the residence meets applicable requirements. Where water is obtained from any source located off of the property, the applicant shall demonstrate that its access and ability to access and utilize the water is permanent in nature. This may include a well sharing agreement, an easement (including access for repairs and replacements of necessary infrastructure). If the Company cannot verify that the subject property has permanent legal access to a culinary water source, no loan shall be made.

 

Section 5.09 Private Sewage – Septic System. For any property that will be used as security for a potential transaction, if the property is served by a septic system, the applicant shall be required to

submit a septic tank and system verification from a licensed installation contractor, or from the applicable local governmental agency regulating septic and sewer systems.

 

 18 

 

 

Section 5.10 Private Road Access. For any property that is accessed by a private road, the Company requires that a private road access/maintenance agreement be recorded on title. The private road access/maintenance agreement must ensure continued access to the property or verification that the road cannot be closed or shut off for access to the property.

 

Section 5.11 Condominiums. If the subject property is a condominium, notwithstanding any other requirement contained in this Manual, the following shall apply:

 

·The applicant must supply the Company with a copy of COA/HOA governing documents, including bylaws, CC&R’s, and any other document which governs the COA/HOA;
·Governing documents must allow for non-owner-occupied units, units to be purchased and owned by entities, and a waiver of first right of refusal on the sale of a unit;
·The COA/HOA must have and maintain general liability insurance for the entire condo project;
·The COA/HOA master fidelity policy (if applicable); and
·Hazard insurance on the subject unit is required.

 

Section 5.12 Manufactured Housing. If the subject property is a manufactured home, notwithstanding any other requirement contained in this Manual, the following shall apply:

 

·The manufactured home must be at least a doublewide, no single wide will be allowed;
·Must be a HUD Certified Home;
·The manufactured home must only have been moved ONE TIME, from the factory to its original foundation; and
·MFH Appraisal Report required which demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Company that:
oThe home has a remaining life span of a minimum of 15 years;
oHUD data plate and labels are present on the home;

o          Vehicle-based title has been eliminated or will be eliminated through the loan closing (if the title will be eliminated at the loan closing, the Company shall require an engineering certification of the foundation system, and confirm that there are no noted liens on the vehicle title or UCC filings indicating a security interest has attached to the title);

oHUD certified tie downs are present or there exists an engineered certification;
oAxles, tires, and hitches have been removed;

o          All alterations or add-ons need Labor and Industry, local building code jurisdiction or engineering certification; and

o          There are no existing building code violations.

 

Section 5.13 Uninhabitable Properties (Fire, Flood, Condemned, Etc.). If the subject property is currently uninhabitable for any reason, notwithstanding any other requirement contained in this Manual, the following shall apply:

 

·The applicant must supply the company with contractor bids from licensed and insured contractors for completion of entire property rehab in order to make the property habitable;

 

 19 

 

 

·The applicant must supply the Company a copy of municipality approval of rehab plans;
·110% of contractor bid will be held in escrow and drawn down per applicable draw schedule (applicant responsible for all escrow costs, and before and after pictures prior to next release);
·The applicant must provide the Company with an anticipated draw schedule to be reviewed and approved during the underwriting process. The final 10% of the 110% escrowed rehab funds shall not be released under any circumstance until the final completion of all improvements to the property as detailed on the written draw schedule. This schedule will be agreed to and signed at closing. (The company will require a draw schedule on all ARV loans, whether habitable or not.)

 

Section 5.14 Property Located within HOA. If the subject property is a residence located with an HOA, notwithstanding any other requirement contained in this Manual, the following shall apply:

 

·The applicant must deliver to the Company a copy of all HOA governing documents, including bylaws, CC&R’s, and any other document which govern the HOA;
·Copy of most recent HOA dues/fees; and
·Governing documents must allow for non-owner-occupied units and units to be purchased and owned by entities.

 

Section 5.16 Seasoning of Property.

 

Refinance. At present the Company does not require the applicant to hold the property for a time period prior to obtaining a refinancing loan from the Company, but reserves the right to amend as needed.

 

Purchase. At present the Company does not have a seasoning requirement for a purchase transaction, but reserves the right to amend as needed.

 

Gift; Quit Claim. At present the Company does not have a seasoning requirement for a gift or quit claim transaction, but will reduce LTV to 50% for the first 24 months of ownership.

 

Section 5.17 Cross-Collateralized Loans. Standard guidelines apply when all properties used as security for a loan transaction are of the same loan type (e.g. all purchases or refinances). Only one (1) rehab property can be included in the cross-collateralization. The rehab property may be secured by free and clear property(ies). When a single loan transaction consists of multiple property types (e.g. some properties are purchases and some properties are refinances), the following applies:

 

Whether or not the borrower will be receiving cash out at the loan transaction closing (see Article IX), each property will be analyzed individually; according to the LTV guidelines of each property and transaction type, but may be funded together as one loan.

 

If on a particular loan transaction, the borrower needs funds for rehab (see Section 5.06) and those rehab funds will be escrowed by the Company, the Company requires that all escrowed funds for rehab only be used for rehab work on collateralized properties.

 20 

 

 

 

Article VI. Individual Applicants; Community Property States; and Homestead Laws.

 

In the event the Company allows an individual applicant (in lieu of an entity) to be the named applicant, in community property states, as well as in some states with homestead laws, and if the applicant is married, the applicant and the applicant’s spouse must both execute the loan documents, even if not on title, to perfect the lien on the property. Currently, the following are community property states: Alaska; Arizona; California; Idaho; Louisiana; Nevada; New Mexico; Texas; Washington; and Wisconsin.

 

Article VII. Second Mortgage; Additional Mortgages.

 

In the event of a purchase transaction where the property seller is financing a portion of the purchase price with a seller carry back second mortgage and a promissory note, the Company requires that the applicant deliver a copy of the second mortgage and the promissory note during the application process. Furthermore, the Company requires that the second mortgage and the note be executed at the same closing as the first mortgage and promissory note. The Company also requires an inter-creditor form to be signed. The title commitment applicable to the loan must reflect the second or junior lien position.

 

In the event of a second mortgage on the subject property, the Company’s maximum LTV is either:

 

(a)               If an As-Is, Non-Rehab Loan: the lesser of (i) 65% of purchase price or (ii) 65% of the “as is” value as determined by Section 5.03; or,

(b)               If a Rehab/Construction Loan: 65% of the “ARV” value as determined by Section 5.03

 

The Company shall apply the above requirements to any junior security interest that is or will be recorded against the subject property at the time of the Company’s loan transaction closing.

 

Article VIII. Cash Out Policy. The Company’s cash out policy applies any time an applicant receives greater than 10% of the loan amount in cash at the closing of the loan transaction. The Company considers the applicant to have received cash out if at the loan closing, loan proceeds were used for the payment of liens, judgments, tax bills, water bills, and all other liens (excluding mortgages) appearing on a title report. Cash out on an Rehab/Construction loan, may not exceed $2000.

 

Section 8.01 Rehabbing of Property. All rehab funds will be deposited into an escrow account and will be accessed upon a predetermined draw schedule executed at closing. All funds will be available on a reimbursement basis. With this all applicants applying for a rehab loan must show proof of 10% reserve of rehabbed funds.

 

Section 8.02 Non-Rehab/Rental of Property – (Full Cash Out Transaction). When the applicant entity submits a loan application for a transaction where there is no rehab work to be done to the property and the applicant entity will receive a majority of the loan amount in cash at the closing table, the maximum loan amount shall be capped at a loan to value of 50% or $75,000, whichever is less.

 21 

 

 

 

Article IX. Loan Committee. The Company’s loan committee shall be comprised of a minimum of five people, and include one member of the Company’s underwriting department, one member of the Company’s sales team, one member of the Company’s funding team, and two executive members. The Company’s loan committee may also include an additional member of the Company’s executive management team or the Servicing Manager.

 

Section9.01 Purpose of the Loan Committee. Any loan that falls outside of these Guidelines as described in this Manual, but, for one reason or another, may make good business sense to fund, must be approved by a majority (greater than 50%) of the Company’s loan committee; provided, however, such percentage shall be subject to the rules described below regarding the number of loan committee members present at a loan meeting. If less than a majority of the Company’s loan committee approves to move forward with a loan package, the loan package shall proceed no further. If there are less than 3 members of the loan committee present at a meeting whether in person, via phone or some other electronic means, the loan committee meeting shall be rescheduled.

 

 

If there are only 3 members of the loan committee present at a meeting whether in person, via phone or some other electronic means the vote required to approve a loan submitted to loan committee shall be 100%. If there are only 4 members of the loan committee present at a meeting whether in person, via phone or some other electronic means the vote required to approve a loan submitted to loan committee shall be 75%. An affirmative vote of the loan committee approving a loan to be moved to the funding department, must be approved by a minimum of one executive team representative, otherwise the file will be denied.

 

The Company’s loan committee may approve the loan application subject to certain conditions which must be satisfied prior to the loan file being submitted to the Company’s funding department.

 

Section 9.02 Loan Committee Meetings. The Company shall establish a regularly scheduled weekly time for a loan committee meeting and may call additional meetings if the Company’s underwriting department deems additional meetings necessary. If the Company’s underwriting department determines that the weekly meeting is unnecessary, the Company’s underwriting department may cancel the regularly scheduled loan committee meeting.

 

 

Article X. Loan Approval; Document Preparation; Loan Documents. Once a loan transaction has been approved the Company’s underwriting team, no changes to the loan amount or loan terms is permitted without the loan package being resubmitted to the Company’s underwriting team for approval of the loan package with the new terms. Once (i) a loan application has received approval from either the underwriting team or the loan committee, and (ii) the underwriting/closing team is in possession of an executed lender agreement, the underwriting/closing team shall commence drawing up the loan documents. The Company’s loan documents currently consist of the following:

 

1.Promissory Note;

 

2.Mortgage Assignment of Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Financing Statement or Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Financing Statement;

 

 22 

 

 

3.Borrower Agreement;

 

4.Loan Purpose and Property Use Affidavit,

 

5.Guaranty;

 

6.Compliance Agreement;

 

7.Escrow Instructions;

 

8.Insurance Declaration Page;

 

9.Underwriting and/or Funding Approved HUD;

 

10.Community Property Affidavit (if applicable);

 

11.Statement of Work (if applicable);

 

12.Company Approved Draw Schedule (if applicable);

 

13.Single Owner Affidavit (if applicable);

 

14.Subordination Agreement (if renters occupy property);

 

15.Escrow Holdback Agreement (if applicable); and

 

16.UCC Financing Statement (if applicable).

 

Article XI. Loan Closing; Disbursement of Funds. The management of all loan closing and disbursements of funds will be done by the Company’s closing department and in such a manner as is consistent with the closing department’s processes and procedures. The disbursement will be approved upon approval of the Final HUD by the Underwriting and/or the Funding Department.

 

 

 23 

 

EXHIBIT A

Loan Fee Chart Example

 

 

Loan Amount Loan Fee    
Up to $300,000 $997    
$300,001 – $600,000 $1994    
$600,001 - $900,000 $2,991    
$900,001 - $1,200,000 $3,988    
$1,200.001 - $1,500,000 $4,985    
$1,500,001 - $1,800,000 $5,982    
$1,800,001 - $2,100,000 $6,979    
So on and so forth      

 

 24 

 

 

EXHIBIT B

LTV “Specials”

 

As of October 24, 2018

 

Purchasers of Master Rehabber Certification Program, Master Lien Abatement Certification Program, Regional Real Estate Clinic, One-on-One Real Estate Mentorship, or Lee’s Inner Circle:

Subject to all of the other requirements contained in this Manual, as applicable, the contents of this Manual are modified as needed for the individuals (and entities in which the enrollee owns a majority interest in) who have become certified by the Lee Arnold System of Real Estate Investing as a Master Rehabber, Master Lien Abatement Specialist, Regional Real Estate Clinic, or is a member of Lee’s Inner Circle, as follows:

 

We will provide 100% financing of –

·Property purchase price;
·Closing costs; and
·Rehab costs

Up to 70% of the ARV of the property. The terms in Article VIII governing cash outs remain fully applicable.

 

 

*LTV pricing specials are subject to change

 

 

Purchasers of Master Rehabber Certification Program:

Subject to all of the other requirements contained in this Manual, as applicable, the contents of this Manual are modified as needed for the individuals (and entities in which the enrollee owns a majority interest in) who have become certified by the Lee Arnold System of Real Estate Investing as a Master Rehabber as follows:

 

 

The Company allows borrowers who have completed Master Rehabber, One-on-One Real Estate Mentorship, or are members of Lee’s Inner Circle to have a maximum of 4 open Rehab/Construction Loans at one time.

 

 

The Company allows borrowers who have completed Master Lien Abatement to have a maximum of 3 open Rehab/Construction Loans at one time.

 

 25 

 

 

Exhibit C

Company Pricing/Underwriting

 

 

Application Fee - $197 for the first guarantor and $97 for each additional guarantor

 

Appraisal Fee - Amount is determined by and paid directly from borrower to 3rd party appraisal company.

 

Consulting Fees - $997 per $300,000 loaned (charged on the HUD at the time of closing)

 

Rehab Inspection Fees

ü$200 per draw
ü$175 per draw inspection

 

Loan Pricing

 

Company may determine final loan pricing in its sole discretion based on any reasonable factors, however, the general framework for Loan Pricing is as follows:

 

Credit Score or Experience* Points Interest
720+ or 5+ flips 2% 12%
680-719 or 3-4 flips 3% 13%
620-679 or 1-2 flips 4% 14%
619 or 0 flips 5% 15%

 

* In order to qualify, the transactions must have been completed within the last 24 months and applicant must provide Company with purchase and sale HUDs to demonstrate the income earned for each completed transaction.

 

Applicants may also have the opportunity to buy down their Points and Interest as follows:

 

Additional Cash to Close (% of Loan Amount) Points Interest
5% -1% -1%
10% -2% -2%
15% -3% -3%

 

 

Florida and Tennessee are exceptions – loans in these states are capped at 18% annual combined interest rate.

 

 

 

 26 

 

 

 

Exhibit D

Judicial vs Non-Judicial Map

 

 

 

 27 

 

 

EX1A-4 SUBS AGMT 5 ea119537exe_circle.htm MASTER SERVICE AGREEMENT

Exhibit E

Master Service Agreement

Customer Full Legal Name: Secured Investment Corp

Customer Address: 701 E Front Ave, Fl 2, Coeur d'Alene, ID 83814

This Master Subscription Services Agreement is between Crowd Engine, Inc., a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business at 4770 South 900 East, Suite 200, Salt Lake City, UT 84117 (“CrowdEngine"), and the Customer named above (“Customer"). This Agreement is effective as of the last date beneath the parties' signatures below (the Effective Date").

CrowdEngine provides crowdfunding solutions through which CrowdEngine's customers can operate an equity, donation, or rewards based crowdfunding website.

Customer desires to access and use CrowdEngine's solutions to operate a crowdfunding website.

Therefore, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, CrowdEngine and Customer agree as follows:

1.DEFINITIONS

 

1.1  “Administrative Account" means security access codes, passwords and user IDs for Customer's authorized internal personnel to access the CrowdEngine Technology and Subscription Services for the purpose of configuring and administering the Customer Portal.

1.2  “Affiliate" means any entity which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the subject entity. “Control," for purposes of this definition, means direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 50% of the voting interests of the subject entity.

1.3  “Agreement" means collectively this Master Subscription Services Agreement and any exhibits, schedules and addenda hereto and any Service Order entered into between Customer and CrowdEngine.

1.4  “Applicable Laws" means any country, federal, state, provincial, commonwealth, cantonal or local government laws, statutes, rules, regulations, or ordinances or similar government requirement applicable to a party, including without limitation all applicable securities, data protection, privacy and electronic communications laws and regulations, whether in existence as of the date of this Agreement or thereafter enacted, promulgated or amended.

 

 1 

 

1.5  “Authorized User" means any individual or entity which is required to log in to the Customer Portal in order to use one or more of its features or functionalities. Authorized Users may include, without limitation, individuals or entities that use the Customer Portal to run a crowdfunding project and to provide rewards or to issue equity in connection with such project, to make pledges to or investments in a crowdfunding project or investment offering, and/or to provide comments or questions with respect to a crowdfunding project.

1.6“Authorized User Agreement" has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.

 

1.7  "CrowdEngine Technology" means the computer hardware, software, source code, proprietary methods and systems, and other tangible equipment and intangible computer code necessary to deploy and serve the Subscription Services via the Customer Portal, as available on the Effective Date of this Agreement and subject to modification from time to time.

1.8  “Customer Content" means all information, content and materials provided by Customer and/or its End Users which are displayed and/or published on the Customer Portal, including without limitation text, artwork, information relating to projects, products, services, designs, and prototypes of Customer and/or its End Users, and all Proprietary Rights related thereto.

1.9  “Customer Data" means business and financial data and information of Customer, submitted by or for Customer to the Subscription Services, or collected and processed by or for Customer using the Subscription Services relating to Customer's crowdfunding activities on the Customer Portal, and all End User Information.

1.10  “Customer Domain" means the public domain name owned by Customer (for example, Customername.com) which Customer will point and configure to the Customer Portal URL for End Users to access the Customer Portal.

1.11   "Customer Portal" means the CrowdEngine URL created for Customer, hosted by CrowdEngine (for example, Customer.crowdengine.com) (the “Customer Portal URL"), to which Customer drives End Users via its Customer Domain and the site at which CrowdEngine will provide the Subscription Services, including the CrowdEngine Technology, to Customer pursuant to this Agreement.

 2 

 

 

1.12  “Documentation" means documentation related to Customer's access of the CrowdEngine Technology to access and use the Subscription Services delivered by CrowdEngine to Customer, as updated by CrowdEngine from time to time.

1.13  “End Users" means collectively Authorized Users and Visitors. 

1.14  “End User Information" means the names, phone numbers, email addresses, physical addresses, contact information, credit card information and any other personal or business information of End Users.

1.15  “Malicious Code" means code, files, scripts, agents or programs intended to do harm, including, for example, viruses, worms, time bombs and Trojan horses.

1.16  "Proprietary Rights" means any and all rights, whether registered or unregistered, in and with respect to patents, copyrights, Confidential Information, know-how, trade secrets, moral rights, contract or licensing rights, confidential and proprietary information protected under contract or otherwise protected under law, trade names, domain names, trade dress, logos, animated characters, trademarks, service marks, and other similar rights or interests in intellectual property.

 1.17  “Service Order" means an ordering document specifying the Subscription Services to be provided hereunder that is entered into between Customer and CrowdEngine, including any addenda and supplements thereto.

 1.18  "Subscription Services" means the web services described and specified on the applicable Service Order and any updates or upgrades to such services which may be generally released by CrowdEngine to its Customers and End Users from time to time during the term of this Agreement. The Subscription Services include the CrowdEngine Technology.

 1.19  “Visitor" means an individual who is permitted to use certain features or functionalities of the Customer Portal without being required by Customer to log in. Visitors may include, without limitation, those individuals who browse the Customer Portal and those who are allowed by Customer to provide comments or questions regarding a crowdfunding project without logging in.

 3 

 

2.  SERVICES

2.1  Interface Customization. Unless otherwise agreed to in the applicable Service Order, CrowdEngine will provide a standard design template that can be customized or replaced by Customer.

2.2  Launch Support. If so specified in the applicable Service Order, CrowdEngine will also provide launch support services to Customer to expedite Customer's set-up and use of the Subscription Services.

2.3  Provision of Subscription Services. CrowdEngine will (a) use commercially reasonable efforts to make the Subscription Services available to Customer pursuant to this Agreement and the applicable Service Order,

(b) provide CrowdEngine standard support for the Subscription Services to Customer at no additional charge, and/or upgraded support, if purchased, and (c) use commercially reasonable efforts to make the online Subscription Services available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, except for: (i) planned downtime (of which CrowdEngine will give at least 24 hours electronic notice and which CrowdEngine will schedule to the extent practicable during the weekend hours between 6:00 p.m. Friday and 3:00 a.m. Monday Mountain time), and (ii) any unavailability caused by circumstances beyond CrowdEngine's reasonable control, including, for example, an act of God, act of government, flood, fire, earthquake, civil unrest, act of terror, strike or other labor problem (other than one involving CrowdEngine employees), Internet service provider failure or delay, or denial of service attack. Customer acknowledges that End Users will access the Customer Portal via their own Internet access (i.e., CrowdEngine is not supplying internet access or support to End Users).

3.  USE OF SERVICES

3.1  Permitted Use. Customer may only access and use the Subscription Services for the purpose of offering the Customer Portal to Customer's End Users.

3.2  Non-transferability. The rights granted in this Agreement are granted only to the named Customer, and not to any other entity, including without limitation Customer's Affiliates. Customer may not transfer or sublicense its rights under this Agreement or sell or redistribute the Customer Portal to any other party.

3.3  Administrative Accounts for Subscription Services. CrowdEngine will permit access to the Subscription Services by Customer only over the Internet using Administrative Accounts assigned by CrowdEngine to authorized Customer employees. Administrative Accounts will be deemed the Confidential Information of CrowdEngine. Accordingly, no Administrative Account may be shared by Customer or Customer employees with any other individual not assigned such an Administrative Account by CrowdEngine, except that an

Administrative Account may be reassigned to a new individual replacing one who no longer requires ongoing use for Customer's permitted use of the Subscription Services. Customer will be responsible for all activities conducted using the Administrative Accounts.

 4 

 

3.4  Administration. Customer will be responsible for the administration of the Customer Portal via the assigned Administrative Accounts and for all Customer Content that appears therein, including, without limitation the design, configuration, and custom functionality of the Customer Portal that is permitted by the Subscription Services.

3.5  Technical Contacts. Customer will designate a primary technical contact for communicating with CrowdEngine regarding technical issues hereunder. Customer may change its primary technical contact from time to time by providing written notice to CrowdEngine.

3.6  Fulfillment. Customer will be solely responsible for fulfilling all orders and/or investments placed by End Users via the Customer Portal and for providing customer service to End Users.

3.7  Other Customer Responsibilities. In addition to all other obligations and requirements of Customer set forth in this Agreement, Customer will (a) be responsible for its employees' compliance with this Agreement,

(b) be responsible for the accuracy, quality and legality of Customer Data and the means by which Customer acquires Customer Data, (c) use commercially reasonable efforts to safeguard and protect the Administrative Accounts and prevent unauthorized access to or use of the Subscription Services, and notify CrowdEngine promptly of any such known or suspected unauthorized access or use, (d) use Subscription Services only in accordance with this Agreement, the Documentation and Applicable Laws, and (e) notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, not refer to CrowdEngine or include any information about CrowdEngine in any written private placement memorandum or other written offering material or communications used by Customer in connection with an offering of securities without CrowdEngine's prior written consent in each instance.

 

 5 

 

 

3.8  Use Restrictions. Except as allowed herein, Customer represents, covenants and warrants that Customer will not, nor will it permit or assist others to, do or attempt to do any of the following: (a) make the Subscription Service or CrowdEngine Technology available to, or use the Subscription Service CrowdEngine Technology for the benefit of, anyone other than Customer or Authorized Users in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, (b) sell, resell, license, sublicense, distribute, rent, lease or time-share the Subscription Service, CrowdEngine Technology or Administrative Accounts, or, except as expressly permitted in Section 3.1, include the Subscription Service or CrowdEngine Technology in a service bureau or outsourcing offering, (c) use the Subscription Service or CrowdEngine Technology to store or transmit infringing, libelous, defamatory, fraudulent, or otherwise unlawful or tortious material, or any discriminatory, obscene, harmful, pornographic, vulgar, harassing, hateful, abusive or racially, ethnically, religiously, sexually or otherwise offensive material, or any material in violation of third-party privacy rights, (d) process or permit to be processed the data of any third-party that is not expressly authorized herein to access and use the Subscription Service or CrowdEngine Technology, (e) use the Subscription Service or CrowdEngine Technology to store, transmit or propagate any Malicious Code or any other programming routine intended to damage the Subscription Services or CrowdEngine Technology, (f) interfere with or disrupt the integrity or performance of the Subscription Service or CrowdEngine Technology or the third-party data contained therein, (g) attempt to gain unauthorized access to the Subscription Service or CrowdEngine Technology or its related systems or networks or the third party data contained therein, (h) abuse or fraudulently use the Subscription Service or CrowdEngine Technology, or access, alter, or destroy any information of any Customer of CrowdEngine by any fraudulent means or device, (i) permit direct or indirect access to or use of the Subscription Service, CrowdEngine Technology or Administrative Accounts in a way that circumvents a contractual usage limit, (j) knowingly permit access to the Customer Portal by a direct competitor of CrowdEngine, (k) copy the Subscription Service or CrowdEngine Technology or any part, feature, function or user interface thereof, (l) access the Subscription Services or CrowdEngine Technology for the purpose of building a product or service that is competitive with, or copies the features or user interface of, the Subscription Services or CrowdEngine Technology, (m) use or permit to be used the Subscription Services or CrowdEngine Technology for purposes of evaluating, benchmarking or doing any other comparative analysis of the services or products offered through the Subscription Services or CrowdEngine Technology, for the purposes of publication without CrowdEngine's prior written consent, which CrowdEngine will be free to withhold for any or no reason, (n) access, modify,

copy, cache, store or create derivative works based on the Subscription Service or CrowdEngine Technology, (o) attempt to reproduce or duplicate, or succeed in reproducing or duplicating, the Subscription Services, (p) reverse-engineer, decompile, disassemble, create a derivative work from, or otherwise attempt to derive the source code of, any part of the CrowdEngine Technology (to the extent such restriction is permitted by Applicable Laws), (q) utilize the Customer Portal or Subscription Services as a factor in establishing an individual's eligibility for credit, insurance or employment, or in connection with a determination of an individual's eligibility for a license or other benefit granted by a governmental authority, or in connection with underwriting individual insurance, or in any way that would cause the Subscription Services to constitute a “consumer report" under the Fair Credit Reporting Act or similar statute or by any authority having jurisdiction over the parties, (r) use spam or unsolicited email to promote the Subscription Service or CrowdEngine Technology, or (s) use the Subscription Service, CrowdEngine Technology, or Customer Portal in a manner that violates any Applicable Law. Customer agrees to abide by our upstream providers Acceptable Use Policy, available here https://aws.amazon.com/aup/ and here https://www.heroku.com/policy/aup.

 6 

 

3.9  Communication Services. The Subscription Services may contain e-mail services, bulletin board services, news groups, forums, communities, personal web pages, calendars, photo albums, file cabinets or other message or communication facilities designed to enable Customer or End Users to communicate with others

(the "Communication Services"). Customer agrees to use the Communication Services only to post, send and receive messages and materials that are proper and, when applicable, related to the particular Communication Services, in accordance with Applicable Law. CrowdEngine has no obligation to monitor the Communication Services. CrowdEngine reserves the right, but is not obligated, to review materials posted to the

Communication Services and to edit, remove or refuse to post any materials which are in violation of the representations set forth in this Agreement with or without notice to Customer, or to remove any materials at any time, without notice to Customer, for any reason and in CrowdEngine's sole discretion. CrowdEngine reserves the right to terminate or suspend access to any or all of the Communication Services at any time, without notice, for any reason whatsoever. Customer acknowledges that emails, chats, postings, conferences and other communications by End Users are not controlled or endorsed by CrowdEngine, and such communications will not be considered reviewed, screened or approved by CrowdEngine. Statements made in forums, bulletin boards, chats and other Communication Services reflect only the views of their authors.

CrowdEngine specifically disclaims any liability with regard to the Communication Services and any actions resulting from Customer or End User participation in any Communication Services. CrowdEngine reserves the right at all times to disclose any Customer Content found on the Communications Services as CrowdEngine deems necessary to satisfy any Applicable Law, regulation, legal process or governmental request in CrowdEngine's reasonable business judgment, provided that CrowdEngine gives Customer prior notice of its intent to disclose such Customer Content found on the Communications Services.

 7 

 

3.10  Third Party Services. Certain links provided by CrowdEngine lead to third party websites. These third party websites are not under the control of CrowdEngine and may collect data or solicit personal information from Customer or the End Users. CrowdEngine is not responsible for their content, business practices or privacy policies, or for the collection, use or disclosure of any information those third party websites may collect.

CrowdEngine is providing these links to Customer and End Users only as a convenience, and the inclusion of any link does not imply endorsement by CrowdEngine of the linked third party websites. Some of these third party websites may charge separate fees, which are not included in any subscription or other fees that Customer may pay to CrowdEngine. Any separate charges or obligations Customer incurs in Customer's dealings with these third parties are Customer's responsibility. CrowdEngine makes no representation or warranty with regard to third-party websites, including, without limitation, any products, services, software or content provided by any third party even if linked from the Customer Portal or via the Subscription Services. CrowdEngine may in its sole discretion replace or discontinue access to any third party websites at any time.

3.11  Suspension of Service. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event of any breach by Customer of any of Customer's representations, warranties, covenants, or obligations under this Agreement, other than for non-payment as provided in Section 6.4, in addition to any other remedies available at law or in equity, CrowdEngine will have the right to suspend any Subscription Services if deemed reasonably necessary by CrowdEngine in its reasonable business judgment to prevent any harm to CrowdEngine and its business. CrowdEngine will provide notice to Customer and an opportunity to cure, if practicable, depending on the nature of the breach. Once cured, CrowdEngine will promptly restore the Subscription Services.

4. AUTHORIZED USER AGREEMENTS.

4.1  Authorized User Agreement. Customer will ensure that each Authorized User, as a pre-condition to being authorized by Customer to use the Customer Portal, enters into a binding agreement with Customer (which

may be an electronic agreement which the Authorized User accepts by “clicking through" an acceptance gateway) (each, an “Authorized User Agreement") which, among other things, (a) limits the Authorized User's use of the Customer Portal solely to conducting the Authorized User's own crowdfunding project or to pledging to or investing in, or providing comments or questions with respect to another Authorized User's crowdfunding project, (b) contains obligations and restrictions affording protection to the CrowdEngine Technology, the Subscription Services, and CrowdEngine's Confidential Information consistent in all material respects with, and at least as protective as, the terms and conditions applicable thereto as provided in this Agreement, (c) expressly disclaims and excludes all warranties purported to be made on or behalf of, and all liability of, Customer's suppliers and service providers, (d) requires the Authorized User to observe and comply with all Applicable Laws and to not engage in unfair or deceptive trade practices or fraudulent activity, (e) obtains from the Authorized User all rights and licenses necessary for CrowdEngine's receipt, storage, processing, use, modification, and disclosure of the Authorized User's End User Information and other Customer Content supplied by the Authorized User to the fullest extent necessary or useful for CrowdEngine's provision of the Subscription Services and performance of its other obligations hereunder, (f) links to and incorporates the Customer's privacy policy, and (g) requires the Authorized User to acknowledge and agree that Customer's suppliers and service providers are intended third party beneficiaries of such agreement and are entitled to rely upon and enforce all provisions of such agreement to the same extent as if CrowdEngine was a party thereto. Promptly upon becoming aware of any breach by an Authorized User of an Authorized User Agreement, Customer will take all steps reasonably necessary to mitigate the damages, liability and other adverse effects arising therefrom, and to prevent further harm, including without limitation by disabling such Authorized User's access to the Customer Portal, if warranted.

4.2  Customer Privacy Policy. Customer will display on the Customer Portal and incorporate into each Authorized User Agreement a privacy policy which complies with all Applicable Laws, including without limitation those pertaining to privacy, user data, personal data, and data security, and will require each End User to agree and consent to the privacy policy. Customer will not obtain, collect or use any End User Information, or possess any data that is not publicly available, in violation or breach of such privacy policy, or otherwise engage in any practice inconsistent with such privacy policy or any other terms of the Agreement.

 8 

 

 

4.3  Visitor Website Terms of Use. Customer will display on the Customer Portal a website terms of use which, among other things, expressly disclaims and excludes all warranties purported to be made on or behalf of, and all liability of Customer's suppliers and service providers, obtains from the Authorized User all rights and licenses necessary for CrowdEngine's receipt, storage, processing, use, modification, and disclosure of the Authorized User's End User Information and other Customer Content supplied by the Authorized User to the fullest extent necessary or useful for CrowdEngine's provision of the Subscription Services and performance of its other obligations hereunder, links to and incorporates the Customer's privacy policy and includes procedures for notification of and removal of infringing content consistent with procedures described in the Digital Millennium Copyright Act, and will require each End User to agree and consent to such terms of use. Customer will promptly respond to all notices of removal of infringing content in accordance with the applicable procedures set forth in the Digital Millennium Copyright Act.

5.CUSTOMER CONTENT

 

5.1  Customer Representations Regarding Customer Content. Customer may upload or otherwise transmit on or through the Customer Portal only Customer Content that is not subject to any third-party Proprietary Rights, or Customer Content in which any holder of Proprietary Rights has given express authorization for distribution on the Customer Portal or Subscription Services. Customer represents and warrant that to the best of its knowledge: (a) the Customer Content and all elements thereto are wholly owned original works of authorship created and/or developed by or for Customer, are in the public domain, or are properly authorized by the holder of the Proprietary Rights relating to such Customer Content; (b) Customer did not copy any content incorporated or used in the Customer Content or any element thereto from any copyrighted or other proprietary source owned by any other person or entity without such owner's express authorization; (c) the Customer Content does not infringe upon any statutory or common law copyright, any trade dress, trademark, or service mark, or any patent; (d) the Customer Content does not violate the right of privacy or publicity of any person, and do not contain any matter libelous or otherwise in contravention of the rights of any third party; (e) the Customer Content contains no matter that violates any federal, state, or local common law, statute, or regulation, nor is it in any manner unlawful; (f) no third party has made any claims of infringement of their Proprietary Rights by the Customer Content. Customer acknowledges and agrees that Customer is solely responsible for all of the Customer Content that is uploaded or otherwise transmitted on or through the Subscription Services. CrowdEngine will have the right, but not the obligation, in its sole discretion to monitor Customer Content on the Customer Portal. CrowdEngine cannot monitor or prescreen all of the Customer Content on the Customer Portal, and CrowdEngine will not be responsible for and will not consistently attempt to do so. Customer acknowledges and agrees that (a) CrowdEngine does not monitor the Customer Content passing through the Subscription Services and Customer Portal for purposes of verifying accuracy or legal compliance, and (b) Customer will ensure that the Customer Content transmitted via the Customer Portal complies with all Applicable Laws and regulations, whether now in existence or hereafter enacted and in force. CrowdEngine will make good faith efforts to investigate allegations that the Customer Content violates this Agreement, but CrowdEngine (a) makes no warranty to Customer that CrowdEngine will edit, remove, or continue to permit the display of any specific Customer Content which violates the representations set herein, whether or not subject to such allegations, and (b) will have no liability whatsoever for editing, removing, or continuing to permit the display of any Customer Content which violates this Agreement. CrowdEngine does not endorse, approve, or prescreen any Customer Content that Customer communicates on the Customer Portal or Subscription Services. CrowdEngine does not assume any responsibility or liability for Customer Content that is generated by Customer using the Customer Portal or Subscription Services. Customer bears the entire risk of the completeness, accuracy or usefulness of Customer Content found on the Customer Portal. CrowdEngine does not control the quality, accuracy or content of any versions of the Customer Portal or Subscription Services translated into a different language by Customer or any third party. Vulgar language, crude or explicit sexual references, discussions of illegal drugs, and hate speech are always inappropriate Customer Content. IF, IN CROWDENGINE'S REASONABLE BUSINESS JUDGMENT, ANY CONTENT IS FOUND TO BE IN VIOLATION OF ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY STATE OR FEDERAL LAW OR ANY APPLICABLE FOREIGN LAWS, RULES AND REGULATIONS, CUSTOMER HEREBY CONSENTS THAT CROWDENGINE MAY EDIT, DELETE, REFUSE TO POST, AND/OR REMOVE SUCH CONTENT AND/OR SUSPEND ANY OR ALL OF THE SERVICES TO PREVENT ANY HARM TO CROWDENGINE AND ITS BUSINESS. CROWDENGINE WILL PROVIDE CUSTOMER AN OPPORTUNITY TO CURE, IF PRACTICABLE, DEPENDING ON THE NATURE OF THE BREACH. ONCE CURED, CROWDENGINE WILL PROMPTLY RESTORE THE SERVICES.

 9 

 

 

5.2 Customer Content License. Customer grants CrowdEngine an irrevocable, non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free, sublicensable, transferable right and license to use, host, store, cache, reproduce, publish, display (publicly or otherwise), perform (publicly or otherwise), distribute, rent, lease, transmit, modify, adapt (including, without limitation, in order to conform it to the requirements of any networks, devices, services, or media through which the Subscription Services makes the Customer Content available), and create derivative works of, the Customer Content. The rights Customer grants in this license are for the sole purpose of allowing CrowdEngine to provide the Subscription Services pursuant to this Agreement. The reference in this license to "create(ing) derivative works" is not intended to give CrowdEngine a right to make substantive editorial changes or derivations of the Customer Content, but does, for example, enable reblogging or reposting of the Customer Content, which allows End Users to redistribute Customer Content from the Customer Portal to another site in a manner that allows them to add their own text or other content before or after Customer Content.

6.FEES AND PAYMENT

6.1  Fees. Customer will pay all Fees (including without limitation set-up fees, launch support fees, custom development fees, and subscription fees) as set forth in any applicable Service Order(s). Except as otherwise specified herein or in a Service Order, (a) fees are based on Subscription Services purchased and not actual usage, and (b) payment obligations are non-cancelable and fees paid are non-refundable. All Fees are due and payable within ten days of the date of the invoice.

6.2  Invoicing and Payment. Fees will be invoiced and due in accordance with with the payment terms set forth on any relevant Service Order according to CrowdEngine policies which are available online

at http://crowdengine.com/billing-policies. Customer is responsible for providing complete and accurate billing and contact information to CrowdEngine and notifying CrowdEngine of any changes to such information. You must report any overcharges or billing disputes within 30 days of the time you become aware, or should have become aware, of the existence of the overcharge or dispute.

6.3  Overdue Charges. If any invoiced amount is not received by CrowdEngine by the due date, then without limiting CrowdEngine's rights or remedies, those charges may accrue late interest at the rate of 1.5% of the outstanding balance per month, or the maximum rate permitted by law, whichever is lower.

6.4  Suspension of Subscription Service. If any charge owing by Customer is 30 days or more overdue, CrowdEngine may, without limiting its other rights and remedies, suspend Subscription Services until such amounts are paid in full, provided CrowdEngine has given Customer at least 10 days' prior notice that its account is overdue in accordance with the “Notices" section below.

 10 

 

 

6.5  Taxes. CrowdEngine's fees do not include any taxes, levies, duties or similar governmental assessments of any nature, including, for example, value-added, sales, use or withholding taxes, assessable by any jurisdiction whatsoever (collectively, “Taxes"). Customer is responsible for paying all Taxes associated with its purchases hereunder. If CrowdEngine has the legal obligation to pay or collect Taxes for which Customer is responsible under this section, CrowdEngine will invoice Customer and Customer will pay that amount unless Customer provides CrowdEngine with a valid tax exemption certificate authorized by the appropriate taxing authority. For clarity, CrowdEngine is solely responsible for taxes assessable against it based on its income, property and employees.

6.6  Future Functionality. Customer agrees that unless otherwise expressly stated on a Service Order executed by CrowdEngine, Customer's purchases are not contingent on the delivery of any future functionality or features, or dependent on any oral or written public comments made by CrowdEngine regarding future functionality or features.

7.CROWDENGINE'S PROPRIETARY RIGHTS

 

7.1  Reservation of Rights. CrowdEngine reserves all of its right, title and interest, including without limitation all Proprietary Rights, in and to the CrowdEngine Technology, the Subscription Services, and the Customer Portal (excluding the Customer Data and Customer Content), including without limitation, web pages, databases, source code, tools, URL addresses registered by CrowdEngine, custom functionality, CrowdEngine domains, URLs, product names, trademarks, and logos associated with the Subscription Services and underlying source code. All rights not expressly granted to Customer herein with respect to the Subscription Services and CrowdEngine Technology are expressly reserved by CrowdEngine in perpetuity.

7.2  License by Customer to Use Feedback. Customer hereby unconditionally and irrevocably transfers and assigns to CrowdEngine any rights Customer may have to any suggestions, ideas, enhancement requests, feedback, recommendations or other information that Customer sends to CrowdEngine relating to Customer's suggestions regarding improving, modifying or changing the Subscription Services (“Feedback"). All Feedback will be deemed unconditionally and irrevocably assigned by Customer to CrowdEngine from the moment of submission and/or delivery to CrowdEngine. Accordingly, CrowdEngine will be irrevocably entitled to use, reproduce, modify, adapt, publish, broadcast, license, perform, post, sell, translate, create derivative works from and distribute any Feedback for any purpose whatsoever, commercial or otherwise, in any medium now known or hereafter devised, without compensation or credit to the provider of the Feedback. Customer also gives up any claim that any use by CrowdEngine or its licensees or licensors of any Feedback violates any of Customer rights, including but not limited to moral rights, privacy rights, rights to publicity, proprietary or other rights, or rights to credit for the material or ideas set forth therein.

 11 

 

8.CONFIDENTIALITY

8.1  Definition of Confidential Information. “Confidential Information" means all information disclosed by a party (“Disclosing Party") to the other party (“Receiving Party"), whether orally or in writing, that is designated as confidential or that reasonably should be understood to be confidential given the nature of the information and the circumstances of disclosure. Confidential Information of Customer includes without limitation Customer Data; Confidential Information of CrowdEngine includes without limitation the Subscription Services; and Confidential Information of each party includes the terms and conditions of this Agreement and all Service Order (including without limitation pricing), as well as business and marketing plans, technology and technical information, product plans and designs, and business processes disclosed by such party. However, Confidential Information does not include any information that (i) is or becomes generally known to the public without breach of any obligation owed to the Disclosing Party, (ii) was known to the Receiving Party prior to its disclosure by the Disclosing Party without breach of any obligation owed to the Disclosing Party, (iii) is received from a third party without breach of any obligation owed to the Disclosing Party, or (iv) was independently developed by the Receiving Party.

8.2  Protection of Confidential Information. The Receiving Party will use the same degree of care that it uses to protect the confidentiality of its own confidential information of like kind (but not less than reasonable care) (i) not to use any Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party for any purpose outside the scope of this Agreement, and (ii) except as otherwise authorized by the Disclosing Party in writing, to limit access to and disclosure of Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party to those of its and its Affiliates' employees and contractors who need that access for purposes consistent with this Agreement and who have signed confidentiality agreements with the Receiving Party containing protections no less stringent than those herein. Neither party will disclose the terms of this Agreement or any Service Order to any third party other than its Affiliates, legal counsel and accountants without the other party's prior written consent, provided that a party that makes any such disclosure to its Affiliate, legal counsel or accountants will remain responsible for such Affiliate's, legal counsel's or accountant's compliance with this “Confidentiality" section.

 12 

 

8.3  Compelled Disclosure. The Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party to the extent compelled by law to do so, provided the Receiving Party gives the Disclosing Party prior notice of the compelled disclosure (to the extent legally permitted) and reasonable assistance, at the Disclosing Party's cost, if the Disclosing Party wishes to contest the disclosure. If the Receiving Party is compelled by law to disclose the Disclosing Party's Confidential Information as part of a civil proceeding to which the Disclosing

Party is a party, and the Disclosing Party is not contesting the disclosure, the Disclosing Party will reimburse the Receiving Party for its reasonable cost of compiling and providing secure access to that Confidential Information.

8.4  General Skills and Knowledge. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Customer agrees that CrowdEngine is not prohibited from utilizing any skills or knowledge of a general nature acquired during the course of providing the Subscription Services, including without limitation information publicly known or available or that could reasonably be acquired in similar work performed for another Customer of CrowdEngine.

9.REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES AND DISCLAIMERS

9.1  Customer Representations, Covenants and Warranties. 

(a)Customer represents and warrants that it has obtained all material licenses, authorizations, approvals, consents or permits required by Applicable Laws to conduct its business and to perform its obligations under this Agreement.(b)Customer represents, covenants and warrants that the performance of its obligations and use of the Subscription Services and Customer Portal by Customer and End Users will comply with, and will not violate, any Applicable Laws, or regulations, including without limitation any and all laws and regulations of the country in which Customer chooses to provide the Customer Portal/Subscription Services, including without limitation any privacy and data security laws and regulations and the CAN-SPAM Act of 2003 and including without limitation by causing a breach of any agreements with any third parties or unreasonably interfering

with the use by other CrowdEngine Customers of CrowdEngine services.(c)Customer represents, covenants and warrants that: (i) Customer has all rights and interests to operate, license, maintain, modify, and otherwise conduct business with CrowdEngine and End Users through the Customer Portal; (ii) Customer will ensure that all transmissions of Customer Content to CrowdEngine are authorized; (iii) Customer will use the Subscription Services, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure End Users use the Customer Portal, solely for legal purposes.(d)Without limitation to any other provision of this Agreement and notwithstanding any other obligations Customer may have pursuant to Applicable Laws, Customer will, consistent with industry standards and best practices, implement and maintain appropriate administrative, technical and physical safeguards to protect the confidentiality of Customer Data, including without limitation End User Information.(e)Without limitation to any other provision of this Agreement and notwithstanding any other obligations Customer may have pursuant to Applicable Laws, Customer represents, covenants and warrants that Customer will limit access to Customer Data, including without limitation End User Information, to those individuals who have a “need to know" in connection with Customer's business and will obligate those individuals to acknowledge consumers' rights to privacy and adhere to fair information practices. Customer acknowledges that its right to use and disclose information concerning consumer information is subject to the federal Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the “ Gramm Act") and its implementing regulations and other country, federal and state laws and regulations regarding privacy and the confidentiality of Customer or consumer records. Customer agrees to comply with the applicable requirements under the Gramm Act (15 U.S.C. section 6801 et seq.) and the Privacy Safeguards Rule promulgated by the Federal Trade Commission thereunder (16 C.F.R. Section 314 (together, the “GLB Act") with respect to “nonpublic personal information" (as defined under the GLB Act) it receives on individuals, including, without limitation, to use that information solely for the purposes of carrying out this Agreement, and implementing procedures required under the GLB Act to safeguard such information.

 

 13 

 

9.2  Disclaimers. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED HEREIN, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, AND EACH PARTY SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT AND TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMISSIBLE BY LAW, WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, CROWDENGINE SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY REGARDING (a) ITS NETWORK, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY LIABILITY OR INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS FOR ANY HARM OR DAMAGES CAUSED BY ANY THIRD-PARTY HOSTING PROVIDERS; (b) THE AMOUNT OF REVENUE THAT MAY BE GENERATED; AND (c) ANY ECONOMIC OR OTHER BENEFIT THAT CUSTOMER MIGHT OBTAIN THROUGH ITS PARTICIPATION IN THIS AGREEMENT. SPECIFICALLY, CROWDENGINE DISCLAIMS ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY THAT ANY SERVICES WILL MEET ANY REQUIREMENTS OF CUSTOMER OR END USERS UNDER FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL LAWS. CROWDENGINE EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY LIABILITY TO ANY PERSON FOR LOSS OR DAMAGE CAUSED BY ERRORS OR OMISSIONS IN THE CROWDENGINE TECHNOLOGY OR SERVICES, UNLESS SUCH ERRORS OR OMISSIONS RESULT FROM CROWDENGINE'S GROSS NEGLIGENCE, BUT NOT FOR ANY OTHER CAUSE.

9.3  Acknowledgment. CUSTOMER AGREES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT CROWDENGINE IS NOT, IN ANY MANNER, PROVIDING LEGAL SERVICES OR LEGAL ADVICE TO CUSTOMER. FURTHERMORE, CUSTOMER AGREES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT CROWDENGINE IS NOT AN ADVISOR AS TO TAX, FINANCIAL, BUSINESS, ACCOUNTING OR REGULATORY MATTERS IN ANY JURISDICTION. NONE OF THE ADVICE, GUIDANCE OR ANY SERVICES PROVIDED BY CROWDENGINE WILL BE DEEMED LEGAL, TAX, FINANCIAL OR BUSINESS ADVICE. CUSTOMER IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSULTING WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL TO ENSURE THAT THE CUSTOMER PORTAL COMPLIES WITH ALL APPLICABLE LAWS. WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF THE FOREGOING, CROWDENGINE WILL PROVIDE A COMPLIANT REG A+ SOLUTION OUT OF THE BOX BUT MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTIES REGARDING THE CUSTOMER PORTAL'S COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, THE EXCHANGE ACT OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS ANY FOR PRIVATE PLACEMENT OR SIMILAR SECURITIES OFFERINGS AS IT RELATES TO ANY CUSTOMIZATION, CHANGES, MODIFICATIONS, OR ALTERATIONS MADE TO THE PORTAL BY CUSTOMER.

10.MUTUAL INDEMNIFICATION

 

10.1  Indemnification by Customer.

 

(a)To the fullest extent permissible by law, Customer will defend, indemnify and hold harmless CrowdEngine and its Affiliates, and their respective employees, officers, directors, attorneys, agents, independent contractors, assigns and representatives, (collectively, “ CrowdEngine Indemnitees"), including without limitation each individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity (each, a “Person"), if any, who controls such CrowdEngine Indemnitee within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act", or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act"), against any and all liabilities, claims, losses, reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees together, “Damages"), which CrowdEngine Indemnitees have incurred or may incur as a result of any claim or action brought or that may be brought by a third party, to the extent relating to, in connection with, or arising out of (a) any violation of any Applicable Law by Customer; (b) the End User Information or Customer Content contained on the Customer Portal or the administration of any portion of the Customer Portal by Customer via the Administrative Accounts; (c) any breach by Customer of any representation, warranty, obligation or any other breach of this Agreement; (d) any violation of third party Proprietary Rights by any Customer Content provided by Customer or End Users hereunder; (e) any negligent, reckless or intentional acts or omissions by Customer or any of Customer's employees, agents or representatives; or (f) anything published on the Customer Portal. Customer will have the right to select and control legal counsel for the defense of any such claim or action and for any negotiations relating to any such claim or action as it applies to or against Customer. CrowdEngine will reasonably cooperate in the investigation, defense and settlement of any claim or action and will provide prompt notice of any such claim or action or reasonably expected claim or action to Customer. CrowdEngine will have the right, but not the obligation, to retain its own separate legal counsel at its own expense to defend any such claim or action. If Customer fails or refuses to defend or settle any claims or actions, then CrowdEngine will, upon written notice to the Customer, have the right to defend or settle (and control the defense of) such claims or actions.(b)To provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either: (i) any CrowdEngine Indemnitee otherwise entitled to indemnification under Section 10.1(a) makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to Section 10.1(a) but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case, notwithstanding the fact that Section 10.1(a) provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any party hereto for which indemnification is provided under Section 10.1(a), then, and in each such case, such parties will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of each of Customer and the CrowdEngine Indemnitee in connection with the statements, omissions, or other actions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability, or expense, as well as to reflect any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of Customer and of the CrowdEngine Indemnitee will be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact, or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact, relates to information supplied by Customer or by the CrowdEngine Indemnitee and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, however, that, in any such case no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; provided, further, however, in no event will the aggregate liability for all CrowdEngine Indemnitees for contribution under this Section 10.1(b) exceed the limitation of liability amount set forth in Section 11, except in the case of willful misconduct or fraud by a CrowdEngine Indemnitee.

 14 

 

 

 

10.2  Indemnification by CrowdEngine. CrowdEngine will defend Customer against any claim, demand, suit or proceeding made or brought against Customer by a third party alleging that the use of the Subscription Service in accordance with this Agreement infringes or misappropriates such third party's intellectual property rights (a “Claim Against Customer"), and will indemnify Customer from any damages, attorneys' fees and costs finally awarded against Customer as a result of, or for amounts paid by Customer under a court-approved settlement of, a Claim Against Customer, provided Customer (a) promptly gives CrowdEngine written notice of the Claim Against Customer, (b) gives CrowdEngine sole control of the defense and settlement of the Claim Against Customer (except that CrowdEngine may not settle any Claim Against Customer unless it unconditionally releases Customer of all liability), and (c) gives CrowdEngine all reasonable assistance, at CrowdEngine's expense. If CrowdEngine receives information about an infringement or misappropriation claim related to a Subscription Service, CrowdEngine may in its discretion and at no cost to Customer (i) modify the Subscription Services so that they no longer infringe or misappropriate, (ii) obtain a license for Customer's continued use of that Subscription Service in accordance with this Agreement, or (iii) terminate Customer's subscriptions for that Subscription Service upon 30 days' written notice and refund Customer any prepaid fees covering the remainder of the term of the terminated subscriptions. The above defense and indemnification obligations do not apply to the extent a Claim Against Customer arises from Customer's breach of this Agreement or from any Customer Content or Customer Data. This paragraph states CrowdEngine's sole liability to Customer, and Customer's exclusive remedy against CrowdEngine, for any type of claim described in this paragraph. 

11.LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

11.1  Limitation of Liability. EXCEPT WITH RESPECT TO EACH PARTY'S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND EITHER PARTY'S BREACH OF ITS OBLIGATIONS PURSUANT TO SECTION 8 (CONFIDENTIALITY), NEITHER PARTY'S LIABILITY WITH RESPECT TO ANY SINGLE INCIDENT ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT WILL EXCEED THE AMOUNT PAID BY CUSTOMER HEREUNDER IN THE SIX

(6) MONTH PERIOD PRECEDING THE INCIDENT, PROVIDED THAT IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY'S AGGREGATE LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED THE TOTAL AMOUNT PAID BY CUSTOMER HEREUNDER. THIS LIMIT IS CUMULATIVE AND ALL PAYMENTS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR THE SIX (6) MONTH PERIOD PRECEDING THE INCIDENT WILL BE AGGREGATED TO CALCULATE SATISFACTION OF THE LIMIT. THE EXISTENCE OF MULTIPLE CLAIMS WILL NOT ENLARGE THIS LIMIT. THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS WILL APPLY WHETHER AN ACTION IS IN CONTRACT OR TORT AND REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY. HOWEVER, THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS WILL NOT LIMIT CUSTOMER'S PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE “FEES AND PAYMENT" SECTION ABOVE.

11.2  Exclusion of Consequential and Related Damages. EXCEPT WITH RESPECT TO EACH PARTY'S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND EITHER PARTY'S BREACH OF ITS OBLIGATIONS PURSUANT TO SECTION 8 (CONFIDENTIALITY), IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY HAVE ANY LIABILITY TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR ANY LOST PROFITS, REVENUES OR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, COVER OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, WHETHER AN ACTION IS IN CONTRACT OR TORT AND REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY, EVEN IF A PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. THE FOREGOING DISCLAIMER WILL NOT APPLY TO THE EXTENT PROHIBITED BY LAW. 

 15 

 

 

12.TERM AND TERMINATION

 

12.1  Term of Agreement. This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and continue until all Service Orders hereunder have expired or have been terminated, or until this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms. 

12.2  Term of Service Order. Any Service Order created under this Agreement will commence immediately upon execution by both parties, and will continue thereafter as provided in the Service Order; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any Service Order, all existing Service Orders will also terminate upon the termination of this Agreement.

12.3  Termination for Cause. If either party fails to comply with any of the material terms and conditions of this Agreement or Service Order, including without limitation the payment of any Subscription Fee or reimbursement due and payable to CrowdEngine under this Agreement, the other party may terminate this Agreement and/or any or all Service Orders and any and all license rights upon fifteen (15) days' written notice to the defaulting party specifying any such breach, unless within the period of such notice, all breaches specified therein will have been remedied.

12.4  Termination by CrowdEngine for End of Life. CrowdEngine intends to continue to provide and support the Subscription Services for so long as Customer renews in accordance with the applicable Service Order; provided, however, if, CrowdEngine determines in its sole discretion that it is no longer feasible to support the Subscription Services, CrowdEngine may terminate this Agreement for end of life at any time by providing one hundred eighty (180) days' written notice to Customer.

12.5  Refund or Payment upon Termination. If this Agreement is terminated by Customer in accordance with the “Termination for Cause" section above or if this Agreement is terminated by CrowdEngine in accordance with the “Termination by CrowdEngine for End of Life" section above, CrowdEngine will refund Customer after the effective date of termination any prepaid fees covering the remainder of the term of all Service Orders in effect on the date of termination. If this Agreement is terminated by CrowdEngine in accordance with the “Termination for Cause" section above, Customer will pay CrowdEngine any unpaid fees covering the remainder of the term of all Service Orders. In no event will termination relieve Customer of its obligation to pay any fees payable to CrowdEngine for the period prior to the effective date of termination

 16 

 

 

12.6  Effect of Termination. Upon the termination or expiration of this Agreement, the Customer Portal URL will be de-activated and will no longer be used by either party. Upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason: (a) Customer will cease use of, and return to CrowdEngine, any materials provided by CrowdEngine; (b) CrowdEngine will return to Customer all End User Information, Customer Content, Customer Confidential Information and any other Customer materials then in the possession of CrowdEngine; and (c) CrowdEngine will make Customer Content inaccessible and cease use of the Customer Content, provided that Customer acknowledges and agrees that: (i) removed Customer Content may persist in caches or backups for a reasonable period of time, and (ii) CrowdEngine will not have control over any Customer Content that has been copied from the Customer Portal by End Users and reposted or redistributed to a third party site (Facebook, Twitter, personal blog, etc.), and CrowdEngine will not be responsible for the removal of such reposted and/or redistributed Customer Content on third party sites. 

12.7  Transition Services. If Customer is current in all payments due to CrowdEngine at the time of expiration or termination this Agreement, CrowdEngine will provide to Customer its End User Information, Customer Content and any other Customer materials in the possession of CrowdEngine in a standard database document format readily available to CrowdEngine at no additional charge. If Customer requests the End User Information and Customer Content in a non-standard format, Customer will pay to CrowdEngine a reasonable fee for technical services as determined by CrowdEngine.

12.8  Surviving Provisions. Any provision of the Agreement that by its express terms or nature contemplates performance or observance subsequent to termination or expiration of the Agreement will survive termination or expiration of the Agreement and continue in full force and effect.

13.GENERALPROVISIONS

 

13.1  Export Compliance. The Subscription Services, other CrowdEngine technology, and derivatives thereof may be subject to export laws and regulations of the United States and other jurisdictions. CrowdEngine and Customer each represents that it is not named on any U.S. government denied-party list. Customer will not knowingly permit any User to access or use any Subscription Service in a U.S.-embargoed country (currently Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan or Syria) or in violation of any U.S. export law or regulation.

13.2  Entire Agreement and Order of Precedence. This Agreement is the entire agreement between CrowdEngine and Customer concerning its subject matter and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, proposals or representations, written or oral, concerning its subject matter. No modification, amendment, or waiver of any provision of this Agreement will be effective unless in writing and signed by the party against whom the modification, amendment or waiver is to be asserted. The parties agree that any term or condition stated in a Customer quote, bid, purchase order or in any other Customer order documentation (excluding Service Order) is void. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency among the following documents, the order of precedence will be: (1) the applicable Service Order, (2) any exhibit, schedule or addendum to this Agreement, and (3) the body of this Agreement.

 17 

 

 

13.3  Interpretation. The parties hereto agree that this Agreement has been negotiated jointly and constitutes an arms-length negotiation. The parties agree that this Agreement will be interpreted as if drafted jointly by the parties and that no adverse inference will arise against a party nor will any provision hereof be interpreted against a party by virtue of that party's authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

13.4  Relationship of the Parties. The parties are independent contractors. This Agreement does not create a partnership, franchise, joint venture, agency, fiduciary or employment relationship between the parties.

13.5Third-Party Beneficiaries. There are no third-party beneficiaries under this Agreement.

13.6  Notices. Any notice or communication required or permitted to be given hereunder may be delivered by hand, deposit with an overnight courier, sent by email or facsimile (provided delivery is confirmed), or U.S. Mail (registered or certified only), return receipt requested, in each case to the address set forth on the initial page hereof or at such other addresses as will be designated in writing by either party to the other in accordance with this Section. Such notice will be deemed to be given when received.

13.7  Waiver. No failure or delay by either party in exercising any right under this Agreement will constitute a waiver of that right.

13.8  Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is declared invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be deemed modified to the extent necessary and possible to render it valid and enforceable. In any event, the unenforceability or invalidity of any provision will not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and this Agreement will continue in full force and effect, and be construed and enforced, as if such provision had not been included, or had been modified as above provided, as the case may be.

13.9  Assignment. Neither party may assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder, whether by operation of law or otherwise, without the other party's prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld); provided, however, either party may assign this Agreement in its entirety (including without limitation all Service Orders), without the other party's consent to its Affiliates or in connection with a merger, acquisition, corporate reorganization, or sale of all or substantially all of its assets. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Customer is acquired by, sells substantially all of its assets to, or undergoes a change of control in favor of, a direct competitor of CrowdEngine, then CrowdEngine may terminate this Agreement upon written notice. In the event of such a termination, CrowdEngine will refund Customer any prepaid fees covering the remainder of the term of all subscriptions. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement will bind and inure to the benefit of the parties, their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 18 

 

 

13.10  Governing Law. This Agreement, and any disputes arising out of or related hereto, will be governed exclusively by the internal laws of the State of Utah, without regard to its conflicts of laws provisions or the United Nations Convention on the International Sale of Goods.

13.11  Venue. The state and federal courts located in Salt Lake City, Utah, will have exclusive jurisdiction over any dispute relating to this Agreement, and each party consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of those courts. EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIM, ACTION OR PROCEEDING, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ARISING OUT OF, OR RELATING TO, THIS AGREEMENT TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW.

13.12  Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in multiple counterparts, which, taken together, will be considered one original. Facsimile signatures, signatures on an electronic image (such as .PDF or .JPG format), and electronic signatures will be deemed to be original signatures.

 Signed by each party's authorized representative:

 

Service Order

This Service Order (“Service Order"), dated as of 12/12/2018 , is entered into and made between Crowd Engine, Inc. (“CrowdEngine") and Secured Investment Corp (“Customer"). 

Both parties acknowledge that upon execution of this Service Order by both parties this Service Order will to be a valid attachment to and incorpoated in the CrowdEngine Master Services Agreement by and between

CrowdEngine and Customer dated 12.12.2018 , (the “ Service Agreement"). All other terms of the Service Agreement will remain in full force and effect. Capitalized terms used in this Service Order and not otherwise defined will have the same meaning as set forth in the body of the Service Agreement.

 This Service Order (?Service Order"), dated as of 12/12/2018 , is entered into and made between Crowd Engine, Inc. (?CrowdEngine") and Secured Investment Corp (?Customer"). Both parties acknowledge that upon execution of this Service Order by both parties this Service Order will to be a valid attachment to and incorpoated in the CrowdEngine Master Services Agreement by and betweenCrowdEngine and Customer dated, (the ? Service Agreement"). All other terms of the Service Agreement will remain in full force and effect. Capitalized terms used in this Service Order and not otherwise defined will have the same meaning as set forth in the body of the Service Agreement. 

1.  Services.

1.1  Services Description. The services provided will be as described on www.crowdengine.com, and similar to the services provided at equitydemo.new.crowdengine.com, which may be modified from time to time, including without limitation to include software enhancements, security updates, and maintenance. Customer agrees to have the tagline “Powered by CrowdEngine" in a font and size agreed to by the parties at the bottom of the Customer Portal.

19

 

 

2.Subscription Fees

 

2.1  Setup Fee. The initial setup fee for provisioning of the CrowdEngine Technology and Subscription Services for establishing the Customer Portal will be a non-refundable fee of $3,000.00, due upon the execution of this Service Order.

2.2  Subscription Fee. The periodic Subscription Fee for this Service Order shall be $1,500.00 per month, plus any selected options. Other than the initial payment, Subscription Fees shall be automatically paid by credit card or ACH debit and due on the 1st day of each calendar month. Any partial periods shall be pro- rated. Test The Waters Special Pricing (Reg A+ only). After your first full month payment of $1,500, pay only $500 per month until FINRA approves your Reg A+ offering while collecting investor data. First Full month payment will be due January 1, 2019. No monthly fee will be due for December.

3.  Term. The initial term (“Initial Term") of this Service Order will commence as of the date first written above and continue for 6 months. After the Initial Term this Service Order will continue on a month-to-month basis unless either party notifies the other in writing not less than thirty (30) days prior to its intention not to renew. Any discounted months shall not count towards the Initial Term commitment.

20

 

 

3.1  Early Termination. If Customer terminates the Service Agreement or this Service Order or ceases to continue making Subscription Fee payments prior to the expiration of the initial term for any reason other than

for material breach by CrowdEngine, then subscription fees for the remainder of the term will accelerate and become due and payable in a lump sum immediately upon termination.

 

Signed by each party's authorized representative:

 

21

 

 

Payment Authorization

Sign and complete this form to authorize Crowd Engine Inc, to make a charge to your ACH account listed above. By signing this form you give Crowd Engine

Inc permission to debit your account for the amounts due under the Master Service Agreement and associated Service Orders.

  

I authorize Crowd Engine Inc. to charge the bank account via ACH in this authorization form according to the terms outlined in the executed MSA. I certify that I am an authorized user of this bank account, and that I will not dispute the payment with my bank; so long as the transaction is consistent with the terms the Crowd Engine Master Service Agreement.

 

22

EX1A-8 ESCW AGMT 6 ea119537exf_circle.htm ESCROW SERVICES AGREEMENT

Exhibit F

 

 

 

 

LENDER WELCOME LETTER

 

DATE

 

END LENDER NAME

END LENDER ADDRESS

 

Lender Account No.:

 

Borrower Account No.:     Loan Closing Date:  
Borrower Name:     Loan Funding: $0.00
Property Address:     Your Funding %: 0.000%

 

Dear LENDER NAME,

 

Thank you for allowing Lake City Servicing to be your loan collection agent. The “Borrower Account” number, or loan number, assigned to this loan is referenced above. Also, note your “Lender Account” number above. When making inquiries please have these numbers available.

 

Our policy is to process each payment and deposit it into our loan servicing trust account on the same day it is received. When the Borrower’s check clears, funds are disbursed to the lenders either by ACH electronic deposit or by a Lake City Servicing trust check. ACH electronic deposits & Checks are issued every Monday, Wednesday & Friday per week. If for any reason your Borrower’s check is returned unpaid, we must place a “Stop Payment” on our trust check issued to you, or reverse your ACH electronic deposit. If our trust check has already been paid to your account, we will request that you immediately reimburse us the full amount of our trust check.

 

With the exception of loans set up as Adjustable Rate Loans, it is the responsibility of the Lender to notify Lake City Servicing in writing or by email of any changes to the loan or loan terms in a timely manner.

 

On or around the 5th of each month, you will receive a “Lender Statement” listing all previous monthly payments received, current principal balances, and next payment due dates on each of your accounts.

 

Please return the enclosed “Loan Servicing Agreement” as soon as possible. It is required by the regulators before Lake City Servicing can process payments and disburse your money.

 

If you have any questions, please feel free to call 1-800-630-9252, 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Monday thru Friday Pacific Standard Time and ask for the Loan Servicing department.

 

Sincerely,

 

Lake City Servicing

701 E. Front Ave, Ste. 201 • Coeur d’Alene, ID 83814

Phone: 800-630-9252 Fax: 800-380-6492

 1 

 

 

STANDARD LOAN SERVICING AGREEMENT

Borrower:  
Lender:  
Property Address:  
Loan Amount: $0.00


       THIS STANDARD LOAN SERVICING AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into this ___ day of _________________, 20___, by and between Lake City Servicing (“Servicer”) and the Lender or Lenders whose signatures appear below and in counterparts to this Agreement (collectively, the “Lender”), the Lender being the lender, funder, owner or owner of an interest therein, holder or transferee of that certain promissory note (“Note”) secured by that certain Deed of Trust or Mortgage, whichever is applicable (“Security Instrument”) and further evidenced by certain other loan documents (collectively, the Note, Security Instrument and all other loan documents will be referred to herein as the “Loan Documents”).

 

1.                   Scope. Lender retains Servicer as Lender’s agent to employ commercially reasonable and prudent practices to collect all scheduled payments on the loan identified above (“Loan”) subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Lender shall supply to Servicer all available relevant documents of the Loan file including, but not limited to Notes, Deed/Mortgages, Modification Agreements, Forbearance Agreements, Assignments or any other document effecting condition of title or payment distribution and showing the correct beneficiary, needed by Servicer to complete its tasks, including but not limited to, file setup, servicing functions, and to satisfy regulatory requirements, before servicing functions will be performed, continued, or funds distributed. Upon any occurrence that could impact servicing functions, including but not limited to, Assignment of Beneficial Interest, modification of Loan terms, Lender must notify Servicer immediately of such occurrence and provide copies of relevant documents before servicing functions will be performed, continued, or funds distributed.

 

To the extent such instructions do not violate any applicable federal, state or locate law or regulations and unless as otherwise provided herein, Servicer shall follow instructions from Lender; provided, however, if the Loan is owned by multiple Lenders (a “Multi-Lender Loan”), Servicer shall consult with all Lenders but shall only follow instructions from the Majority; provided, however, in the event of instructions from the Lender or a Majority, the Loan Documents shall govern and Servicer shall follow the Loan Documents. A “Majority” is determined by 50.1% or more ownership of the Note. Servicer shall not follow instructions from a Lender or the Majority if such instructions would require Servicer to violate any federal, state or local law or regulations. A default upon any interest in the Note shall constitute a default upon all interests. The Majority may determine and direct the actions to be taken on behalf of all Lenders in the event of default or with respect to other matters requiring the direction or approval of all Lenders, including but not limited to, designation of brokers, servicing agents or others acting on their behalf and the sale, encumbrance or lease of any real or personal properties which may be owned by Lenders as the result of foreclosure or receipt of a deed in lieu of foreclosure, or modification or forbearance of the Loan. Servicer shall consult with Lender or Majority on non-routine collection matters. Servicer shall not, however, enter into any modification or forbearance of the Loan with any borrower without the express written permission of the Lender (or a Majority of Lenders in a Multi-Lender Loan).

 

1.                   Term and Termination. This Agreement shall commence on the date set forth above. This Agreement shall terminate as to the Loan when any of these events occur: (a) payment in full of the Loan and reconveyance of the related Security Instrument; (b) thirty (30) days’ written notice by Servicer to Lender; (c) thirty (30) days’ written notice by Lender to Servicer (unless a shorter period of time is permitted under certain circumstances as provided in this Agreement or applicable law), or (d) if Lender has checked the box in Section 5, after the property has been sold following foreclosure. If the Lender elects to terminate this Agreement in order to transfer servicing to another party, Lender shall pay Servicer a $75 transfer fee.

 

Prior to the effectiveness of any termination of this Agreement in its entirety or as to the Loan, Servicer shall deliver to Lender all of Lender’s funds, an appropriate accounting and all necessary documentation. At termination of the Loan, Lender shall immediately reimburse Servicer for any outstanding advances made pursuant to Section 7 below. Servicer shall be entitled to withhold funds due Lender if Lender owed Servicer funds under Section 7.

 

2.                   Standard Loan Servicing Functions. Servicer shall in accordance with industry standards and applicable laws, rules, and regulations: (a) issue monthly statements to each Borrower for the Loan, including a maturity letter informing Borrower the Loan is going to mature; (b) issue late notices to Borrowers as applicable calculating in any late fees due; (c) issue final notices to each Borrower as applicable warning of the possibility of foreclosure if payment is not received; (d) answer Borrower inquiries, demands, and requests, and act as intermediary between Borrower and Lender; (e) issue payoff demands and beneficiary statements, (f) demand, receive, and collect all Loan payments, deposit them by the next business day into Servicer’s trust account and transfer by bank wire (ACH) or check Lender’s and/or Lender’s share of such funds (net proceeds) in accordance with instructions provided to Servicer, normally within fifteen (15) days of receipt or upon sufficient time to clear funds (but not more than twenty-five (25) business days from the time funds have been cleared); (g) issue annual income tax statements (1098 and 1099-INT) to the Borrower and Lender; (h) execute and deliver on Lender’s behalf and in Lender’s name any documents necessary or convenient for the exercise of any rights or duties which Lender may have as servicing agent under the Security Instruments; and (i) convey payoff demands within two (2) business days of receipt to Lender for written or email approval, and if Lender’s written or email approval is not received by Servicer within the following two (2) business days, Servicer shall assume the payoff demand to be correct and accept it.

 

 2 

 

 

3.                   Standard Loan Servicing Compensation. As consideration, each of the above named Lenders shall pay to Servicer a servicing fee equal to:

 

a.Twenty dollars ($20.00) per month on Loans with a principal balance of less than Four Hundred Ninety-Nine Thousand Nine Hundred Ninety-Nine and 99/100 Dollars ($499,999.99);
b.Forty dollars ($40.00) per month on Loans with a principal loan balance greater than Four Hundred Ninety-Nine Thousand Nine Hundred Ninety-Nine and 99/100 Dollars ($499,999.99); or
c.forty percent (40%) of .075% of the principal loan balance on Loans with a principal balance of loans greater than One Million and No/100 Dollars ($100,000,000) payable monthly until the Loan has been paid off. For example, on a Loan with a principal balance of One Million and No/100 Dollars ($100,000,000), the total annual servicing fee payable to the Servicer is Seven Hundred Fifty and No/100 Dollars ($750) or Sixty Two and 50/100 Dollars ($62.50) per month. Forty percent of Sixty Two and 50/100 Dollars ($62.50) is Twenty-Five and No/100 Dollars ($25) per month as the monthly servicing fee Lender shall be responsible for in the above scenario.

 

Servicer shall deduct the above referenced monthly service fee from that portion of borrower’s payment that is due each Lender. As additional consideration, the Servicer shall be entitled to one hundred percent (100%) of fees related to beneficiary statements and payoff demands, overnight charges NSF fees, reconveyance fees, advancing fees, demand fees, and other fees earned by Servicer and all bankruptcy and administration fees, and fifty percent (50%) of all late charges, fees, and penalties (but 0% of default interest) as described in the Note.

4.Loan Servicing Functions After Default (including bankruptcy & foreclosure management and monitoring). If the Borrower defaults, the Lender may, but has not obligation, to elect to appoint Servicer as Lender’s agent to conduct the following activities: (i) all activities set forth under Section 3 above; (ii) process and manage foreclosure of the Loan, including authorization to act on behalf of the Lender to execute all foreclosure documents including, but not limited to, Substitution of Trustee. Servicer may produce a copy of this Agreement as evidence of its authority. In accordance with various State and/or Federal Laws and Servicer’s interpretation of proper procedures and risk, Servicer reserves the right to determine how advances and/or late charges are assessed and to adjust all unpaid late charges or assessments of late charges accordingly; (iii) coordinate bankruptcy relief and legal issue resolution; (iv) address known city or municipal notices and issues. If the Lender elects to appoint Servicer to provide the loan servicing functions as set forth in this Section 5, the Advance by Lender or Servicer are subject to the terms of Section 7. Certain foreclosure and bankruptcy fees and expenses are set forth on the attached Exhibit A, which is hereby incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. The fees and expenses set forth on Exhibit A are fees and expenses billed directly to the Lender by a third party national foreclosure management company. Because the fees and expenses set forth on Exhibit A are those of a third party they are subject to change at any time. The Servicer or an affiliate may provide REO services to the Lender; however, such services shall be subject to a separate fee schedule which may be obtained from the Servicer upon request.
a.Limited Power of Attorney. If Lender has elected to appoint Servicer as Lender’s agent to conduct the activities described in Section 5 above, Lender hereby does make, constitute, and appoint Servicer as Lender’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact for the following specific and limited purposes only:

to do all things necessary or pertinent and to execute any and all documents on behalf of Lender in order for Servicer to carry out and fulfill all of the duties and responsibilities as described above in Section 5 in a timely manner; provided, however, Servicer shall have received email confirmation from Lender consenting to the Servicer’s actions prior to exercising Servicer’s rights under this limited power of attorney.

This limited power of attorney is effective with respect to each Loan and continues until the earlier of (i) the Loan being paid in full and the Security Instrument is released and the property has been reconveyed; (ii) this Agreement has been terminated; or (iii) the property, after being foreclosed upon by the Lender, has been sold, transferred or otherwise assigned by the Lender to a new owner.

5.Delinquent Loan Servicing Compensation. If the Lender elects to appoint the Servicer to perform the services described above in Section 5 a fee in the amount of $500.00, Prior to Servicer performing any services described in Section 5, Servicer shall send to Lender an invoice detailing Lender’s payment options for those services. The payment options are the following: (i) a one-time flat fee in any amount equal to Five Hundred and No/100 Dollar ($500) or (ii) a monthly fee equal to One Hundred Twenty-Five and No/100 dollars ($125.00).

 3 

 

 

6.                   Protective Advances. Lender may make such advances as approved by the Majority or, if Lender is the only owner of the Loan, such advances that are necessary and prudent to protect and to collect Lender’s interest in the Loan. If the Loan is a Multi-Lender Loan, and Lender fails to make advances approved by the Majority, other owners of the Loan are authorized to advance the amount Lender failed to advance and to receive payment in full before any further payments to the Lender who failed to advance payment. Servicer, in its absolute discretion, may advance its own funds to protect the security of Loan, including advances to cure liens, property insurance, foreclosure expenses, repair, advertising, litigation expenses and similar items, but not Loan payments. Servicer shall be reimbursed such advances from the next Loan payment, or within ten (10) days after a written request to Lender. To secure Servicer’s advances, Lender hereby irrevocably assigns to Servicer, to the extent of advances owed to Servicer, the Loan payments or portion of the Loan payoff received after an advance is made, to reimburse Servicer for any advance made on behalf of Lender. Lender will be liable to the remaining investors for all damages incurred as result of the Lender’s failure to act or failure to advance funds. Lender will be liable for actual attorneys’ fees incurred as a result of said failure to act or failure to advance funds. Should Lender not reimburse Servicer for any fees or advances due (including those fees under Sections 4 and 6 above), Servicer has the right to deduct said amount from any funds due Lender (including funds from other loans serviced by Servicer) until such time as Servicer has been reimbursed in full for fees and advances due Servicer from Lender.

 

7.                   No Additional Obligations of Servicer. Lender acknowledges that Servicer has no obligation, other than described elsewhere in this Agreement, to make any payment (other than the forwarding of a Borrower’s payment) to or on behalf of Lender, to liens or to otherwise protect or enforce the Lender’s security or rights hereunder. In the event any payment collected for the benefit of Lender is returned NSF or uncollectible in Servicer’s Trust Account, Lender will immediately upon notification from Servicer, return Servicer’s uncashed Trust Check, or immediately reimburse Servicer’s Trust Account the full amount received from Servicer’s Trust Check. In no event is Servicer obligated to cover or make good Borrower’s shortages in Servicer’s Trust Account. Servicer is hereby authorized to place a “Stop Payment” on Lender’s Trust Check from Servicer, or reverse any ACH (Electronic Funds Transfer) whenever the representing funds are returned NSF or uncollectible in Servicer’s Trust Account. Servicer may deduct such amounts from any proceeds due Lender.

 

8.                   Insurance and Taxes. Since the Borrower’s monthly payment does not include amounts for the payment of insurance and/or property taxes, it is the responsibility of the Lender to: (a) verify insurance coverage annually and send copies of insurance coverage to the Servicer, however Servicer is not responsible for the consequences of any non-payment of insurance, and (b) check for payment of taxes annually or use a tax service; Servicer may receive notices of property tax delinquencies and notify Lender of any known non-payment of taxes if Servicer has signed up for a tax service and listed Lender and Servicer for notices of non-payment of taxes, however Servicer is not responsible for the consequences of any non-payment of taxes. Servicer accepts no responsibility for the consequences of incorrect information supplied by Lender.

 

9.                   Loan Documents. Lender shall retain custody of the original Loan Documents, unless otherwise specified in writing by the Lender. In the event Lender elects to have Servicer involved in the foreclosure process set forth above in Section 5, Lender agrees to deliver the original Loan Documents to Servicer upon request.

 

10.                Warranties. Lender further understands and agrees that the security for any Note and Security Instrument is directly related to the equity in the security real estate and THAT NO WARRANTIES ARE IMPLIED OR EXPRESSED. Lender understands that the value or sale ability of real estate can change at any time and therefore, that equity in the security real estate can increase or decrease. Lender hereby releases Servicer from any liability whatsoever in connection with the determination of the value of the security real estate.

 

11.                Indemnification. Servicer shall indemnify, defend and hold Lender and its officers, employees, representatives, members, directors, parent companies, affiliates, subsidiaries, successors and assigns harmless from any and all claims, demands, causes of action, losses, damage, fines, penalties, liabilities, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees and court costs, sustained or incurred by Lender by reason of or arising directly from third party claims that were caused by or resulted from (i) any actions or omissions by Servicer, Servicer’s contractors, or agents, that are outside the scope of its authority hereunder except to the extent Lender has approved of the action that was outside the scope of its authority and/or (ii) taking any action, or refraining from taking any action, with respect to any Loan or property, by Servicer, Servicer's, contractors, or agents, that result from the malfeasance, willful misconduct, gross negligence or a failure by Servicer to act in compliance with the terms of this Agreement. The foregoing indemnification shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

Lender shall indemnify, defend and hold Servicer and its officers, employees, representatives, members, directors, parent companies, affiliates, subsidiaries, successors and assigns harmless from any and all claims, demands, causes of action, losses, damage, fines, penalties, liabilities, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees and court costs, sustained or incurred by Servicer by reason of or arising directly from third party claims or actions that were caused by or resulted from (i) any actions or omissions in respect of any Loan or property of any prior servicer, owner or originator of a Loan or property, (ii) any acts or omissions taken under the limited power of attorney; provided, Servicer is acting on the upon the direction and email authorization of the Lender, and/or (iii) taking any action, or refraining from taking any action, with respect to any Loan or property, that result from the malfeasance, willful misconduct or gross negligence of Lender, Lender's contractors, or agents, or from the failure of the Lender to provide Servicer the necessary Loan documents in order to allow Servicer sufficient time to timely process satisfactions, payoffs and releases. The foregoing indemnification shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

 4 

 

 

12.                Independent Contractor. At all times during the term of this Agreement, Servicer shall be an independent contractor and not an employee of Lender. Lender shall have the right to control Servicer only pursuant to this Agreement. Lender shall not have the right to control the means by which Servicer accomplishes its services and duties pursuant to this Agreement. Servicer shall, at its sole cost and expense, furnish all facilities, materials, and equipment that may be required for furnishing services pursuant to this Agreement.

 

13.                Servicer Not Agent. Except as otherwise provided herein or as Lender may specify in writing, Servicer shall have no authority, express or implied, to act on behalf of Lender in any capacity whatsoever as an agent. Except as otherwise provided herein or as Lender may specify in writing, Servicer shall have no authority, express or implied, to bind Lender to any obligation whatsoever.

 

14.                Assignment or Subcontracting. No assignment or subcontracting by Servicer of any of its obligations under this Agreement or of funds to be received under this Agreement shall be of any force or effect unless the assignment has had the prior written approval of Lender. Lender may terminate this Agreement rather than accept any proposed assignment or subcontracting and Lender shall not be liable for any transfer fee. In the event Lender sells, transfers or otherwise assigns the Loan Documents, the new holder/owner of the Loan Documents may be required to execute a servicing agreement with Servicer at the request of Servicer.

 

15.                Litigation Response Costs. If Servicer is served with a Summons and Complaint which requires Servicer to appear in person and/or give testimony on behalf of Lender for any legal action against Lender, Servicer is to be reimbursed for any litigation response costs, fees and expenses, including, but not limited to, hotel, airline, meals and car rental. Servicer is to be paid $125 per normal business hour from the Servicer’s main office per employee needed. Lender shall not be responsible for any such costs and fees if the appearance is a result or related to Servicer’s act or activity that were not a direct result of Lender’s instructions or not within the scope of the Servicer’s services contemplated under this Agreement.

 

16.                Limitation of Liability of Servicer. Except to the extent the validity of the Loan is adversely affected or caused by Servicer or its representatives, Servicer is not responsible to Lender, its successors, assigns, Lender, or any other third party for the validity of the Loan submitted by Lender, including without limitation, (i) the Loan documents, including notes, deeds/mortgages, or assignments, (ii) whether the Loan is a valid, enforceable or existing lien on the property, (iii) the enforceability of the Loan against the Borrower of the Loan, (iv) or any regulatory compliance or violation of any other state or federal laws.

 

17.                Notice. Except as otherwise provided herein, all notices required under this Agreement shall be in writing and delivered by one of the following means (i) personally; (ii) facsimile; or (iv) by overnight delivery service or by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each party at the address listed below. Either party may change the notice address (including email address) by notifying the other party in writing. Notices shall be deemed received upon receipt, electronic confirmation of delivery as to facsimile notices, or three (3) days after deposit in the U. S. Mail, whichever is applicable.

 

18.                Governing Law. Each Party specifically acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement and its interpretation and enforcement are governed by the laws of the state of Idaho. Furthermore, each Party irrevocably (i) submits to the jurisdiction of any court of the State of Idaho located in Kootenai County for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of this Agreement or any of the agreements or transactions contemplated hereby (each, a “Proceeding”), (ii) agrees that all claims in respect of any Proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court, (iii) waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any immunity from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process therein, (iv) agrees not to commence any Proceeding other than in such courts and (v) waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claim that such Proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

19.                Miscellaneous. The substantially prevailing party will be entitled to recover its attorneys’ fees from the substantially non-prevailing parties incurred in connection with the prevailing party’s efforts to enforce this Agreement, regardless of whether any action or proceeding is commenced. Each exhibit referenced in this Agreement is incorporated into this Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties and supersedes any prior understandings or agreements, written or oral, that relate to the subject hereof. This Agreement may not be amended except by a writing signed by each party. If for any reason any provision of this Agreement is determined by a tribunal of competent jurisdiction to be legally invalid or unenforceable, the validity of the remainder of the Agreement will not be affected and such provision will be deemed modified to the minimum extent necessary to make such provision consistent with applicable law and, in its modified form, such provision will then be enforceable and enforced. This Agreement is binding upon the parties and will bind their executors, personal representatives, legatees, heirs, successors and assigns. No waiver by any party of any right or default under this Agreement will be effective unless in writing and signed by the waiving party. No such waiver will be deemed to extend to any prior or subsequent right or default or affect in any way any rights arising by virtue of any prior or subsequent such occurrence. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts and via facsimile or PDF electronic transmission, and each such counterpart will be deemed to be an original instrument. All such counterparts together will constitute one and the same Agreement.

 

20.                WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. SERVICER AND LENDER SHALL AND HEREBY DO WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING, OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER OF THE SAID PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT AGAINST THE OTHER ON ANY MATTERS WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY CLAIM OF DAMAGE RESULTING FROM ANY ACT OR OMISSION OF THE PARTIES IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT.

(Signature page follows)

 

 5 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE
STANDARD LOAN SERVICING AGREEMENT

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement, effective as of the date and year first written above.

SERVICER:

Lake City Servicing

By: LCS Customer Service
Name: LCS Customer Service

 

Servicer’s Address & Contact Information:

701 E. Front Ave. 2nd Floor
Coeur d’Alene, ID 83814
Phone : 800-630-9252
Fax: 800-380-6492
Email customerservices@lakecityservicing.com

 

LENDER(S):

________________________________________

________________________________________ 

 

(Entity Name & State of Incorporation, if applicable)

________________________________________

(Print Name)

________________________________________

 

(Signature)

________________________________________

 

(Print Title, if applicable)

________________________________________

 

(Print Name)

________________________________________

 

(Signature)

________________________________________

 

(Print Title, if applicable)

________________________________________

 

Lender’s Address & Contact Information:

________________________________________

________________________________________

________________________________________

Phone: _________________________________

Fax: ____________________________________

Email: __________________________________

 

   
   

 

 6 

 

 

Dear LENDER,

 

 

As a valued client of Lake City Servicing, we are always looking for ways to improve our service to you. We noticed that you had not signed up for our direct deposit service, and we would like to let you know the benefits this service offers you.

 

Our direct deposit service automatically deposits your interest payments into the checking or savings account that you specify every Monday, Wednesday & Friday. There’s no more waiting for the mail to get your check! If you’re not home, out on a business trip, or enjoying a vacation you can still collect your interest payments with no worries.

 

When we direct deposit your interest checks, we will send you an email notification that a payment has been direct deposited to your account. This email includes an attachment that specifies which loan your deposit was for.

 

We also already send you monthly statements on the first business day of each month. These statements show each deposit that was made for the month prior, as well as showing the status of your portfolio of loans with Lake City Servicing.

 

We look forward to helping you get the most out of your investment. For your convenience, we have included a direct deposit form with this letter. If you have any questions, please don’t hesitate to contact one of our friendly customer service representatives at (800) 630-9252.

 

Yours in success,

 

 

The Lake City Servicing Team

 

 

 

 

 

Send in your ACH Direct Deposit form and get your money faster! Sign up today!!

 

 7 

 

 

DIRECT DEPOSIT FORM

 

Loan payments due to investor/lenders are directly deposited into any personally identifiable bank account (general investment company accounts are not eligible). You will receive an email notification as well as your bank itemization of the deposit. 

 

Customer Information:

 

Lake City Servicing Account No.: SIHYF2

Name:_____________________________________________________________________________

Address:___________________________________________________________________________

City: State: Zip Code________________________________________________________________

Telephone #:_______________________________________________________________________

E-Mail (for notification of deposit):____________________________________________________

 

Banking Information:

 

Name of Primary Bank:______________________________________________________________

Type of Account:                      ○ Checking              ○ Savings

Routing Number: ________________________Account Number:__________________________

 

I/we authorize Lake City Servicing to initiate ACH transactions to my/our account indicated above:

 

___________________________       ________________________________    _______________________________

         Signature                                                                     Date                                                          Signature

___________________________       ________________________________    _______________________________

         Signature                                                                     Date                                                          Signature

 

PLEASE ATTACH A VOIDED CHECK (OR COPY) TO THIS FORM

Please mail to: Lake City Servicing, 701 E. Front Ave. 2nd Floor Coeur d’ Alene ID 83814

 

 

 

 8 

EX1A-5 VOTG TRST 7 ea119537exg_circle.htm RESCISSION OFFER FORM

Exhibit G

 

FORM OF RESCISSION OFFER ELECTION

 

IF YOU WISH TO ACCEPT THE RESCISSION OFFER, PLEASE COMPLETE, ELECTRONICALLY SIGN AND SUBMIT THIS FORM, TOGETHER WITH ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION, PURSUANT TO THE INSTRUCTIONS BELOW AND ENSURE ITS RECEIPT BY 5:00 P.M., PACIFIC TIME, ON DECEMBER 20, 2020 (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”). 

 

PLEASE RETURN THE COMPLETED FORM TO DWISE@SECUREDINVESTMENTCORP.COM OR LALLEN@SECUREDINVESTMENTCORP.COM, OR RETURN MAILING TO THE ADDRESS OF THE COMPANY LOCATED AT 701 E. FRONT AVENUE, FLOOR 2, COEUR D’ALENE, ID 83814.

 

WE URGE YOU TO REVIEW THE OFFERING CIRCULAR CAREFULLY BEFORE DECIDING WHETHER TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE RESCISSION OFFER. 

 

Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC

701 E. Front Avenue, Floor 2

Coeur d’Alene, ID 83814

 

Ladies and Gentlemen: 

 

I have received and read the offering circular dated ________________, 2020 of Circle of Wealth Fund III LLC (“Company”) relating to its rescission offer, pursuant to which the Company offers to rescind (“Rescission Offer”) the sale of membership interests (“Membership Interests”) that I purchased from the Company between August 30, 2019 and December 20, 2019 (the “Purchase Period”).  I acknowledge that I have had an opportunity to carefully review the information from the Company that I consider important in making my election. I advise the Company as follows by placing an “X” in the proper spaces provided below (and filling in the appropriate table(s), if applicable):

 

¨ 1. I hereby elect to reject the rescission offer and desire to retain the Membership Interests.
     
¨ 2. I hereby elect to accept the rescission offer and rescind the sale of all of my Membership Interests and to receive my capital contribution
     
¨ 3. I have transferred all or a portion of the Membership Interests at a loss.

 

PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION ONLY IF YOU HAVE TRANSFERRED ALL OR A PORTION OF YOUR AWARD SHARES

 

Date of Transfer   Membership Interests   Sale Price of Membership
Interests Transferred
         
         
         

 

Note: If you have transferred award shares to a third party prior to the date of the rescission offer in a bona fide transaction, please upload proof reasonably satisfactory to the Company evidencing the sale. Satisfactory proof of transfer may take the form of appropriate documentation reflecting the transfer and the sale price. If the proof of a bona fide transfer is not reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Company may require additional proof. In addition, the Company may require evidence that any sale of award shares was a bona fide transfer of such Membership Interests.

 

For any election to rescind to be effective, you must complete and submit this Rescission Offer Election Form, together with all other required documentation, to 701 E. Front Avenue, Floor 2, Coeur d’Alene, ID 83814.  We must receive a properly completed form before December 20, 2020 in order for your election to be effective.  

 

You should write down your identification number displayed on this Rescission Offer Election Form as you will need to provide it if you want to revoke your acceptance prior to the Expiration Date. 

 

Effective as of the Expiration Date of the rescission offer, the undersigned accepts the rescission offer for all Membership Interests that the undersigned earned during the Purchase Period. As of the date hereof and as of the Expiration Date, the undersigned hereby represents that the undersigned is conveying all interests in the shares free and clear of all liens and encumbrances of any kind, and that except as otherwise indicated no such interest has been previously or concurrently transferred in any manner or any other person or entity.

 

 

 

 

I hereby certify that the information contained in this Rescission Offer Election Form is true and correct.

 

Name (please print)  
   
   
   
Social Security Number   
   
   
   
Street Address  
   
   
   
City, State and Zip Code of Residence  
   
   
   
Telephone Number  
   
   
   
Identification Number  
   
   
   
Signature  
   
   
   
Date  
   
   

 

 

  

 

 

GRAPHIC 8 fin_001.jpg GRAPHIC begin 644 fin_001.jpg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